6
Kia, THE COMPANY
Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.
As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehi-
cles with exceptional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you
with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.
All information contained in this Owner’s Manual was accurate at the
time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changes
at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can
be carried out.
This manual applies to all trims of this vehicle and includes images,
descriptions, and explanations of optional as well as standard equip-
ment. As a result, some material in this manual may not be applicable
to your specific Kia vehicle. Some images are shown for illustration
only and may show features that differ from those on your vehicle.
Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!
UMA PE USA FOREWORD.qxp 12/20/2017 11:41 AM Page 1
i
Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle.
When you require service, remember that your Kia dealer
knows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained tech-
nicians, recommended special tools and genuine Kia replace-
ment parts. It is dedicated to your complete customer satisfac-
tion.
Because subsequent owners require this important information
as well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is
sold.
This manual will familiarize you with operational, mainte-
nance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is sup-
plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual
that provides important information on all warranties regarding
your vehicle.
We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the
recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation
of your new vehicle.
Kia offers a great variety of options, components and features
for its various models. Therefore, some of the equipment
described in this manual, along with the various illustrations,
may not be applicable to your particular vehicle.
The information and specifications provided in this manual
were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right to
discontinue or change specifications or design at any time
without notice and without incurring any obligation. If you
have questions, always check with your Kia dealer.
We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring
pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.
© 2018 Kia MOTORS AMERICA, Inc.
All rights reserved. May not be reproduced or translated in
whole or in part without the written consent of Kia Motors
America, Inc.
Printed in U.S.A.
Foreword
UMA PE USA FOREWORD.qxp 12/20/2017 11:41 AM Page 2
ii
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
I
Introduction
Your vehicle at a glance
Safety features of your vehicle
Features of your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
What to do in an emergency
Maintenance
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Index
table of contents
UMA PE USA FOREWORD.qxp 12/20/2017 11:41 AM Page 3
Introduction
How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
• Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol. . . . . . . . . 1-3
• Other fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Gasoline containing MMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Do not use methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Operation in foreign countries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Vehicle handling instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Vehicle break-in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders. . 1-6
1
UMA PE USA 1.qxp 12/20/2017 11:42 AM Page 1
Introduction
21
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
We want to help you get the greatest
possible driving pleasure from your
vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can
assist you in many ways. We strong-
ly recommend that you read the
entire manual. In order to minimize
the chance of death or injury, you
must read the WARNING and CAU-
TION sections in the manual.
Illustrations complement the words
in this manual to best explain how to
enjoy your vehicle. By reading your
manual, you will learn about fea-
tures, important safety information,
and driving tips under various road
conditions.
The general layout of the manual is
provided in the Table of Contents.
Use the index when looking for a
specific area or subject; it has an
alphabetical listing of all information
in your manual.
Sections:This manual has eight sec-
tions plus an index. Each section
begins with a brief list of contents so
you can tell at a glance if that section
has the information you want.
You will find various WARNINGs,
CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this
manual. All procedures and recom-
mendations provided in these
WARNINGs, CAUTIONs, and
NOTICEs were prepared to enhance
your personal safety and should be
carefully read and followed.
✽✽
NOTICE
A NOTICE indicates interesting or
helpful information is being provided.
Your new vehicle is designed to use
only unleaded fuel having a pump
octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87
(Research Octane Number 91) or
higher. (Do not use methanol blend-
ed fuels.)
Your new vehicle is designed to
obtain maximum performance with
UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini-
mize exhaust emissions and spark
plug fouling.
Never add any fuel system cleaning
agents to the fuel tank other than
what has been specified.(Consult an
authorized Kia dealer for details.)
• Tighten the cap until it clicks one
time, otherwise the Check Engine
light will illuminate.
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situa-
tion in which harm,serious bod-
ily injury or death could result if
the warning is ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation
in which damage to your vehicle
could result if the caution is
ignored.
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
UMA PE USA 1.qxp 12/20/2017 11:42 AM Page 2
13
Introduction
Gasoline containing alcohol and
methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and
ethanol (also known as grain alco-
hol), and gasoline or gasohol con-
taining methanol (also known as
wood alcohol) are being marketed
along with or instead of leaded or
unleaded gasoline.
Pursuant to EPA regulations, ethanol
may be used in your vehicle.
Do not use gasohol containing more
than 15% ethanol, and do not use
gasoline or gasohol containing any
methanol. Ethanol provides less
energy than gasoline and it attracts
water, and it is thus likely to reduce
your fuel efficiency and could lower
your MPG results.
Methanol may cause drivability prob-
lems and damage to the fuel system,
engine control system and emission
control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any
kind if drivability problems occur.
Vehicle damage or drivability prob-
lems may not be covered by the
manufacturer’s warranty if they result
from the use of:
1. Gasoline or gasohol containing
methanol.
2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
3. Gasohol containing more than 15
percent ethanol
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-
prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15
percent gasoline, and is manufac-
tured exclusively for use in Flexible
Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compati-
ble with your vehicle. Use of “E85”
may result in poor engine perform-
ance and damage to your vehicle's
engine and fuel system. Kia recom-
mends that customers do not use
fuel with an ethanol content exceed-
ing 15 percent.
✽✽
NOTICE
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
does not cover damage to the fuel sys-
tem or any performance problems
caused by the use of “E85” fuel.
✽✽
NOTICE
Never use any fuel containing
methanol. Discontinue use of any
methanol containing product which
may inhibit proper drivability.
WARNING - Refueling
• Do not "top off" after the noz-
zle automatically shuts off.
Attempts to force more fuel
into the tank can cause fuel
overflow onto you and the
ground causing a risk of fire.
• Always check that the fuel cap
is installed securely to pre-
vent fuel spillage, especially
in the event of an accident.
UMA PE USA 1.qxp 12/20/2017 11:42 AM Page 3
Introduction
41
Other fuels
Using fuels that contain Silicone (Si),
MMT (Manganese, Mn), Ferrocene
(Fe), and Other metalic additives,
may cause vehicle and engine dam-
age or cause misfiring, poor acceler-
ation, engine stalling, catalyst melt-
ing, clogging, abnormal corrosion,
life cycle reduction, etc.
Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) may illuminate.
✽✽
NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or per-
formance problem caused by the use
of these fuels may not be covered by
your New Vehicle Limited
Warranty.
Gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful man-
ganese-based fuel additives Such as
MMT(Methylcyclopentadienyl
Manganese Tricarbonyl). Kia does not
recommend the use of gasoline con-
taining MMT. This type of fuel can
reduce vehicle performance and affect
your emission control system. The
Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the
cluster may come on.
Do not use methanol
Fuels containing methanol (wood alco-
hol) should not be used in your vehicle.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle
performance and damage components
of the fuel system, engine control sys-
tem and emission control system.
Fuel Additives
Kia recommends that you use good
quality gasolines treated with deter-
gent additives such as TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, which help pre-
vent deposit formation in the engine.
These gasolines will help the engine
run cleaner and enhance performance
of the Emission Control System. For
more information on TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, please go to the
website (www.toptiergas.com)
For customers who do not use TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly,
and have problems starting or the
engine does not run smoothly, addi-
tives that you can buy separately may
be added to the gasoline.
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not
available, one bottle of additive should
be added to the fuel tank at every
7,500miles or every engine oil change
is recommended. Additives are avail-
able from your authorized Kia dealer
along with information on how to use
them. Do not mix other additives.
UMA PE USA 1.qxp 12/20/2017 11:42 AM Page 4
15
Introduction
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle
in another country, be sure to:
• Observe all regulations regarding
registration and insurance.
• Determine that acceptable fuel is
available.
As with other vehicles of this type,
failure to operate this vehicle correct-
ly may result in loss of control, an
accident or vehicle rollover.
Specific design characteristics (high-
er ground clearance, track, etc.) give
this vehicle a higher center of gravity
than other types of vehicles. In other
words they are not designed for cor-
nering at the same speeds as con-
ventional 2-wheel drive vehicles.
Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneu-
vers. Again, failure to operate this
vehicle correctly may result in loss of
control, an accident or vehicle
rollover. Be sure to read the
“Reducing the risk of a rollover”
driving guidelines, in section 5 of
this manual.
No special break-in period is need-
ed.By following a few simple precau-
tions for the first 600 miles (1,000
km) you may add to the perform-
ance, economy and life of your vehi-
cle.
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, keep your engine
speed (rpm, or revolutions per
minute) between 2,000 rpm and
4,000 rpm.
• Do not maintain a single speed for
long periods of time, either fast or
slow. Varying engine speed is
needed to properly break-in the
engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in emer-
gencies, to allow the brakes to seat
properly.
• Don't tow a trailer during the first
1,200 miles (2,000 km) of opera-
tion.
VEHICLE BREAK-IN
PROCESS
VEHICLE HANDLING
INSTRUCTIONS
UMA PE USA 1.qxp 12/20/2017 11:42 AM Page 5
Introduction
61
This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The
main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an
air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist
in understanding how a vehicle's
systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety sys-
tems for a short period of time,
typically 30 seconds or less. The
EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
• How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/ fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was travel-
ing.
This data can help provide a better
understanding of the circum-
stances in which crashes and
injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data is
recorded by your vehicle only if a
non-trivial crash situation occurs;
no data is recorded by the EDR
under normal driving conditions
and no personal data (e.g. name,
gender, age and crash location) is
recorded. However, other parties
such as law enforcement, could
combine the EDR data with the
personal identifying data roun-
tinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such
as law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS
UMA PE USA 1.qxp 12/20/2017 11:42 AM Page 6
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Interior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
2
UMA PE USA 2.qxp 12/22/2017 3:34 PM Page 1
Your vehicle at a glance
22
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
1. Hood......................................................4-44
2. Head lamp..................................4-123, 7-72
3. Fog lamp....................................4-129, 7-72
4.Wheel and tire................................7-39, 8-5
5. Outside rearview mirror.........................4-70
6. Panoramic sunroof ................................4-50
7. Front windshield wiper blades....4-131, 7-33
8.Windows................................................4-39
9. Parking assist system .........................4-115
10. Forward collision-avoidance assist......5-49
Smart cruise control system................5-67
OUMA018001
■ Front view
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
UMA PE USA 2.qxp 12/22/2017 3:34 PM Page 2
23
Your vehicle at a glance
1. Door locks .............................................4-21
2. Fuel filler lid...........................................4-46
3. Rear combination lamp.........................7-72
4. High mounted stop lamp.......................7-72
5. Rear window wiper blade...........4-134, 7-33
6. Liftgate .........................................4-27, 4-29
7. Rearview camera ................................4-120
8. Parking assist system .........................4-115
Rear parking assist system.................4-111
9. Antenna...............................................4-188
OUMA018002
■ Rear view
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
UMA PE USA 2.qxp 12/22/2017 3:34 PM Page 3
Your vehicle at a glance
42
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
1. Inside door handle...................................4-22
2. Power window switch...............................4-39
3. Central door lock switch ..........................4-23
4. Power window lock button.......................4-42
5. Outside rearview mirror control...............4-71
6. Outside rearview mirror folding...............4-72
7. Driver position memory system...............3-10
8. Fuel filler lid open button.........................4-46
9. Power liftgate open/close button.............4-27
10. Instrument panel illumination control ....4-75
11. BCW On/Off button .............................5-101
12. LKA On/Off button.................................5-91
13. AC inverter button................................4-178
14. ESC off button.......................................5-41
15. Steering wheel.......................................4-56
16.Tilt and telescopic steering control lever..4-57
17. Inner fuse panel.....................................7-53
18. Brake pedal............................................5-27
19. Hood release lever.................................4-44
20. Seat..........................................................3-2
OUMA018003
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
UMA PE USA 2.qxp 12/22/2017 3:34 PM Page 4
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
1. Driver’s front air bag............................3-59
2. Horn.....................................................4-59
3. Instrument cluster................................4-75
4.Wiper and washer control lever.........4-131
5. Ignition switch or
Engine start/stop button...............5-7, 5-10
6. Cruise control/
Smart cruise control...................5-63, 5-67
7. Hazard warning flasher .........................6-2
8. Climate control system...........4-141, 4-153
9. Shift lever.............................................5-14
10. Front seat warmer/
Seat cooler...........................4-175, 4-176
11. Heated steering wheel button ...........4-58
12. Drive mode button.............................5-86
13. AWD Lock button...............................5-21
14. Surround view monitoring system
On/Off button...................................4-121
15. Parking assist system
On/Off button...................................4-115
16. Electronic parking brake
(EPB) button......................................5-30
17. AUTO HOLD button...........................5-36
18. USB charger....................................4-180
19. Power outlet.....................................4-177
20. AC inverter ......................................4-178
21. Glove box ........................................4-171
22. Passenger’s front air bag ..................3-59
23. Center console storage box............4-171
OUMA018004
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
25
Your vehicle at a glance
UMA PE USA 2.qxp 12/22/2017 3:34 PM Page 5
Your vehicle at a glance
62
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
OUM074100L
■■
Gasoline Engine (Theta II 2.4L) - GDI
❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. Engine coolant reservoir...................7-23
2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-21
3. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-26
4. Air cleaner.........................................7-29
5. Fuse box...........................................7-53
6. Positive battery terminal ...................7-36
7. Negative battery terminal..................7-36
8. Radiator cap .....................................7-23
9. Engine oil dipstick.............................7-21
10.Windshield washer fluid reservoir...7-27
UMA PE USA 2.qxp 12/22/2017 3:34 PM Page 6
27
Your vehicle at a glance
OUMA078255
■■
Gasoline Engine (Lambda 3.3L) - GDI
❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. Engine coolant reservoir...................7-23
2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-21
3. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-26
4. Air cleaner.........................................7-29
5. Fuse box...........................................7-53
6. Positive battery terminal ...................7-36
7. Negative battery terminal..................7-36
8. Engine oil dipstick.............................7-21
9.Windshield washer fluid reservoir.....7-27
10. Radiator cap ...................................7-23
UMA PE USA 2.qxp 12/22/2017 3:34 PM Page 7
Safety features of your vehicle
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
• Front seat adjustment - manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
• Front seat adjustment - power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
• Driver position memory system (for power seat). . . 3-10
• Headrest (for front seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
• Seatback pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
• Rear seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
• Headrest (for rear seat). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
• Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
• Pre-tensioner seat belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
• Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
• Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
• Using a child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Air bag - Advanced supplemental
restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
• How does the air bag system operate . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
• Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
• SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
• Occupant Detection System (ODS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
• Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
• Side air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
• Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
• SRS Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
• Adding equipment to or modifying your
air bag-equipped vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
• Air bag warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
3
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:45 AM Page 1
Safety features of your vehicle
23
Front seat
(1) Forward and backward
(2) Seatback angle
(3) Seat cushion height
(4) Lumbar support*
(5) Cushion extension (Driver's seat)*
(6) Driver position memory system*
(7) Headrest
2nd row seat
(8) Forward and backward*
(9) Seatback angle and folding
(10) Walk-in seat lever*
(11) Headrest
(12) Armrest
(13) Remote folding*
3rd row seat*
(14) Seatback folding
(15) Headrest
* : if equipped
SEATS
OUMA034001
■ Manual seat
■ Power seat
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:45 AM Page 2
33
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Uprighting
seat
Do not press the release lever
on a manual seatback without
holding and controlling the
seatback. The seatback will
spring upright possibly impact-
ing you or other passengers.
WARNING - Loose
objects
Do not place anything in the dri-
ver's foot well or under the front
seats. Loose objects in the dri-
ver's foot area could interfere
with the operation of the foot
pedals.
WARNING - Driver respon-
sibility for passengers
The driver must advise the pas-
senger to keep the seatback in
an upright position whenever
the vehicle is in motion. If a seat
is reclined during an accident,
the occupant's hips may slide
under the lap portion of the seat
belt, applying great force to the
unprotected abdomen.
1KMN3662
WARNING - Seat cushion
Occupants should never sit on
aftermarket seat cushions or sit-
ting cushions. The passenger's
hips may slide under the lap por-
tion of the seat belt during an
accident or a sudden stop.
WARNING - Driver’s seat
• Never attempt to adjust the
seat while the vehicle is mov-
ing. This could result in loss
of control of your vehicle.
• Do not allow anything to inter-
fere with the normal position
of the seatback and seatback
adjustment.
• Sit as far back as possible from
the steering wheel while still
maintaining comfortable con-
trol of the your vehicle. A dis-
tance of at least 10" from your
chest to the steering wheel is
recommended. Failure to do so
can result in air bag inflation
injuries to the driver.
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:45 AM Page 3
Safety features of your vehicle
43
WARNING - Unexpected
Seat Movement
After adjusting a manual seat,
always check that it is locked by
shifting your weight to the front
and back. Sudden or unexpect-
ed movement of the driver's
seat could cause you to lose
control of the vehicle.
WARNING - Rear seatbacks
Always lock the rear seatback
before driving. Failure to do so
could result in passengers or
objects being thrown forward
injuring vehicle occupants.
WARNING - Luggage and
Cargo
Do not stack pile or stack lug-
gage or cargo higher than the
seatback in the cargo area.In an
accident the cargo could strike
and injury a passenger. If
objects are large, heavy or must
be piled, they must be secured
in the cargo area.
WARNING - Cargo Area
Do not allow passengers to ride
in the cargo area under any cir-
cumstance. The cargo area is
solely for the purpose of trans-
porting luggage or cargo.
WARNING - Seat
adjustment
• Do not adjust the seat while
wearing seat belts. Moving the
seat forward will cause strong
pressure on the abdomen.
• Do not place your hand near
the seat bottom or seat track
while adjusting the seat. Your
hand could get caught in the
seat mechanism.
WARNING - Small
Objects
Use extreme caution when pick-
ing small objects trapped under
the seats or between the seat
and the center console. Your
hands might be cut or injured
by the sharp edges of the seats
mechanism.
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:45 AM Page 4
35
Safety features of your vehicle
Feature of Seat Leather
• Leather is made from the outer
skin of an animal, which goes
through a special process to be
available for use. Since it is a nat-
ural substance, each part differs in
thickness or density.
Wrinkles may appear as a natural
result of stretching and shrinking
depending on the temperature and
humidity.
• The seat is made of stretchable
material to improve comfort.
• The parts contacting the body are
curved and the side supporting
area is high which provides driving
comfort and stability.
• Wrinkles may appear naturally
from usage. It is not a fault of the
product.
✽✽
NOTICE
Wrinkles or abrasions which appear
naturally from usage are not cov-
ered by warranty.
Front seat adjustment - manual
Forward and backward
To move the seat forward or back-
ward:
1.Pull the seat slide adjustment
lever up and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seat is locked in place.
Adjust the seat before driving, and
make sure the seat is locked securely
by trying to move forward and back-
ward without using the lever. If the
seat moves, it is not locked properly.
OUM038002
CAUTION
• Belts with metallic acces-
sories, zippers or keys inside
the back pocket may damage
the seat fabric.
• Make sure not to wet the seat.
It may change the nature of
natural leather.
• Jeans or clothes which could
bleach may contaminate the
surface of the seat covering
fabric.
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:45 AM Page 5
Safety features of your vehicle
63
Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the
seatback recline lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat
and adjust the seatback of the
seat to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seatback is locked in place.
(The lever MUST return to its orig-
inal position for the seatback to
lock.)
Seat height (if equipped)
To change the height of the seat,
push the lever upwards or down-
wards.
• To lower the seat cushion, push the
lever down several times.
• To raise the seat cushion, pull the
lever up several times.
Lumbar support (if equipped)
The lumbar support can be adjusted
by pressing the lumbar support
switch on the side of the seat.
1.Press the front portion of the
switch to increase support, or the
rear portion of the switch, to
decrease support.
2. Release the switch once it reach-
es the desired position.
OUM038068
OUM038003OUM038004
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:45 AM Page 6
37
Safety features of your vehicle
Front seat adjustment - power
(if equipped)
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the control switches located on
the outside of the seat cushion.
Before driving, adjust the seat to the
proper position so you can easily con-
trol the steering wheel, pedals and
switches on the instrument panel.
When in operation, the power seat-
consumes a large amount of electri-
cal power. To prevent unnecessary
charging system drain, don’t adjust
the power seat longer than neces-
sary while the engine is not running.
Forward and backward
Push the control switch forward or
backward to move the seat to the
desired position. Release the switch
once the seat reaches the desired
position.
CAUTION - Power seat
adjustments
The power seating controls
function by electronic motor.
Excessive operation may cause
damage to the electrical equip-
ment.
CAUTION - Power Seating
Do not operate two or more
power seat control switches at
the same time. Doing so may
damage the power seat motor or
electrical components.
WARNING - Unattended
children
Do not leave children unattend-
ed in the vehicle.Children might
operate features of the vehicle
that could injure them.
OUM038006
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:45 AM Page 7
Safety features of your vehicle
83
Cushion extension
(for driver's seat, if equipped)
Press the front portion of the switch
to raise the cushion extension, or the
rear portion of the switch to lower it.
Release the switch once the cushion
extension reaches the desired posi-
tion.
Seatback angle
Push the control switch forward or
backward to move the seatback to
the desired angle. Release the
switch once the seat reaches the
desired position.
Seat height (if equipped)
Pull the front portion of the control
switch up to raise or press down to
lower the front part of the seat cush-
ion. Pull the rear portion of the con-
trol switch up to raise or press down
to lower the rear part of the seat
cushion.Release the switch once the
seat reaches the desired position.
OUM038008OUMA038115
OUM038072
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:45 AM Page 8
39
Safety features of your vehicle
Lumbar support (if equipped)
The lumbar support can be adjusted
by pressing the lumbar support
switch on the side of the seat.
Type A (for Driver and Passenger seat)
1.Press the front portion of the
switch to increase support, or the
rear portion of the switch, to
decrease support.
2. Release the switch once it reach-
es the desired position.
Type B (for Driver seat)
1.Press the front portion of the
switch (1) to increase support, or
the rear portion of the switch (2),
to decrease support.
2. Move the support position up and
down by pressing the switch (3) or
(4).
3. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
OUM038073
■ Driver seat
OUM038009
OUM038113
■ Passenger seat
■ Driver seat
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:45 AM Page 9
Safety features of your vehicle
103
Driver position memory system
(if equipped, for power seat)
A driver position memory system is
provided to store and recall the driv-
er seat and outside rearview mirror
position with a simple button opera-
tion. By saving the desired position
into the system memory, different
drivers can reposition the driver seat
based upon their driving preference.
If the battery is disconnected, the
desired seat position memory will
need to be re-saved.
Storing positions into memory
using the buttons on the door
Storing driver’s seat positions
1. Shift the shift lever into P while the
engine start/stop button is ON or
ignition switch ON.
2. Adjust the driver’s seat and out-
side rearview mirror comfortable
for the driver.
3. Press SET button on the control
panel.The system will beep once.
4. Press one of the memory buttons
(1 or 2) within 5 seconds after
pressing the SET button.The sys-
tem will beep twice when memory
has been successfully stored.
When recalling an adjustment mem-
ory button while sitting in the vehicle,
you can be surprised by the setting
chosen if the memory has been
adjusted by someone else. If that
occurs, immediately push the seat
position control knob in the direction
of the desired position to stop further
undesired movement.
WARNING
Never attempt to operate the
driver position memory system
while the vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of con-
trol, and an accident causing
death, serious injury.
OUM034032
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:45 AM Page 10
311
Safety features of your vehicle
Recalling positions from memory
1. Shift the shift lever into P while the
engine start/stop button is ON or
ignition switch ON.
2.To recall the position in the memo-
ry, press the desired memory but-
ton (1 or 2). The system will beep
once, then the driver’s seat will
automatically adjust to the stored
position.
Adjusting the control switch for the
driver’s seat while the system is
recalling the stored position will
cause the movement to stop and
move in the direction that the control
switch is moved.
Easy access function
(if equipped)
The system will move the driver's
seat automatically as follows:
• Without smart key system
- It will move the driver’s seat rear-
ward when the ignition key is
removed.
- It will move the driver’s seat for-
ward when the ignition key is
inserted.
• With smart key system
- It will move the driver’s seat rear-
ward when the engine start/stop
button is changed to the OFF
position.
- It will move the driver’s seat for-
ward when the engine start/stop
button is changed to the ACC or
START position.
You can activate or deactivate this fea-
ture. Refer to "User settings" in chap-
ter 4.
Headrest (for front seat)
The driver's and front passenger's
seats are equipped with a headrest
for the occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides com-
fort for the driver and front passenger,
but also helps protect the head and
neck in the event of a rear collision.
OHM038048N
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:45 AM Page 11
Safety features of your vehicle
123
For maximum effectiveness in case
of an accident, the headrest should
be adjusted so the middle of the
headrest is at the same height of the
center of gravity of an occupant's
head. Generally, the center of gravity
of most people's head is similar with
the height of the top of their eyes.
Also, adjust the headrest as close to
your head as possible. For this rea-
son, the use of a cushion that holds
the body away from the seatback is
not recommended.
Adjusting the height up and down
WARNING - Headrest
removal/adjustment
• Do not operate the vehicle
with the headrests removed.
Headrests can provide critical
neck and head support in a
crash.
• Do not adjust the headrest
height while the vehicle is in
motion. Driver may lose con-
trol of the vehicle.
OUM038011
OUMA038200
■ Type B
■ Type A
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:45 AM Page 12
313
Safety features of your vehicle
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the
desired position (1). To lower the
headrest, push and hold the release
button (2) on the headrest support
and lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
✽✽
NOTICE
If you recline the seatback towards
the front with the headrest and seat
cushion raised, the headrest may
come in contact with the sunvisor or
other parts of the vehicle.
Removal and reinstallation
To remove the headrest:
1. Recline the seatback (2) with the
recline lever or switch (1).
OUM038012
OUM038013
■ Type B
■ Type A
OYFH034205
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:45 AM Page 13
Safety features of your vehicle
143
2. Raise headrest as far as it can go.
3. Press the headrest release button
(3) or press the release button with
slim tool (3) (for Type C and Type D)
while pulling the headrest up.
To reinstall the headrest :
1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the
holes while pressing the release but-
ton (1) or pressing the release button
with slim tool (1,for Type C and D).
WARNING
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a
seat with the headrest removed.
OUM038014
OUM038015
■ Type B
■ Type A
OUMA038012
OUMA038201
■ Type D
■ Type C
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:46 AM Page 14
315
Safety features of your vehicle
2. Recline the seatback (4) with the
recline lever or switch (3).
3. Adjust the headrest to the appro-
priate height.
Seatback pocket (if equipped)
The seatback pocket is provided on
the back of the front passenger’s and
driver’s seatbacks.
WARNING - Headrest
Reinstallation
To reduce the risk of injury to
the head or neck, always make
sure the headrest is locked into
position and adjusted properly
after reinstalling.
OUMA038116
WARNING - Seatback
pockets
Do not put heavy or sharp
objects in the seatback pockets.
In an accident they could come
loose from the pocket and
injure vehicle occupants.
OUMA038015
OUMA038202
■ Type D
■ Type C
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:46 AM Page 15
Safety features of your vehicle
163
Rear seat adjustment
Forward and backward
(2nd row seat)
To move the seat forward or back-
ward:
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever
up and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seat is locked in place.
Adjust the seat before driving, and
make sure the seat is locked securely
by trying to move forward and back-
ward without using the lever. If the
seat moves, it is not locked properly.
Seatback angle (2nd row seat)
To recline the seatback:
1. Pull up the seatback recline lever
(for 2nd row outboard seat).
2. Hold the lever and adjust the seat-
back of the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seatback is locked in place.
(The lever MUST return to its orig-
inal position for the seatback to
lock.)
Walk-in seat (2nd row passenger
side, for 7 passenger vehicle)
To get in or out of the 3rd row seat,
1. Route the seat belt webbing
through the rear seat belt guide clip.
After inserting the seat belt, tighten
the belt webbing by pulling it up.
2. Pull up the walk-in lever (1) on the
2nd row seatback of the right side
seat.
OUM034018
OUM034022/H
OUM034023L
OUM034017
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:46 AM Page 16
317
Safety features of your vehicle
3. Fold the 2nd row seatback and
push the seat to the farthest for-
ward position.
After getting in or out, slide the 2nd
row seat to the farthest rearward
position and pull the seatback firmly
backward until it clicks into place.
Make sure that the seat is locked in
place.
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks can be folded to
facilitate carrying long items or to
increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.
WARNING - Objects
Objects carried on the folded
down seatback should not
extend higher than the top of
the front seatbacks. This could
allow cargo to slide forward and
cause injury or damage during
sudden stops.
WARNING
Never allow passengers to sit on
top of the folded down seatback
while the vehicle is moving.This
is not a proper seating position
and no seat belts are available
for use.This could result in seri-
ous injury or death in case of an
accident or sudden stop.
WARNING
Never attempt to adjust the 2nd
row seat while the vehicle is
moving or the seat is occupied
as the seat may suddenly move
and cause the passenger on the
seat to be injured.
OUM034024L
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:46 AM Page 17
Safety features of your vehicle
183
To fold down the rear seatback
1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in
the pocket between the rear seat-
back and cushion, and insert the
rear seat belt webbing in the guide
to prevent the seat belt from being
damaged.
2.Set the front seatback to the
upright position and if necessary,
slide the front seat forward.
3. Lower the rear headrests to the
lowest position.
Turn off the rear seat warmer (if
equipped) when you fold the 2nd
row seatback.
OUM034036/OUM034022
■ 2nd row seat
OUM034037/OUM034035
■ 3rd row seat (if equipped)
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:46 AM Page 18
319
Safety features of your vehicle
4.Pull on the seatback folding lever
for 2nd row seat or strap for 3rd
row seat, then fold the seat toward
the front of the vehicle. When you
return the seatback to its upright
position, always be sure it has
locked into position by pushing on
the top of the seatback.
5.To use the rear seat, lift and pull
the seatback backward by pulling
on the folding lever or strap.
Pull the seatback firmly until it
clicks into place.
Make sure the seatback is locked
in place.
6.Return the rear seat belt to the
proper position.
OUM034025L/OUM034026L
■ 2nd row seat ■ 3rd row seat (if equipped)
OUMA034027/OUMA034028
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:46 AM Page 19
Safety features of your vehicle
203
2nd row seat folding
(from outside, if equipped)
Pull the 2nd row seat back folding
lever out.
The 2nd row seat back will be folded.
If you pull the left side lever (1) out,
left side seat back and center seat
back will be folded.
If you pull the right side lever (2) out,
right side seat back will be folded.
To fold down the rear center seat-
back (for 2nd row seat)
1. Lower the rear headrests to the
lowest position.
2. Push the center seatback folding
lever up, then fold the seat toward
the front of the vehicle.
WARNING - Rear seat
folding
Do not fold the rear seats (2nd &
3rd row seats), if passengers,
pets or luggage are in the rear
seats.
It may cause injury or damage
to passengers, pets or luggage.
OUMA034030
OUM034031L
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:46 AM Page 20
321
Safety features of your vehicle
When you return the seatback to its
upright position, always be sure it
has locked into position by pushing
on the top of the seatback.
Remember to return the rear shoul-
der belts to their proper position.
Routing the seat belt webbing
through the rear seat belt guides will
help keep the belts from being
trapped behind or under the seats.
WARNING - 2nd row cen-
ter seat folding
• Do not fold the 2nd row center
seat, if there are occupants in
the 3rd row seats, as this may
result in injury to occupants if
the seat moves during a colli-
sion. If occupants in the 3rd
row seats, fix the 2nd row cen-
ter seat in its upright and
locked position.
• The 2nd row center seat back
does not lock into position
when it is folded toward the
front of the vehicle. If you use
the 2nd row center seat back
folding function to carry long
objects, you should fix the
long object to prevent it from
being thrown about the vehi-
cle in a collision and causing
injury to vehicle occupants.
CAUTION - Damaging
rear seat belt buckles
When you fold the rear (2nd
and/or 3rd row) seatback, insert
the buckle in the pocket between
the rear seatback and cushion.
Doing so can prevent the buckle
from being damaged by the rear
seatback.
WARNING - Cargo
Do not place objects in the rear
(2nd and/or 3rd row) seats,
since they cannot be properly
secured and may hit the front
seat occupants in a collision.
Cargo should always be
secured to prevent it from being
thrown around in the vehicle in
a collision causing injuries to
vehicle occupants.
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:46 AM Page 21
Safety features of your vehicle
223
Armrest (2nd row seat)
To use the armrest, pull it forward
from the seatback.
Headrest (for rear seat)
The rear seat(s) is equipped with
headrests in all the seating positions
for the occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrests not only provide com-
fort for passengers, but also helps
protect the head and neck in the
event of a collision.
For maximum effectiveness in case of
an accident, the headrest should be
adjusted so the middle of the head-
rest is at the same height as the cen-
ter of gravity of an occupant's head.
OUN026140
WARNING - 3rd row seat
3rd row occupants should always
remain in the center of the seat
cushion so the occupants head
is protected by the headrest.
If not, the tailgate may hit the
occupant's head, which could
cause injury.
OUM034021L OHM038049N
* : if equipped
*
*
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:46 AM Page 22
323
Safety features of your vehicle
Generally, the center of gravity of
most people's head is similar with
the height of the top of their eyes.
Also adjust the headrest as close to
your head as possible. For this rea-
son, the use of a cushion that holds
the body away from the seatback is
not recommended.
Adjusting the height up and down
(for 2nd row seats)
To raise the headrest :
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the headrest :
1. Push and hold the release button
(2) on the headrest support
2. Lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
OUMA034092
■ Outside
■ Center
OUM034019L
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:46 AM Page 23
Safety features of your vehicle
243
Removal and reinstallation
(for 2nd row seats)
To remove the headrest :
1. Raise it as far as it can go then
press the release button (1) while
pulling the headrest up (2).
To reinstall the headrest :
1. Put the headrest poles (3) into the
holes while pressing the release
button (1).
2. Adjust it to the appropriate height.
OUM034087L
OUMA034093
■ Outside
■ Center
WARNING
• Make sure the headrest locks
in position after adjusting it to
properly protect the occu-
pants.
• After installing the headrest,
make sure that it is installed
in the right direction.
A headrest installed reversely
could increase whiplash injury
during rear impact.
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 24
325
Safety features of your vehicle
3rd row headrest (if equipped)
The headrest will fold down automat-
ically when folding the seatback.
To fold the headrest manually :
Pull the strap.
To unfold the headrest :
Raise the headrest manually.
Always be sure the headrest has
locked into position after you return
the seatback.
OUMA034091
OXM039061N
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 25
Safety features of your vehicle
263
SEAT BELTS
Seat belt restraint system
• For maximum restraint system pro-
tection, the seat belts must always
be used whenever the vehicle is
moving. A properly positioned
shoulder belt should be positioned
midway over your shoulder across
your collarbone.
• Never allow children to ride in the
front passenger seat. See child
restraint system section for further
discussion.
Seat belts are designed to bear upon
the bony structure of the body, and
should be worn low across the front
of the pelvis, chest and shoulders, as
applicable;wearing the lap section of
the belt across the abdominal area
must be avoided.
Seat belts should be adjusted as
firmly as possible, consistent with
comfort, to provide the protection for
which they have been designed.
A slack belt will greatly reduce the
protection afforded to the wearer.
Care should be taken to avoid con-
tamination of the webbing with pol-
ishes, oils and chemicals, and partic-
ularly battery acid. Cleaning may
safely be carried out using mild soap
and water. The belt should be
replaced if webbing becomes frayed,
contaminated or damaged.
WARNING - Damaged
seat belt
Replace the entire seat belt
assembly if any part of the web-
bing or hardware is damage as
you can no longer be sure that a
damage seat belt will provide
protection in a crash.
WARNING - Twisted seat
belt
Make sure your seat belt is not
twisted when worn. A twisted
seat belt may not properly pro-
tect you in an accident and
could even cut into your body.
WARNING - Shoulder Belt
• Never wear the shoulder belt
under your arm or behind
your back. An improperly
positioned shoulder belt can-
not protect the occupant in a
crash.
• Always wear both the shoul-
der portion and lap portion of
the lap/shoulder belt.
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 26
327
Safety features of your vehicle
• No modifications or additions
should be made by the user which
will either prevent the seat belt
adjusting devices from operating to
remove slack, or prevent the seat
belt assembly from being adjusted
to remove slack.
• When you fasten the seat belt, be
careful not to latch the seat belt in
buckles of other seat. It's very dan-
gerous and you may not be pro-
tected by the seat belt properly.
• Do not unfasten the seat belt and
do not fasten and unfasten the seat
belt repeatedly while driving. This
could result in loss of control, and
an accident causing death, serious
injury, or property damage.
• When fastening the seat belt,
make sure that the seat belt does
not pass over objects that are hard
or can break easily.
Seat belt warning (for driver’s seat)
The driver's seat belt warning light
and chime will activate according to
the following table when the ignition
switch is in “ON” position.
1GQA2083
WARNING - Seat belt
buckle
Do not allow foreign material
(gum, crumbs, coins, etc.) to
obstruct the seat belt buckle.
This may prevent the seat belt
from fastening securely.
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 27
Safety features of your vehicle
283
*
1
Warning pattern repeats 11 times with
an interval of 24 seconds.If the driver's
seat belt is buckled, the light will stop
within 6 seconds and chime will stop
immediately.
*
2
The light will stop within 6 seconds and
chime will stop immediately.
Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system
with emergency locking retractor
To fasten your seat belt:
To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of
the retractor and insert the metal tab
(1) into the buckle (2). There will be
an audible "click" when the tab locks
into the buckle.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to
the proper length only after the lap
belt portion is adjusted manually so
that it fits snugly around your hips. If
you lean forward in a slow, easy
motion, the belt will extend and let
you move around. If there is a sud-
den stop or impact, however, the belt
will lock into position. It will also lock
if you try to lean forward too quickly.
✽✽
NOTICE
If you are not able to pull out the
seat belt from the retractor, firmly
pull the belt out and release it. Then
you will be able to pull the belt out
smoothly.
Conditions Warning Pattern
Seat Belt
Vehicle
Speed
Light-Blink
Chime-
Sound
Unbuckled 6 seconds
Buckled 6 seconds None
Buckled →
Unbuckled
Below 3 mph
(5 km/h)
6 seconds None
3 mph~
6 mph
6 seconds
Above 6 mph
(10 km/h)
6 sec. on / 24 sec. off
(11 times)
Unbuckled
Above 6 mph
(10 km/h)
↓
Below 3 mph
(5 km/h)
6 seconds *
1
↓
Stop *
2
B180A01NF-1
B200A02NF
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 28
329
Safety features of your vehicle
Height adjustment
You can adjust the height of the shoul-
der belt anchor to one of the 3 posi-
tions for maximum comfort and safety.
The height of the adjusting seat belt
should not be too close to your neck.
The shoulder portion should be
adjusted so that it lies across your
chest and midway over your shoulder
near the door and not your neck.
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height
adjuster into an appropriate position.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up
(1).To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster button
(2).
Release the button to lock the
anchor into position. Try sliding the
height adjuster to make sure that it
has locked into position.
Improperly positioned seat belts can
cause serious injuries in an accident.
Seat belts - Front passenger and
rear seat 3-point system with
combination locking retractor
To fasten your seat belt:
Combination retractor type seat belts
are installed in the rear seat posi-
tions to help accommodate the
installation of child restraint systems.
Although a combination retractor is
also installed in the front passenger
seat position, it is strongly recom-
mended that children always be
seated in the rear seat. NEVER
place any infant restraint system in
the front seat of the vehicle.
This type of seat belt combines the
features of both an emergency lock-
ing retractor seat belt and an auto-
matic locking retractor seat belt. To
fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the
retractor and insert the metal tab into
the buckle. There will be an audible
"click" when the tab locks into the
buckle. When not securing a child
restraint, the seat belt operates in the
same way as the driver's seat belt
(Emergency Locking Retractor Type).
OLM039026
Front seat
WARNING - Shoulder belt
positioning
Never position the shoulder belt
across your neck or face.
WARNING - Seat belt
replacement
Replace your seat belts after
being in an accident. Failure to
replace seat belts after an acci-
dent could leave you with dam-
aged seat belts that will not pro-
vide protection in the event of
another collision.
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 29
Safety features of your vehicle
303
It automatically adjusts to the proper
length only after the lap belt portion
of the seat belt is adjusted manually
so that it fits snugly around your hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended
from the retractor to allow the instal-
lation of a child restraint system, the
seat belt operation changes to allow
the belt to retract, but not to extend
(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).
Refer to “Using a child restraint sys-
tem” in this section.
✽✽
NOTICE
Although the combination retractor
provides the same level of protection
for seated passengers in either emer-
gency or automatic locking modes,
have the seated passengers use the
emergency locking feature for improv-
ed convenience. The automatic locking
function is intended to facilitate child
restraint installation. To convert from
the automatic locking feature to the
emergency locking operation mode,
allow the unbuckled seat belt to fully
retract.
CAUTION
Do NOT fold down the left por-
tion of the rear seat back when
the rear center seat belt is buck-
led. ALWAYS UNBUCKLE the
rear center seat belt before fold-
ing down the left portion of the
rear seat back. If the rear center
seat belt is buckled when the
left portion of the rear seat back
is folded down, distortion and
damage to the top portion of the
seat back and seat belt garnish
may result, causing the seat
back to lock into the folded
down position.
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 30
331
Safety features of your vehicle
To release the seat belt:
The seat belt is released by pressing
the release button (1) on the locking
buckle. When it is released, the belt
should automatically draw back into
the retractor.
If this does not happen, check the
belt to be sure it is not twisted, then
try again.
The seat belt should be locked into
the buckle on each seat cushion to
be properly fastened.
➀ : Rear right seat belt fastening
buckle
➁ : Rear center seat belt fastening
buckle
➂ : Rear left seat belt fastening buckle
When using the rear center seat belt,
the buckle with the “CENTER” mark
must be used.
OUM038110L OUM038111L
WARNING
Prior to fastening the rear seat
belts, ensure the latch matches
the seat belt buckle. Forcefully
fastening the left or right seat
belt to the center buckle can
result in an improper fastening
scenario that will not protect
you in an accident.
B210A01NF-1
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 31
Safety features of your vehicle
323
Stowing the rear seat belt
The rear seat belt buckles can be
stowed in the pocket between the
rear seatback and cushion when not
in use.
Routing the seat belt webbing
through the rear seat belt guides will
help keep the belts from being
trapped behind or under the seats.
After inserting the seat belt, tighten
the belt webbing by pulling it up.
CAUTION - Seatbelt Guide
Remove the seat belt from the
guides before using. If you pull
on the seat belt when it is stored
in the guides, it may damage the
guides and/or belt webbing.
OUM034036
OUM034037
■ 2nd row seat
■ 3rd row seat
OUM034022
OUM034035
■ 2nd row seat
■ 3rd row seat
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 32
333
Safety features of your vehicle
Pre-tensioner seat belt
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's
and front passenger's pre-tensioner
seat belts (retractor pretensioner and
EFD (Emergency Fastening Device)).
The pre-tensioner seat belts may be
activated, when a frontal collision is
severe enough, together with the air
bags.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or
if the occupant tries to lean forward
too quickly, the seat belt retractor
may lock into position. In certain
frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner
will activate and pull the seat belt into
tighter contact against the occu-
pant's body.
(1) Retractor Pretensioner
The purpose of the retractor pre-
tensioner is to make sure that the
shoulder belts fit in tightly against
the occupant's upper body in cer-
tain frontal collisions.
(2) EFD (Emergency Fastening Device)
The purpose of the EFD is to
make sure that the pelvis belts fit
in tightly against the occupant's
lower body in certain frontal colli-
sions.
If the system senses excessive ten-
sion on the driver or passenger's
seat belt when the pre-tensioner sys-
tem activates, the load limiter inside
the retractor pre-tensioner will release
some of the pressure on the affected
seat belt.
OXMA033101
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 33
Safety features of your vehicle
343
The seat belt pre-tensioner system
consists mainly of the following com-
ponents.Their locations are shown in
the illustration:
(1) SRS air bag warning light
(2) Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
(3) SRS control module
(4) Emergency fastening device
(EFD)
✽✽
NOTICE
• Both the driver's and front pas-
senger's seat belt pre-tensioner sys-
tem may be activated not only in
certain frontal collision but also in
certain side collisions or rollovers,
if the vehicle is equipped with a
side or curtain air bag.
• Because the sensor that activates
the SRS air bag is connected with
the pre-tensioner seat belt, the
SRS air bag warning light on
the instrument panel will illumi-
nate for approximately 6 seconds
after the ignition switch has been
turned to the ON position, and
then it should turn off.
WARNING - Skin Irritation
Wash all exposed skin areas
thoroughly after an accident in
which the pre-tensioner seat
belts were activated. The fine
dust from the pre-tensioner
activation may cause skin irrita-
tion and should not be breathed
for prolonged periods.
OUMA038204
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 34
335
Safety features of your vehicle
If the pre-tensioner seat belt system
are not working properly, this warning
light will illuminate even if there is not
a malfunction with the SRS air bag. If
the SRS air bag warning light does
not illuminate when the ignition
switch is turned ON, or if it remains
illuminated after illuminating for
approximately 6 seconds, or if it illu-
minates while the vehicle is being
driven, have an authorized Kia dealer
inspect the pre-tensioner seat belt
and SRS air bag system as soon as
possible.
Pre-tensioners are designed to oper-
ate only one time. After activation,
pre-tensioner seat belts must be
replaced. If the pre-tensioner must
be replaced, contact an authorized
Kia dealer.
Seat belt precautions
Infant or small child
All 50 states have child restraint
laws. You should be aware of the
specific requirements in your state.
Child and/or infant seats must be
properly placed and installed in the
rear seat. For more information
about the use of these restraints,
refer to “Child restraint system”in this
section.
✽✽
NOTICE
Small children are best protected
from injury in an accident when
properly restrained in the rear seat by
a child restraint system that meets the
requirements of the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards. Before buy-
ing any child restraint system, make
sure that it has a label certifying that
it meets Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard 213. The restraint must be
appropriate for your child's height
and weight. Check the label on the
child restraint for this information.
Refer to “Child restraint system” in
this section.
WARNING - Hot preten-
sioner
Do not touch the pre-tensioner
seat belt assemblies for several
minutes after they have been
activated. When the pre-ten-
sioner seat belt mechanism
fires during a collision the pre-
tensioner becomes hot and can
burn you.
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 35
Safety features of your vehicle
363
Larger children
Children who are too large for child
restraint systems should always
occupy the rear seat and use the
available lap/shoulder belts. The lap
portion should be fastened and
snugged on the hips and as low as
possible. Check if the belt fits period-
ically. A child's squirming could put
the belt out of position. Children are
given the most safety in the event of
an accident when they are restrained
by a proper restraint system in the
rear seat. If a larger child (over age
12) must be seated in the front seat,
the child should be securely
restrained by the available lap/shoul-
der belt and the seat should be
placed in the rearmost position.
Children age 12 and under should be
restrained securely in the rear seat.
NEVER place a child age 12 and
under in the front seat.NEVER place
a rear facing child seat in the front
seat of a vehicle.
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child’s neck or face, try
placing the child closer to the center of
the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still
touches their face or neck they need to
be returned to a child restraint system.
Restraint of pregnant women
Pregnant women should wear
lap/shoulder belt assemblies when-
ever possible according to specific
recommendations by their doctors.
The lap portion of the belt should be
worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS
POSSIBLE.
WARNING - Small children
Do not allow small children to
ride in the vehicle without an
appropriate child restraint sys-
tem. If the shoulder belt comes
in contact with your child's neck
or face your child is too small to
ride in the vehicle. In a crash the
seat belt will inflict injury to your
child's neck, throat and face.
WARNING - Pregnant
women
Pregnant women must never
place the lap portion of the seat
belt above or on the abdomen
where the fetus is located. The
force of the seat belt during a
collision will crush the fetus.
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 36
337
Safety features of your vehicle
Injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
When this is necessary, you should
consult a physician for recommenda-
tions.
One person per belt
Two people (including children)
should never attempt to use a single
seat belt. This could increase the
severity of injuries in case of an acci-
dent.
Do not lie down
To reduce the chance of injuries in
the event of an accident and to
achieve maximum effectiveness of
the restraint system, all passengers
should be sitting up and the front and
rear seats should be in an upright
position when the vehicle is moving.
A seat belt cannot provide proper
protection if the person is lying down
in the rear seat or if the front and rear
seats are in a reclined position.
Care of seat belts
Seat belt systems should never be
disassembled or modified. In addi-
tion, care should be taken to assure
that seat belts and belt hardware are
not damaged by seat hinges, doors
or other abuse.
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected
periodically for wear or damage of
any kind. Any damaged parts should
be replaced as soon as possible.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry.If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solu-
tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,
strong detergents or abrasives
should not be used because they
may damage and weaken the fabric.
When to replace seat belts
The entire in-use seat belt assembly
or assemblies should be replaced if
the vehicle has been involved in an
accident.This should be done even if
no damage is visible. Additional
questions concerning seat belt oper-
ation should be directed to an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING - Pinched seat
belt
Make sure that the webbing
and/or buckle does not get
caught or pinched in the rear
seat when returning the rear
seatback to its upright position.
A caught or pinched webbing/
buckle may become damaged
and could fail during a collision
or sudden stop.
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 37
Safety features of your vehicle
383
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM
Children riding in the vehicle should
sit in the rear seat and must always
be properly restrained to minimize
the risk of injury in an accident, sud-
den stop or sudden maneuver.
According to accident statistics, chil-
dren are safer when properly
restrained in the rear seats than in
the front seat. Larger children not in
a child restraint should use one of
the seat belts provided.
You should be aware of the specific
requirements in your country. Child
and/or infant safety seats must be
properly placed and installed in the
rear seat. You must use a commer-
cially available child restraint system
that meets the requirements of the
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (FMVSS).
Child restraint systems are designed
to be secured in vehicle seats by the
lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt,
or by a tether anchor and/or LATCH
anchors (if equipped).
Children could be injured or killed in
a crash if their restraints are not
properly secured. For small children
and babies, a child seat or infant seat
must be used. Before buying a par-
ticular child restraint system, make
sure it fits your vehicle seat and seat
belts, and fits your child.
Follow all the instructions provided
by the manufacturer when installing
the child restraint system.
When the child restraint system is
not in use, store it in the luggage
area or fasten it with a seat belt so
that it will not be thrown forward in
case of a sudden stop or an acci-
dent.
WARNING - Restraint
location
Never install a child or infant
seat on the front passenger's
seat. A child riding in the front
passenger seat can be forceful-
ly struck by an inflating airbag.
WARNING - Hot child
restraint
A child restraint system can
become very hot if it is left in a
closed vehicle on a sunny day.
Be sure to check the seat cover,
buckles and latches before
placing a child in the restraint
system.
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 38
339
Safety features of your vehicle
Using a child restraint system
For small children and babies, the
use of a child seat or infant seat is
required.The child seat or infant seat
should be of appropriate size for the
child and should be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
WARNING - Holding chil-
dren
Never hold a child in your arms
or lap when riding in a vehicle.
The violent forces created dur-
ing a crash will tear the child
from your arms and throw the
child against the car’s interior.
Always use a child restraint
system which is appropriate for
your child's height and weight.
WARNING - Unattended
Children
Never leave children unattended
in a vehicle.The car can heat up
very quickly, resulting in serious
bodily injury or death to the child
in the vehicle.
WARNING - Seat belt use
Do not use one seat belt for two
occupants at the same time.
This will eliminate any safety
benefit provided by the seat belt
to the occupants.
OUMA038205
OUMA038206
Forward-facing child restraint system
Rearward-facing child restraint system
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:47 AM Page 39
Safety features of your vehicle
403
For safety reasons, we recommend
that the child restraint system be
used in the rear seats.
Never place a rear-facing child
restraint in the front passenger seat,
because of the danger an inflating
passenger-side air bag could impact
the rear-facing child restraint and kill
the child.
Since all passenger seat belts move
freely under normal conditions and
only lock under extreme or emer-
gency conditions (emergency lock
mode), you must manually change
these seat belts to the auto lock
mode to secure a child restraint.
If the seat belt does not operate as
described in this section, have the
system checked immediately by your
authorized Kia dealer.
Placing a passenger seat belt
into the auto lock mode
The auto lock mode will help prevent
the normal movement of the child in
the vehicle from causing the seat belt
to loosen and compromise the child
restraint system. To secure a child
restraint system, use the following
procedure.
To install a child restraint system on
the outboard or center rear seats, do
the following:
1. Place the child restraint system in
the seat and route the lap/shoul-
der belt around or through the
restraint, following the restraint
manufacturer’s instructions. Be
sure the seat belt webbing is not
twisted.
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into the buckle. Listen for the dis-
tinct “click” sound.
Position the release button so that it
is easy to access in case of an emer-
gency.
E2MS103005
OEN036101
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 40
341
Safety features of your vehicle
If the vehicle headrest prevents prop-
er installation of a child seat (as
described in the child seat system
manual), the headrest of the respec-
tive seating position shall be read-
justed or entirely removed.
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the
seat belt all the way out.When the
shoulder portion of the seat belt is
fully extended, it will shift the
retractor to the “Auto Lock” (child
restraint) mode.
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion
of the seat belt to retract and listen
for an audible “clicking”or “ratchet-
ing” sound. This indicates that the
retractor is in the “Auto Lock”
mode. If no distinct sound is
heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.
OEN036103OEN036102
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 41
Safety features of your vehicle
423
5. Remove as much slack from the
belt as possible by pushing down
on the child restraint system while
feeding the shoulder belt back into
the retractor.
6. Push and pull on the child restraint
system to confirm that the seat
belt is holding it firmly in place. If it
is not, release the seat belt and
repeat steps 2 through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is
in the “Auto Lock” mode by
attempting to pull more of the seat
belt out of the retractor. If you can-
not, the retractor is in the “Auto
Lock” mode.
The lap/shoulder belt automatically
returns to the “emergency lock
mode” whenever the belt is allowed
to retract fully.Therefore, the preced-
ing seven steps must be followed
each time a child restraint is installed.
To remove the child restraint, press
the release button on the buckle and
then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of
the restraint and allow the seat belt
to retract fully.
When the seat belt is allowed to
retract to its fully stowed position,
the retractor will automatically
switch from the “Auto Lock”mode
to the emergency lock mode for
normal adult usage.
OEN036104
WARNING - Auto lock
mode
Set the retractor to Automatic
Lock mode when installing any
child restraint system. If the
retractor is not in the Automatic
Locking mode, the child
restraint can move when your
vehicle turns or stops suddenly.
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 42
343
Safety features of your vehicle
Securing a child restraint seat
with tether anchor system
Child restraint hook holders are
located on the back of the rear seat-
backs.
1.Route the child restraint seat strap
over the seatback.
For vehicles with adjustable head-
rests, route the tether strap under
the headrest and between the
headrest posts, otherwise route
the tether strap over the top of the
seatback. In case of interference
between the child restraint seat
and the headrest remove the par-
ticular head restraint for better fit-
ment of the child restraint seat.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to
the appropriate child restraint
hook holder and tighten to secure
the child restraint seat.
Check that the child restraint system
is secure by pushing and pulling it in
different directions. Incorrectly fitted
child restraints may swing, twist, tip
or separate causing death or serious
injury.
WARNING - Tether strap
Never mount more than one
child restraint to a single tether
or to a single lower anchorage
point. The increased load
caused by multiple seats may
cause the tethers or anchorage
points to break.
OUM034039L
OUM034038
■ 2nd row seat
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 43
Safety features of your vehicle
443
Securing a child restraint seat with
child seat lower anchor system
Some child seat manufacturers
make child restraint seats that are
labeled as LATCH or LATCH-com-
patible child restraint seats. LATCH
stands for "Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children". These seats
include two rigid or webbing mount-
ed attachments that connect to two
LATCH anchors at specific seating
positions in your vehicle.This type of
child restraint seat eliminates the
need to use seat belts to attach the
child seat in the rear seats.
Child restraint symbols are located
on the left and right 2nd row seat
backs to indicate the position of the
lower anchors for child restraints.
Install the child restraint seat fully
rearward against the seatback with
the seatback reclined two positions
from the most upright latched posi-
tion.
WARNING - Unused rear
seatbelts
Always fasten the seatbelts
behind the child restraint seat
when they are not used to
secure the child seat. Failure to
do so may result in child stran-
gulation.
OXM039035
OUM034078L
Lower Anchor
Lower Anchor
Position Indicator
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 44
345
Safety features of your vehicle
LATCH anchors have been provided
in your vehicle. The LATCH anchors
are located in the left and right out-
board rear seating positions. Their
locations are shown in the illustra-
tion. There is no LATCH anchor pro-
vided for the center rear seating
position.
The LATCH anchors are located
between the seatback and the seat
cushion of the 2nd row seat left and
right outboard seating positions.
Follow the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions to properly install child
restraint seats with LATCH or
LATCH-compatible attachments.
Once you have installed the LATCH
child restraint, assure that the seat is
properly attached to the LATCH and
tether anchors.
Also, test the child restraint seat
before you place the child in it. Tilt
the seat from side to side. Also try to
tug the seat forward. Check to see if
the anchors hold the seat in place.
✽✽
NOTICE
The recommended weight for the
LATCH system is under 65 lb (30
kg).
How to calculate the child restraint
weight :
Child restraint weight =
65 lb (30 kg) - Child weight
WARNING - LATCH lower
anchors
Never attempt to attach a
LATCH equipped seat in the
center seating position. LATCH
lower anchors are only to be
used with the left and right rear
outboard seating positions.You
may damage the anchors or the
anchors may fail and break in a
collision.
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 45
Safety features of your vehicle
463
(1) Driver’s front air bag
(2) Passenger’s front air bag
(3) Side air bag
(4) Curtain air bag
Even in vehicles with air bags, you
and your passengers must always
wear the safety belts provided in
order to minimize the risk and sever-
ity of injury in the event of a collision
or rollover.
AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OUMA038203
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 46
347
Safety features of your vehicle
How does the air bag system
operate?
• Air bags are activated (able to
inflate if necessary) only when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
or START position.
• The appropriate air bags inflate
instantly in the event of a serious
frontal collision or side collision in
order to help protect the occupants
from serious physical injury.
• There is no single speed at which
the air bags will inflate.
Generally, air bags are designed to
inflate based upon the severity of a
collision and its direction. These
two factors determine whether the
sensors produce an electronic
deployment/ inflation signal.
• Air bag deployment depends on a
number of factors including vehicle
speed, angles of impact and the
density and stiffness of the vehi-
cles or objects which your vehicle
hits in the collision. The determin-
ing factors are not limited to those
mentioned above.
• The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant.
It is virtually impossible for you to
see the air bags inflate during an
accident.
It is much more likely that you will
simply see the deflated air bags
hanging out of their storage com-
partments after the collision.
• In addition to inflating in serious
side collisions, side and/or curtain
air bags will inflate if the sensing
system detects a rollover.
• When a rollover is detected, side
and/or curtain air bags will remain
inflated longer to help provide pro-
tection from ejection, especially
when used in conjunction with the
seat belts.
• In order to help provide protection,
the air bags must inflate rapidly.
The speed of the air bag inflation is
a consequence of extremely short
time in which to inflate the air bag
between the occupant and the
vehicle structures before the occu-
pant impacts those structures.This
speed of inflation reduces the risk
of serious or life-threatening
injuries and is thus a necessary
part of the air bag design.
However, air bag inflation can also
cause injuries which can include
facial abrasions, bruises and bro-
ken bones because the inflation
speed also causes the air bags to
expand with a great deal of force.
• There are even circumstances
under which contact with the
steering wheel or passenger air
bag can cause fatal injuries,
especially if the occupant is
positioned excessively close to
the steering wheel or passenger
air bag.
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 47
Safety features of your vehicle
483
Noise and smoke
When inflated, the air bags make a
loud noise and leave smoke and
powder in the air inside the vehicle.
This is normal and is a result of the
ignition of the air bag inflator. After
the air bag inflates, you may feel sub-
stantial discomfort in breathing due
to the contact of your chest with both
the seat belt and the air bag, as well
as from breathing the smoke and
powder. Open your doors and/or
windows as soon as possible after
impact in order to reduce discom-
fort and prevent prolonged expo-
sure to the smoke and powder.
Though smoke and powder are non-
toxic, it may cause irritation to the
skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If
this is the case, wash and rinse with
cold water immediately and consult a
doctor if the symptom persists.
WARNING - Hot compo-
nents
Do not touch the air bag storage
area's internal components
immediately after airbag infla-
tion.The air bag related parts in
the steering wheel, instrument
panel and the roof rails above
the front and rear doors are
very hot. Hot components can
result in burn injuries.
WARNING - Airbag infla-
tion
Sit as far back as possible from
the steering wheel while still
maintaining comfortable con-
trol of your vehicle. A distance
of at least 10" from your chest
to the steering wheel is recom-
mended. Failure to do so can
result in airbag inflation injuries
to the driver.
WARNING
Do not install or place any
accessories near air bag
deployment areas, such as the
instrument panel, windows, pil-
lars, and roof rails. Such
objects may become dangerous
projectiles if the side airbag
inflates.
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 48
349
Safety features of your vehicle
Do not install a child restraint on
the front passenger’s seat.
Never place a rear-facing child
restraint in the front passenger’s
seat. If the air bag deploys, it would
impact the rear-facing child restraint,
causing serious or fatal injury.
In addition, do not place front-facing
child restraints in the front passen-
ger’s seat either. If the front passen-
ger air bag inflates, it could cause
serious or fatal injuries to the child.
Air bag warning light
The purpose of air bag warning light
in your instrument panel is to alert
you of a potential problem with your
air bag system, which could include
your side and/or curtain air bags
used for rollover protection.
1JBH3051
W7-147
WARNING - Air bag
deployment
When children are seated in the
rear outboard seats of a vehicle
equipped with side and/or cur-
tain air bags, install the child
restraint system as far away
from the door side as possible.
Inflation of the side and/or cur-
tain air bags could impact the
child.
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 49
Safety features of your vehicle
503
SRS components and functions
The SRS consists of the following
components:
(1) Driver's front air bag module
(2) Passenger's front air bag module
(3) Side air bag modules
(4) Curtain air bag modules
(5) Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies
(6) Air bag warning light
(7) SRS control module (SRSCM)/
Rollover sensor
(8) Front impact sensors
(9) Side impact sensors
(10) PASSENGER “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator (Front passenger’s
seat only)
(11) Occupant detection system
(Front passenger’s seat only)
(12) Driver’s and front passenger’s
seat belt buckle sensors
(13) Emergency fastening device
(EFD)
The SRSCM continually monitors all
SRS components while the ignition
switch is ON to determine if a crash
impact is severe enough to require
air bag deployment or pre-tensioner
seat belt deployment.
If the air bag warning light is illumi-
nated for more than 6 seconds after
the ignition is turned on, or of it illu-
minates during vehicle operation, an
SRS component may not be func-
tioning properly and you should have
your vehicle checked by an author-
ized Kia dealer.
W7-147
OUMA038114
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 50
351
Safety features of your vehicle
If any of the following conditions
occurs, this indicates a malfunction
in the air bag system. Have an
authorized Kia dealer inspect the air
bag system as soon as possible.
• The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the ignition ON.
• The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately 6 seconds.
• The light comes on while the vehi-
cle is in motion.
• The light blinks when the ignition
switch is in ON position.
The front air bag modules are locat-
ed both in the center of the steering
wheel and in the front passenger's
panel above the glove box.When the
SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe
impact to the front of the vehicle, it
will automatically deploy the front air
bags.
Upon deployment, tear seams mold-
ed directly into the pad covers will
separate under pressure from the
expansion of the air bags. Further
opening of the covers then allows full
inflation of the air bags.
B240B01L
Driver’s front air bag (1)
B240B02L
Driver’s front air bag (2)
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 51
Safety features of your vehicle
523
A fully inflated air bag, in combina-
tion with a properly worn seat belt,
slows the driver's or the passenger's
forward motion, reducing the risk of
head and chest injury.
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating, enabling
the driver to maintain forward visibility
and the ability to steer or operate
other controls.
• If an air bag deploys, there may be
a loud noise followed by a fine dust
released in the vehicle.These con-
ditions are normal and are not haz-
ardous - the air bags are packed in
this fine powder.The dust generat-
ed during air bag deployment may
cause skin or eye irritation as well
as aggravate asthma for some per-
sons. Always wash all exposed
skin areas thoroughly with cold
water and a mild soap after an
accident in which the air bags were
deployed.
B240B03L
Driver’s front air bag (3)
B240B05L
Passenger’s front air bag
WARNING - Air bag
obstructions
Do not install or place any
accessories on the steering
wheel, instrument panel, or on
the front passenger's panel
above the glove box in a vehi-
cle. Such objects may become
dangerous projectiles if the air
bag deploys.
WARNING - Flying objects
Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
front door and the front seat.
Such objects may become dan-
gerous projectiles if the side
airbag inflates.
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 52
353
Safety features of your vehicle
• The SRS can function only when
the ignition switch is in the ON
position.If the SRS air bag warning
light does not illuminate, or contin-
uously remains on after illuminat-
ing for about 6 seconds when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position, or after the engine is
started, comes on while driving,
the SRS is not working properly. If
this occurs, have your vehicle
immediately inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
Before you replace a fuse or discon-
nect a battery terminal, turn the
ignition switch to the LOCK posi-
tion and remove the ignition switch.
Never remove or replace the air bag
related fuse(s) when the ignition
switch is in the ON position. Failure
to heed this warning will cause the
SRS air bag warning light to illumi-
nate.
Occupant Detection System
(ODS)
Your vehicle is equipped with an
occupant detection system in the
front passenger's seat.
The occupant detection system is
designed to detect the presence of a
properly-seated front passenger and
determine if the passenger's front air
bag should be enabled (may inflate)
or not. Only the front passenger front
air bag is controlled by the Occupant
Detection System.
Do not put anything in front of the
passenger air bag indicator.
OUMA034090
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 53
Safety features of your vehicle
543
Main components of the occu-
pant detection system
• A detection device located within
the front passenger seat cushion.
• An electronic system which deter-
mines whether the passenger air
bag systems should be activated
or deactivated.
• A indicator light located on the
instrument panel which illuminates
the words PASSENGER AIR BAG
“OFF” indicating the front passen-
ger air bag system is deactivated.
• The instrument panel air bag warn-
ing light is interconnected with the
occupant detection system.
If the front passenger seat is occu-
pied by a person that the system
determines to be of appropriate size,
and he/she sits properly (sitting
upright with the seatback in an
upright position, centered on the
seat cushion with their seat belt on,
legs comfortably extended and their
feet on the floor), the PASSENGER
AIR BAG “OFF” indicator will turn off
and the front passenger's air bag will
be able to inflate, if necessary, in
frontal crashes.
You will find the PASSENGER AIR
BAG “OFF” indicator on the center
facia panel. This system detects the
conditions 1~4 in the following table
and activates or deactivates the front
passenger air bag based on these
conditions.
Always be sure that you and all vehi-
cle occupants are seated and
restrained properly (sitting upright
with the seat in an upright position,
centered on the seat cushion, with
the person’s legs comfortably
extended, feet on the floor, and wear-
ing the safety belt properly) for the
most effective protection by the air
bag and the safety belt.
• The ODS (Occupant Detection
System) may not function properly if
the passenger takes actions which
can defeat the detection system.
These include:
(1) Failing to sit in an upright posi-
tion.
(2) Leaning against the door or cen-
ter console.
(3) Sitting towards the sides or the
front of the seat.
(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or
resting them on other locations
which reduce the passenger
weight on the front seat.
(5) Improperly wearing the safety
belt.
(6) Reclining the seat back.
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 54
355
Safety features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
Do not modify or replace the front
passenger seat. Don't place anything
on or attach anything such as a blan-
ket, front seat cover or after market
seat heater to the front passenger
seat. This can adversely affect the
occupant detection system.
Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection
system
*
1
:The ODS system uses a field to evaluate a person's size to determine whether the
air bag should deploy.It is possible for a child to be detected and activate the ODS,
thus allowing the air bag to deploy.To maximize safety, do not allow children to ride
in the front passenger seat.
*
2
: Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
Condition detected by the
occupant detection
system
Indicator/Warning light Devices
“PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF”
indicator light
SRS warning
light
Front passenger
air bag
1. Adult or child*
1
Off Off Activated
2. Child restraint system*
2
On Off Deactivated
3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated
4.There is a malfunction
in the system
Off On Activated
WARNING - ODS System
Riding in an improper position
adversely affects the Occupant
Detection System and may
result in the deactivation of the
front passenger airbag. It is
important for the driver to
instruct the passenger as to the
proper seating instructions as
contained in this manual.
(Continued)
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 55
Safety features of your vehicle
563
1KMN3663
1KMN3664
1KMN3665
- Never sit with hips shifted
towards the front of the seat.
- Never lean on the door or cen-
ter console.
- Never sit on one side of the
front passenger seat.
- Never place feet on the dash-
board.
OVQ036013N
1KMN3662
- Never put a heavy load or an
active electronic device on
the front passenger seat or
seatback pocket.
- Never excessively recline the
front passenger seatback.
OVQ036014N
- Never place feet on the front
passenger seatback.
(Continued)
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 56
357
Safety features of your vehicle
When an adult is seated in the front
passenger seat, if the PASSENGER
AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn
the ignition switch to the LOCK posi-
tion and ask the passenger to sit
properly (sitting upright with the seat
back in an upright position, centered
on the seat cushion with their seat
belt on, legs comfortably extended
and their feet on the floor). Restart
the engine and have the person
remain in that position.This will allow
the system to detect the person and
to enable the passenger air bag.
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator is still on, ask the passen-
ger to move to the rear seat.
✽✽
NOTICE
The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator illuminates for about 4 sec-
onds after the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position or after
the engine is started. If the front
passenger seat is occupied, the occu-
pant detection sensor will then clas-
sify the front passenger after several
more seconds.
B990A01O
Proper position
WARNING - “AIR BAG
OFF” light
Do not allow an adult passenger
to ride in the front seat when the
PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator is illuminated,
because the air bag will not
deploy in the event of a crash.
The driver must instruct the
passenger to reposition himself
in the seat. Failure to properly
position yourself may lead to air
bag deactivation resulting in air
bag non-deployment in a colli-
sion. If the PASSENGER AIR
BAG “OFF” indicator remains
illuminated after the passenger
repositions themselves proper-
ly and the car is restarted, it is
recommended that passenger
move to the rear seat because
the passenger's front air bag
will not deploy.
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 57
Safety features of your vehicle
583
• Even though your vehicle is
equipped with the occupant detec-
tion system, never install a child
restraint system in the front pas-
senger's seat. A deploying air bag
can forcefully strike a child result-
ing in serious injuries or death.Any
child age 12 and under should ride
in the rear seat. Children too large
for child restraints should use the
available lap/shoulder belts. No
matter what type of crash, children
of all ages are safer when
restrained in the rear seat.
• If the PASSENGER AIR BAG
“OFF” indicator is illuminated when
the front passenger's seat is occu-
pied by an adult and he/she sits
properly (sitting upright with the
seatback in an upright position,
centered on the seat cushion with
their seat belt on, legs comfortably
extended and their feet on the
floor), have that person sit in the
rear seat.
Any child age 12 and under should
ride in the rear seat. Children too
large for child restraints should use
the available lap/shoulder belts. No
matter what type of crash, children of
all ages are safer when restrained in
the rear seat.
If the occupant detection system is
not working properly, the SRS air
bag warning light on the instrument
panel will illuminate because the
passenger's front air bag is connect-
ed with the occupant detection sys-
tem. If there is a malfunction of the
occupant detection system, the PAS-
SENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator
will not illuminate and the passen-
ger's front air bag will inflate in frontal
impact crashes even if there is no
occupant in the front passenger's
seat.
WARNING
- Replacement/modifications
The front passenger seat, dash-
board or door should not be
replaced except by an authorized
Kia dealer using original Kia parts
designed for this vehicle and
model. Any other such replace-
ment or modification could
adversely affect the operation of
the occupant detection system
and your advanced air bags.
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 58
359
Safety features of your vehicle
Driver's and passenger's front
air bag
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Advanced Supplemental Restraint
(Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder
belts at both the driver and passen-
ger seating position.
The indication of the system's pres-
ence are the letters “AIR BAG” locat-
ed on the air bag pad cover on the
steering wheel and the passenger's
side front panel pad above the glove
box.
The SRS consists of air bags
installed under the pad covers in the
center of the steering wheel and the
passenger's side front panel above
the glove box.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide
the vehicle's driver and/or the front
passenger with additional protection
than that offered by the seat belt sys-
tem alone in case of a frontal impact
of sufficient severity. The SRS uses
sensors to gather information about
the driver's and front passenger's
seat belt usage and impact severity.
The seat belt buckle sensors deter-
mine if the driver and front passen-
ger's seat belts are fastened.
These sensors provide the ability to
control the SRS deployment based on
whether or not the seat belts are fas-
tened, and how severe the impact is.
The advanced SRS offers the ability
to control the air bag inflation with
two levels. A first stage level is pro-
vided for moderate-severity impacts.
A second stage level is provided for
more severe impacts.
The passenger’s front air bag is
designed to help reduce the injury of
children sitting close to the instru-
ment panel in low speed collisions.
However, children are safer if they
are restrained in the rear seat.
According to the impact severity and
seat belt usage, the SRSCM (SRS
Control Module) controls the air bag
inflation. Failure to properly wear
seat belts can increase the risk or
severity of injury in an accident.
OUM034042
■ Driver’s front air bag
■ Passenger’s front air bag
OUM038041L
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 59
Safety features of your vehicle
603
Additionally, your vehicle is equipped
with an occupant detection system in
the front passenger's seat.The occu-
pant detection system detects the
presence of a passenger in the front
passenger's seat and will turn off the
front passenger's air bag under cer-
tain conditions. For more detail, see
"Occupant detection system" in this
chapter.
Modification to the seat structure can
cause the air bag to deploy at a dif-
ferent level than should be provided.
Manufacturers are required by gov-
ernment regulations to provide a
contact point concerning modifica-
tions to the vehicle for persons with
disabilities, which modifications may
affect the vehicle’s advanced air bag
system.That contact is Kia’s toll-free
Customer Assistance center at 1-
800-333-4Kia. However, Kia does
not endorse nor will it support any
changes to any part or structure of
the vehicle that could affect the
advanced air bag system, including
the occupant detection system.
✽✽
NOTICE
The front passenger seat, dashboard
or door should not be replaced
except by an authorized Kia dealer
using original Kia parts designed for
this vehicle and model. Any other
such replacement or modification
could adversely affect the operation
of the occupant detection system
and your advanced air bags.
Advanced air bags are combined
with pre-tensioner seat belts to help
provide enhanced occupant protec-
tion in frontal crashes. Front air bags
are not intended to deploy in colli-
sions in which sufficient protection
can be provided by the pre-tensioner
seat belt.
Front air bags are not intended to
deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or
rollover crashes. However, when
frontal deployment threshold is satis-
fied at side-impact, front air bags
may deploy.In addition, front air bags
will not deploy in frontal crashes
below the deployment threshold.
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 60
361
Safety features of your vehicle
Side air bag
Your vehicle is equipped with a side
air bag in each front seat. The pur-
pose of the air bag is to provide the
vehicle's driver and/or the front pas-
senger with additional protection than
that offered by the seat belt alone.
WARNING - No attaching
objects
• No objects (such as crash pad
cover, cellular phone holder,
cup holder, perfume or stick-
ers) should be placed over or
near the air bag modules on
the steering wheel, instrument
panel, windshield glass, and
the front passenger's panel
above the glove box. Such
objects could cause harm if
the vehicle is in a crash
severe enough to cause the
air bags to deploy.
Do not place any objects over
the air bag or between the air
bag and yourself.
• Never place or insert any
object into any small opening
near side airbag labels
attached to the vehicle seats.
When the air bag deploys, the
object may affect the deploy-
ment and result in unexpected
accident or bodily harm.
OUMA038117
OUMA034095
WARNING - SRS Wiring
Do not tamper with or discon-
nect SRS wiring or other com-
ponents of the SRS system.
Doing so could result in injury,
due to accidental deployment of
the air bags or by rendering the
SRS inoperative.
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 61
Safety features of your vehicle
623
• The side air bags are designed to
deploy during certain side-impact
collisions, depending on the crash
severity, angle, speed and point of
impact.However, when side deploy-
ment threshold is satisfied at front-
impact, side air bags may deploy.
• The side air bags may deploy on
the side of the impact or on both
sides.
• The side and/or curtain air bags on
both sides of the vehicle will deploy
if a rollover or possible rollover is
detected.
• The side air bags are not designed
to deploy in all side impact or
rollover situations.
• The side air bag is supplemental to
the driver's and the passenger's
seat belt systems and is not a sub-
stitute for them. Therefore your
seat belts must be worn at all times
while the vehicle is in operation.
• For best protection from the side
air bag system and to avoid being
injured by the deploying side air
bag, both front seat occupants
should sit in an upright position
with the seat belt properly fas-
tened. The driver's hands should
be placed on the steering wheel at
the 9:00 and 3:00 positions. The
passenger's arms and hands
should be placed on their laps.
WARNING - Unexpected
deployment
Avoid impact to the side impact
airbag sensor when the ignition
switch is ON to prevent unex-
pected deployment of the side
air bag.
WARNING - Deployment
Do not install any accessories
including seat covers, on the
side or near the side air bag as
this may affect the deployment
of the side air bags.
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:48 AM Page 62
363
Safety features of your vehicle
• If seat or seat cover is damaged,
have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia deal-
er. Inform the dealer that your vehi-
cle is equipped with side air bags
and an occupant detection system.
Curtain air bag
Curtain air bags are located along
both sides of the roof rails above the
front and rear doors.
WARNING - Flying
objects
Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
front door and the front seat.
Such objects may become dan-
gerous projectiles if the side
airbag inflates.
WARNING - No attaching
objects
• Do not place any objects over
the air bag or between the air
bag and yourself. Also, do not
attach any objects around the
area the air bag inflates such
as the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillar.
• Do not put any objects
between the side airbag label
and seat cushion. It could
cause harm if the vehicle is in
a crash severe enough to
cause the air bags to deploy.
• Never place or insert any
object into any small opening
near side airbag labels
attached to the vehicle seats.
When the air bag deploys, the
object may affect the deploy-
ment and result in unexpected
accident or bodily harm.
• Do not install any accessories
on the side or near the side air
bags.
OUM038045
OUMA038118
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:49 AM Page 63
Safety features of your vehicle
643
They are designed to help protect
occupants in certain side impacts
and to help prevent them from eject-
ing out of the vehicle as a result of a
rollover, especially when the seat-
belts are also in use.
• The curtain air bags are designed to
deploy during certain side impact
collisions, depending on the crash
severity, angle, speed and point of
impact.However, when side deploy-
ment threshold is satisfied at front-
impact, side air bags may deploy.
• The curtain air bags may deploy on
the side of the impact or on both
sides.
• Also, the curtain air bags on both
sides of the vehicle will deploy in
certain rollover situations.
• The curtain air bags are not
designed to deploy in all side
impact or rollover situations.
Do not allow the passengers to lean
their heads or bodies against the
doors, put their arms on the doors,
stretch their arms out of the window
or place objects between the doors
and passengers when they are seat-
ed on seats equipped with side
impact and/or curtain air bags.
✽✽
NOTICE
Never try to open or repair any com-
ponents of the side and curtain air
bag system. This should only be
done by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING - No attaching
objects
• Do not place any objects over
the air bag. Also, do not attach
any objects around the area
the air bag inflates such as the
door, side door glass, front
and rear pillar, roof side rail.
• Do not hang hard or breakable
objects on the coat hook.
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:49 AM Page 64
365
Safety features of your vehicle
Why didn’t my air bag go off in a
collision? (Inflation and non-infla-
tion conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents
in which the air bag would not be
expected to provide additional
protection.
These include rear impacts, sec-
ond or third collisions in multiple
impact accidents, as well as low
speed impacts.
Air bag collision sensors
(1) SRS control module/
Rollover sensor
(2) Front impact sensor
(3) Side impact sensor
(4) Side pressure sensor
OUMA038047/OUM034048/OUMA038208/OUM034050/OUM034051
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:49 AM Page 65
Safety features of your vehicle
663
Problems may arise if the sensor
installation angles are changed due
to the deformation of the front
bumper, front end module, body or
front doors where side collision sen-
sors are installed. Have the vehicle
checked and repaired by an author-
ized Kia dealer.
Installing bumper guards (or side
step or running board) or replacing a
bumper (or front door module) with
non-genuine parts may adversely
affect your vehicle’s collision and air
bag deployment performance.
Air bag inflation conditions
Front air bags
Front air bags are designed to inflate
in a frontal collision depending on
the intensity, speed or angles of
impact of the front collision.
OUM034052
WARNING - Air bag sen-
sors
• Do not hit or allow any objects
to impact the locations where
air bags or sensors are
installed.
This may cause unexpected
air bag deployment, which
could result in serious per-
sonal injury or death.
• If the installation location or
angle of the sensors is altered
in any way, the air bags may
deploy when they should not
or they may not deploy when
they should.
Therefore, do not try to per-
form maintenance on or
around the air bag sensors.
Have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia
dealer.
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:49 AM Page 66
367
Safety features of your vehicle
Side and/or curtain air bags
Side and/or curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when an impact is
detected by side collision sensors
depending on the strength, speed or
angles of impact resulting from a
side impact collision.
Also, the side and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when a rollover is
detected by a rollover sensor.
Although the front air bags (driver’s
and front passenger’s air bags) are
designed to inflate in frontal colli-
sions, they also may inflate in other
types of collisions if the front impact
sensors detect a sufficient frontal
force in another type of impact. sides
and curtain air bags are designed to
inflate in certain side impact colli-
sions.They may inflate in other types
of collisions where a side force is
detected by the sensors.Side air bag
and/or curtain air bags may also
inflate where rollover sensors indi-
cate the possibility of a rollover
occurring (even if none actually
occurs) or in other situations, includ-
ing when the vehicle is tilted while
being towed.Even where side and/or
curtain air bags would not provide
impact protection in a rollover, how-
ever, they will deploy to prevent ejec-
tion of occupants, especially those
who are restrained with seat belts.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved
roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive
carefully on unimproved roads or on
surfaces not designed for vehicle
traffic to prevent unintended air bag
deployment.
OUMA038053
OUMA038119
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:49 AM Page 67
Safety features of your vehicle
683
Air bag non-inflation conditions
• In certain low-speed collisions the
air bags may not deploy. The air
bags are designed not to deploy in
such cases because they may not
provide benefits beyond the pro-
tection of the seat belts in such col-
lisions.
• Air bags are not designed to inflate
in rear collisions, because occu-
pants are moved backward by the
force of the impact. In this case,
inflated air bags would not be able
to provide any additional benefit.
• Front air bags may not inflate in
side impact collisions, because
occupants move to the direction of
the collision, and thus in side
impacts, frontal air bag deployment
would not provide additional occu-
pant protection.
OUMA038057OUM034056
OUM034055
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:49 AM Page 68
369
Safety features of your vehicle
• In an angled collision, the force of
impact may direct the occupants in
a direction where the air bags
would not be able to provide any
additional benefit, and thus the
sensors may not deploy any air
bags.
• Just before impact, drivers often
brake heavily. Such heavy braking
lowers the front portion of the vehi-
cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi-
cle with a higher ground clearance.
Air bags may not inflate in this
“under-ride” situation because
deceleration forces that are detect-
ed by sensors may be significantly
reduced by such “under-ride” colli-
sions.
• Front air bags may not inflate in all
rollover accidents where the
SRSCM indicates that the front air
bag deployment would not provide
additional occupant protection.
OUM034058 OUM034059OUMA038207
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:49 AM Page 69
Safety features of your vehicle
703
• Air bags may not inflate if the vehi-
cle collides with objects such as
utility poles or trees, where the
point of impact is concentrated to
one area and the full force of the
impact is not delivered to the sen-
sors.
SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenance-
free and so there are no parts you can
safely service by yourself. If the SRS
air bag warning light does not illumi-
nate, or continuously remains on, have
your vehicle immediately inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Any work on the SRS system, such
as removing, installing, repairing, or
any work on the steering wheel, the
front passenger’s panel, front seats
and roof rails must be performed by
an authorized Kia dealer. Improper
handling of the SRS system may
result in serious personal injury.
For cleaning the air bag pad covers,
use only a soft, dry cloth or one which
has been moistened with plain water.
Solvents or cleaners could adversely
affect the air bag covers and proper
deployment of the system.
If components of the air bag system
must be discarded, or if the vehicle
must be scrapped, certain safety
precautions must be observed. An
authorized Kia dealer knows these
precautions and can give you the
necessary information. Failure to fol-
low these precautions and proce-
dures could increase the risk of per-
sonal injury.
OUMA038060
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:49 AM Page 70
371
Safety features of your vehicle
Adding equipment to or modi-
fying your air bag-equipped
vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by chang-
ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys-
tem, front end or side sheet metal or
ride height, this may affect the opera-
tion of your vehicle's air bag system.
Air bag warning label
Air bag warning labels, some
required by the U.S. National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA), are attached to the sunvi-
sor to alert the driver and passen-
gers of potential risks of the air bag
system.
OUMA034094
WARNING - Tampering
with SRS
Do not tamper with or discon-
nect SRS wiring, or other com-
ponents of the SRS system.
Doing so could result in the
accidental inflation of the air
bags or by rendering the SRS
inoperative.
WARNING - Towing Vehicle
Always have the ignition off
when your vehicle is being
towed. The side air bags may
inflate if the vehicle is tilted
such as when being towed
because of the rollover sensors
in the vehicle.
UMA PE USA 3.QXP 12/20/2017 11:49 AM Page 71
Features of your vehicle
Folding key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
• Key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
• Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
• Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
• Smart key function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
• Loss of the smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
• Smart key precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
• Smart key immobilizer system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
• Armed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
• Theft-alarm stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
• Disarmed stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
• Operating door locks from outside the vehicle . . . . 4-21
• Operating door locks from inside the vehicle. . . . . . 4-22
• Door lock/unlock features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
• Child-protector rear door lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Liftgate (for manual liftgate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
• Opening the liftgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
• Closing the liftgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
• Emergency liftgate safety release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Power liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
• Opening the liftgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
• Closing the liftgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
• Smart power liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
• Emergency liftgate safety release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
• Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
Hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
• Opening the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
• Hood open warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
• Closing the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
• Opening the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
• Closing the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
• Emergency fuel filler lid release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
• Sunroof open warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
• Sunshade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
• Sliding the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
4
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:14 PM Page 1
• Tilting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
• Closing the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
• Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56
• Electric Power Steering (EPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56
• Tilt and telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
• Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
• Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
• Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
• Outside rearview mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74
• Instrument cluster control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75
• LCD display control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75
• Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76
• Transmission shift indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79
LCD display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
• LCD modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
Trip modes (Trip computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
• Trip modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
• Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
• Accumulated driving information mode . . . . . . . . . . 4-84
• One time driving information mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84
• Digital speedometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
• Smart shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
• Turn by turn mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
• Assist mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86
• Distance to empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88
• User settings mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88
• Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98
• Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98
• Indicator lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106
Rear parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111
• Operation of the rear parking assist system . . . . . . 4-111
• Non-operational conditions of rear parking assist
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112
• Rear parking assist system precautions . . . . . . . . . 4-113
Parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
• Operation of the parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
• Non-operational conditions of parking assist
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117
Rearview camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120
Surround view monitoring system (SVM). . . . . 4-121
• Automatic car wash entry support guidelines . . . . 4-122
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
• Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
• Daytime running light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
• Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
• High beam operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125
4
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:14 PM Page 2
• High beam assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
• Turn signals and lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
• Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
• Check headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
• Headlight leveling device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
• Dynamic Bending Light (DBL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130
Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131
• Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131
• Front windshield washers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133
• Rear window wiper and washer switch. . . . . . . . . . 4-134
Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136
• Automatic turn off function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136
• Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136
• Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137
• Luggage lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-138
• Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-138
• Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-138
Welcome system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139
• Headlight (Headlamp) escort function . . . . . . . . . . 4-139
• Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139
• Pocket lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139
Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140
• Rear window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140
Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-141
• Heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142
• 3rd row air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147
• System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148
• Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150
• Air conditioning refrigerant label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151
• Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151
Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153
• Automatic heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . 4-154
• Manual heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155
• To cancel or reset the automatic ventilation . . . . . . 4-160
• 3rd row air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-161
• System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-161
• Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-163
• Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-164
• Air conditioning refrigerant label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-165
Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . 4-166
• Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-166
• Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-167
• Defogging logic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-168
4
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:14 PM Page 3
Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-171
• Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-171
• Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-171
• Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-172
• Luggage box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-173
Interior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-174
• Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-174
• Bottle holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-175
• Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-175
• Seat cooler (Air ventilation seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-176
• Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-177
• Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-177
• AC inverter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-178
• USB charger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-180
• Wireless smart phone charging system . . . . . . . . . . 4-181
• Coat hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-184
• Floor mat anchor (s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-184
• Side curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-185
• Luggage net holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-185
Exterior features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-187
• Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-187
Audio system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-188
• Antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-188
• Pole antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-188
• Steering wheel remote controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-189
• AUX, USB port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-190
4
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:14 PM Page 4
45
Features of your vehicle
Record your key number
The key code num-
ber is stamped on
the key code tag
attached to the key
set. Should you
lose your keys, this number will
enable an authorized Kia dealer to
duplicate the keys easily. Remove
the key code tag and store it in a safe
place. Also, record the key code
number and keep it in a safe
place.(not in the vehicle)
Key operations
• Used to start the engine.
• Used to lock and unlock the doors.
• Used to lock and unlock the glove
box.
• To unfold the key, press the release
button then the key will unfold auto-
matically. To fold the key, fold the
key manually while pressing the
release button.
FOLDING KEY (IF EQUIPPED)
CAUTION
Do not fold the key without
pressing the release button.
This may damage the key.
WARNING - Aftermarket
key
Use only Kia original parts for
the ignition key in your vehicle.
If an aftermarket key is used,
the ignition switch may not
return to ON after START. If this
happens, the starter will contin-
ue to operate causing damage
to the starter motor and possi-
ble fire due to excessive current
in the wiring.
OUMA048429
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 5
Features of your vehicle
64
Door Lock (1)
1. Close all doors, engine hood and
liftgate.
2. Press the lock button(1).
3. All doors and liftgate will lock.The
hazard warning lights will blink
once.
4. If the lock button is pressed once
more within 4 seconds, the hazard
warning lights will blink and the
beep will sound once.
5. Make sure that doors are locked by
checking the door lock button inside
or pulling the outside door handle.
Door Unlock (2)
1. Press the unlock button(2).
2.The driver's door will unlock. The
hazard warning lights will blink two
times.
3. Press the unlock button(2) twice
within 4 seconds and all doors and
liftgate will unlock. The hazard
warning lights will blink two times.
✽✽
NOTICE
You can activate or deactivate the
Two Turn Unlock function. Refer to
“User settings” in this chapter.
WARNING - Ignition key
(smart key)
Never leave the keys in your
vehicle with unsupervised chil-
dren. Leaving children unat-
tended in a vehicle with a man-
ual ignition key or a smart key
is dangerous. Children copy
adults and they could place the
key in the ignition switch or
press the start button. The key
would enable children to oper-
ate power windows or other
controls, or even make the vehi-
cle move, which could result in
serious bodily injury or death.
OXMA043317
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 6
47
Features of your vehicle
Liftgate unlock (3)
The liftgate is unlocked if the button
is pressed for more than 1 second.
Also, once the liftgate is opened and
then closed, the liftgate will be locked
automatically.
• For Power Liftgate Only:
The Power Liftgate will open if the
button is pressed for more than 1
second. Also, once the liftgate is
opened and then closed, the liftgate
will be locked again automatically.
If the power liftgate is switched ‘Off’
using the button in the overhead con-
sole, the liftgate unlock button will
operate to unlock the liftgate as
described above.
❈ For detailed information refer to
the “Power liftgate” in this chapter.
Panic (4)
The horn sounds and hazard warn-
ing lights flash for about 27 seconds
if this button is pressed for more than
0.5 second. To stop the horn and
lights, press any button on the trans-
mitter.
Transmitter precautions
• The transmitter will not work if any
of following occur:
- The ignition key is in the ignition
switch.
- You exceed the operating dis-
tance limit (about 30 feet [10 m]).
- The battery in the transmitter is
weak.
- Other vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
- The weather is extremely cold.
- The transmitter is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio sub-
station or an airport which can
interfere with normal operation of
the transmitter.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 7
Features of your vehicle
84
• When the transmitter does not work
correctly, open and close the door
with the ignition key. If you have a
problem with the transmitter, con-
tact an authorized Kia dealer.
• If the transmitter is in close proxim-
ity to your mobile phone, the signal
could be blocked by your mobile
phones normal operational signals.
This is especially important when
the phone is active such as making
and receiving calls, text messag-
ing, and/or sending/receiving
emails. Avoid placing the transmit-
ter and your mobile phone in the
same pants or jacket pocket and
always try to maintain an adequate
distance between the two devices.
✽✽
NOTICE
If the keyless entry system is inoper-
ative due to exposure to water or liq-
uids, it will not be covered by your
manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.
Battery replacement
The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium
battery which will normally last for
several years. When replacement is
necessary, use the following proce-
dure.
1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and
gently pry open the transmitter
center cover.
2. Replace the battery with a new
battery (CR2032).When replacing
the battery, make sure the battery
is positioned correctly.
3. Install the battery in the reverse
order of removal.
OYDDCO2005
CAUTION
Keep the transmitter away from
water or any liquid as it can
become damaged and not func-
tion properly.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 8
49
Features of your vehicle
For replacement transmitters, see an
authorized Kia dealer for transmitter
reprogramming.
• The transmitter is designed to give
you years of trouble-free use, how-
ever it can malfunction if exposed to
moisture or static electricity. If you
are unsure how to use your trans-
mitter or replace the battery, contact
an authorized Kia dealer.
• Using the wrong battery can cause
the transmitter to malfunction. Be
sure to use the correct battery.
• To avoid damaging the transmitter,
don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it
to heat or sunlight.
• An inappropriately dis-
posed battery can be harm-
ful to the environment and
may cause harm to human
health. Dispose of the bat-
tery according to your local
law(s) or regulation.
Immobilizer system
(if equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with an
electronic engine immobilizer system
to reduce the risk of unauthorized
vehicle use.
Your immobilizer system is com-
prised of a small transponder in the
ignition key and electronic devices
inside the vehicle.
With the immobilizer system, when-
ever you insert your ignition key into
the ignition switch and turn it to ON,
the system verifies if the ignition key
is valid.
If the key is determined to be valid,
the engine will start.
If the key is determined to be invalid,
the engine will not start.
To activate the immobilizer sys-
tem:
Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi-
tion. The immobilizer system acti-
vates automatically. Without a valid
ignition key for your vehicle, the
engine will not start.
To deactivate the immobilizer
system:
Insert the ignition key into the key
cylinder and turn it to the ON position.
In order to prevent theft of your vehi-
cle, do not leave spare keys anywhere
in your vehicle.Your Immobilizer pass-
word is a customer unique password
and should be kept confidential. Do
not leave this number anywhere in
your vehicle.
✽✽
NOTICE
When starting the engine, do not use
the key with other immobilizer keys
around. Otherwise the engine may
not start or may stop soon after it
starts. Keep each key separate in
order to avoid a starting malfunction.
CAUTION - Transmitter
damage
Do not drop, wet or expose the
keyless entry system transmit-
ter to heat or sunlight.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 9
Features of your vehicle
104
Do not put metal accessories near
the ignition switch.
Metal accessories may interrupt the
transponder signal and may prevent
the engine from being started.
✽✽
NOTICE
If you need additional keys or lose
your keys, contact an authorized
Kia dealer.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including inter-
ference that may cause undesired
operation.
✽✽
NOTICE
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user’s authority to operate
the equipment. If the keyless entry
system is inoperative due to changes
or modifications not approved by
the party responsible for compli-
ance, it will not be covered by your
manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.
CAUTION - Immobilizer
damage
Do not expose your immobilizer
system to moisture, static elec-
tricity and rough handling. This
may damage your immobilizer.
CAUTION - Immobilizer
alterations
Do not change, alter or adjust
the immobilizer system because
it could cause the immobilizer
system to malfunction.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 10
411
Features of your vehicle
Record your key number
The key code number
is stamped on the bar
code tag attached to
the key set. Should
you lose your keys,
this number will enable an author-
ized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys
easily. Remove the bar code tag and
store it in a safe place. Also, record
the code number and keep it in a
safe and handy place, but not in the
vehicle.
Smart key function
To remove the mechanical key, press
and hold the release button(1) and
remove the mechanical key (2).
To reinstall the mechanical key, put
the key into the hole and push it until
a click sound is heard.
With a smart key, you can lock or
unlock a door (and Liftgate) and start
the engine.
Refer to the following for more details.
SMART KEY (IF EQUIPPED)
OUM045428MX
WARNING - Ignition key
(smart key)
Never leave the keys in your
vehicle with unsupervised chil-
dren. Leaving children unat-
tended in a vehicle with a man-
ual ignition key or a smart key
is dangerous. Children copy
adults and they could place the
key in the ignition switch or
press the start button. The key
would enable children to oper-
ate power windows or other
controls, or even make the vehi-
cle move, which could result in
serious bodily injury or death.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 11
Features of your vehicle
124
Door Lock
Using the door handle button
- Carry the smart key.
- Close all doors, engine hood and
liftgate.
- Press the button of the outside door
handle.
- The hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound once.
- Make sure that doors are locked by
pulling the outside door handle.
✽✽
NOTICE
• The button will only operate when
the smart key is within 28~40in.
(0.7~1m) from the outside door
handle.
• Even though you press the outside
door handle button, the doors will
not lock and the chime will sound
for 3 seconds if any of following
occur:
- The smart key is in the vehicle.
- The engine start/stop button is
in ACC or ON position.
- Any door except the liftgate is
open.
Using the button on the smart key
- Close all doors, engine hood and
liftgate.
- Press the lock button(1).
- The hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound once.
- Make sure that doors are locked by
pulling the outside door handle.
OYDDCO2004
OUM044001
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 12
413
Features of your vehicle
Unlocking
Using the door handle button
1. Carry the smart key.
2. Press the button of the driver's
outside door handle.
3.The driver’s door will unlock. The
hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound two times.
4. Press the button twice within 4
seconds and all doors and the lift-
gate will unlock and the hazard
warning lights will blink and the
chime will sound two times.
✽✽
NOTICE
• The button will only operate when
the smart key is within 28~40in.
(0.7~1m) from the outside door
handle.
• When the smart key is recognized in
the area of 28~40in. (0.7~1m) from
the front outside door handle, other
people can also open the doors.
• After unlocking the driver’s door
or all doors, the door(s) will lock
automatically unless the door is
opened.
Using the button on the smart key
1. Press the unlock button(2) of the
smart key.
2.The driver’s door will unlock. The
hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound two times.
3. Press the unlock button(2) twice
within 4 seconds and all doors and
the liftgate will unlock.The hazard
warning lights will blink and the
chime will sound two times.
✽✽
NOTICE
After pressing the button, the doors
will lock automatically unless any
door is opened within 30 seconds.
✽✽
NOTICE
You can activate or deactivate the
Two Turn Unlock function. Refer to
“User settings” in this chapter.
Liftgate unlocking
Using the liftgate handle button
1. Carry the smart key.
2. Press the liftgate handle button.
3. When all doors are locked, the
hazard warning lights will blink two
times.
Once the liftgate is opened and
then closed, the liftgate will lock
automatically.
✽✽
NOTICE
The button will only operate when
the smart key is within 28~40in.
(0.7~1m) from the liftgate handle.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 13
Features of your vehicle
144
Using the button on the smart key
1. Press the liftgate unlock button (3)
for more than 1 second.
2.When all doors are locked, the
hazard warning lights will blink two
times.
• For Power Liftgate Only:
The Power Liftgate will open if the
button is pressed for more than 1
second. Also, once the liftgate is
opened and then closed, the liftgate
will be locked again automatically.
❈For detailed information refer to the
“Power liftgate” in this chapter.
Panic
1. Press the panic button (4) for more
than 1 second.
2.The horn sounds and hazard
warning light flash for about 27
seconds.
✽✽
NOTICE
To stop the horn and lights, press
any button on the smart key.
Start-up
You can start the engine without
inserting the key. For detailed infor-
mation refer to the “Engine start/stop
button” in chapter 5.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 14
415
Features of your vehicle
Loss of the smart key
A maximum of 2 smart keys can be
registered to a single vehicle.
If you happen to lose your smart key,
you will not be able to start the
engine.You should immediately take
the vehicle and remaining key to your
authorized Kia dealer(tow the vehi-
cle, if necessary) to protect it from
potential theft.
Smart key precautions
• The smart key will not work if any
of the following occur:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio sta-
tion or an airport which can inter-
fere with normal operation of the
smart key.
- The smart key is near a mobile
two way radio system or a cellu-
lar phone.
- Another vehicle’s smart key is
being operated close to your
vehicle.
• When the smart key does not work
correctly, open and close the door
with the mechanical key and contact
an authorized Kia dealer.
• If the smart key is in close proximity
to your cell phone or smart phone,
the signal from the smart key could
be blocked by normal operation of
your cell phone or smart phone.
This is especially important when
the phone is active such as making
a call, receiving calls, text messag-
ing, and/or sending/receiving
emails. Avoid placing the smart key
and your cell phone or smart phone
in the same pants or jacket pocket
and maintain adequate distance
between the two devices.
✽✽
NOTICE
If the keyless entry system is inoper-
ative due to exposure to water or liq-
uids, it will not be covered by your
manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.
CAUTION - Transmitter
Keep the transmitter away from
water or any liquid as it can
become damaged and not func-
tion properly.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 15
Features of your vehicle
164
Battery replacement
A smart key battery should last for
several years, but if the smart key is
not working properly, try replacing
the battery with a new one.If you are
unsure how to use your smart key or
replace the battery, contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
1. Remove the mechanical key.
2. Pry open the rear cover.
3. Replace the battery with a new
battery (CR2032).When replacing
the battery, make sure the battery
is in the correct position.
4. Install the battery in the reverse
order of removal.
• The smart key is designed to give
you years of trouble-free use, how-
ever it can malfunction if exposed
to moisture or static electricity. If
you are unsure how to use or
replace the battery, contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Using the wrong battery can cause
the smart key to malfunction. Be
sure to use the correct battery.
• To avoid damaging the smart key,
don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it
to heat or sunlight.
• An inappropriately dis-
posed battery can be harm-
ful to the environment and
human health. Dispose the
battery according to your
local law(s) or regulation.
Smart key immobilizer system
Your vehicle is equipped with an
electronic engine immobilizer system
to reduce the risk of unauthorized
vehicle use.
Your immobilizer system is com-
prised of a small transponder in the
smart key and electronic devices
inside the vehicle.
With the immobilizer system, when-
ever you turn the engine start/stop
button to the ON position by pressing
the button while carrying the smart
key, it verifies if the smart key is valid
or not.
If the key is determined to be valid,
the engine will start.
If the key is determined to be invalid,
the engine will not start.
CAUTION - Smart key
damage
Do not drop, get wet or expose
the smart key to heat or sun-
light, or it will be damaged.
OUM045427MX
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 16
417
Features of your vehicle
To deactivate the immobilizer
system:
Turn the engine start/stop button to
the ON position by pressing the but-
ton while carrying the smart key.
In order to prevent theft of your vehi-
cle, do not leave spare keys any-
where in your vehicle.
To activate the immobilizer system:
Turn the engine start/stop button to
the OFF position. The immobilizer
system activates automatically.
Without a valid smart key for your
vehicle, the engine will not start.
✽✽
NOTICE
When starting the engine, do not use
the key with other immobilizer keys
around. Otherwise the engine may
not start or may stop soon after it
starts. Keep each key separate in
order to avoid a starting malfunction.
✽✽
NOTICE
If you need additional keys or lose
your keys, contact an authorized
Kia dealer.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including inter-
ference that may cause undesired
operation.
✽✽
NOTICE
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user’s authority to operate
the equipment. If the keyless entry
system is inoperative due to changes
or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible
for compliance, it will not be cov-
ered by your manufacturer’s vehicle
warranty.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 17
Features of your vehicle
184
This system is designed to provide
protection from unauthorized entry
into the vehicle. This system is oper-
ated in three stages: the first is the
"Armed" stage, the second is the
"Theft-alarm" stage, and the third is
the "Disarmed" stage. If triggered,
the system provides an audible
alarm with blinking of the hazard
warning lights.
Armed stage
Park the vehicle and stop the engine.
Arm the system as described below.
1. Remove the ignition key from the
ignition switch and exit the vehicle.
2. Make sure that all doors (and lift-
gate) and engine hood are closed
and latched.
3. Lock the doors using the transmit-
ter of the keyless entry system (or
smart key) or ignition key.
After completion of the steps above,
the hazard warning lights will blink
(for smart key, the chime also
sounds) once to indicate that the
system is armed.
If any door (or liftgate) or engine
hood remains open, the hazard
warning lights and the chime will not
operate and the theft-alarm will not
arm. If all doors and liftgate and
engine hood are closed after the lock
button is pressed, the hazard warn-
ing lights blink once.
The system can also be armed by
locking the doors with the key from
the front doors; however, the hazard
warning lights will not blink using this
method.
✽✽
NOTICE
The theft-alarm system can be deac-
tivated by an authorized Kia dealer.
If you want this feature, consult an
authorized Kia dealer.
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
Armed
stage
Theft-alarm
stage
Disarmed
stage
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 18
419
Features of your vehicle
Do not arm the system until all
passengers have left the vehicle. If
the system is armed while a pas-
senger(s) remains in the vehicle,
the alarm may be activated when
the remaining passenger(s) leave
the vehicle. If any door (or liftgate
) or engine hood is opened within
30 seconds after the system
enters the armed stage, the sys-
tem is disarmed to prevent an
unnecessary alarm.
Theft-alarm stage
The alarm will be activated if any of
the following occurs while the system
is armed.
• A front or rear door is opened with-
out using the ignition key or trans-
mitter (or smart key).
• The liftgate is opened without using
the transmitter (or smart key).
• The engine hood is opened.
The horn will sound and the hazard
warning lights will blink continuously
for approximately 27 seconds, and
repeat the horn 2 times unless the
system is disarmed. To turn off the
system, unlock the doors with the igni-
tion key or transmitter (or smart key).
Disarmed stage
The system will be disarmed when
• The doors (and liftgate) are
unlocked with the transmitter (or
smart key) or the ignition key.
After depressing the unlock button,
the hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound twice (in
smart key) to indicate that the sys-
tem is disarmed.
After depressing the unlock button, if
any door (or liftgate) is not opened
within 30 seconds, the system will be
rearmed.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 19
Features of your vehicle
204
✽✽
NOTICE
• Avoid trying to start the engine
while the alarm is activated. The
vehicle starting motor is disabled
during the theft-alarm stage.
- If the system is not disarmed with
the transmitter, insert the key
into the ignition switch, turn the
ignition switch to the ON position
and wait for 30 seconds. Then the
system will be disarmed.
- If the system is not disarmed with
the smart key, press the engine
start/stop button with smart key.
The side with the lock button
should contact the engine
start/stop button directly.
• If you lose your keys, consult your
authorized Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
Malfunctions caused by improper
alterations, adjustments or modifi-
cations to the theft-alarm system are
not covered by your vehicle manu-
facturer warranty.
CAUTION - Adjusting
alarm system
Do not change, alter or adjust
the theft-alarm system because
it could cause the theft-alarm
system to malfunction and
should only be serviced by an
authorized Kia dealer.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 20
421
Features of your vehicle
DOOR LOCKS
Operating door locks from
outside the vehicle
• Turn the key toward the rear of the
vehicle to unlock (1) and toward
the front of the vehicle to lock (2).
• If you lock the driver’s door with a
key, all vehicle doors will lock auto-
matically.
• From the driver’s door, turn the key
to the right once to unlock the door
and once more within 4 seconds to
unlock all doors.
• Doors can also be locked and
unlocked with the transmitter.
• Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
• When closing the door, push the
door by hand.Make sure the doors
are closed securely.
✽✽
NOTICE
• In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not
work properly due to freezing con-
ditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked
multiple times in rapid succession
with either the vehicle key or door
lock switch, the system may stop
operating temporarily in order to
protect the circuit and prevent
damage to system components.
OUM046002L
■ Type A ■ Type B
WARNING
• Securely close your door
before you begin driving.
Failure to fully close your door
may cause it to open during
vehicle operation.
• Keep your body out of the way
of the closing door to prevent
injuries.
CAUTION
Do not open and close the door
repeatedly if unnecessary or with
excessive force. Such action can
damage the vehicle door.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 21
Features of your vehicle
224
• To lock a door without the key, push
the inside door lock button (1) or cen-
tral door lock switch (2) to the “Lock”
position when the ignition switch is
OFF position and close the door (3).
• If you lock the door with the central
door lock switch (2), all vehicle
doors will lock automatically.
✽✽
NOTICE
Always remove the ignition key,
engage the parking brake, close all
windows and lock all doors when
leaving your vehicle unattended.
Operating door locks from
inside the vehicle
With the door lock button
• To unlock a door, push the door
lock button (1) to the “Unlock” posi-
tion.The red mark (2) on the button
will be visible.
• To lock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the “Lock” position. If
the door is locked properly, the red
mark (2) on the door lock button
will not be visible.
• To open a door, pull the door handle
(3) outward.
• If the inner door handle of the driver’s
(or front passenger’s) door is pulled
when the door lock button is in the
lock position, the button will unlock
and the door will open. (if equipped)
• Front doors cannot be locked if the
ignition key is in the ignition switch
and any front door is opened.
If a power door lock ever fails to func-
tion while you are in the vehicle, try
one or more of the following tech-
niques to exit:
• Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and
manual) while simultaneously
pulling on the door handle.
• Operate the other door locks and
handles, front and rear.
• Lower a front window and use the
key to unlock the door from outside.
• Move to the cargo area and open
the liftgate.
OUM044004
OUM044003
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 22
423
Features of your vehicle
With central door lock switch
Operate by pressing the central door
lock switch.
• When pressing the front portion (1)
of the switch, all vehicle doors will
lock.
• When pressing the rear portion (2)
of the switch, all vehicle doors will
unlock.
• If the key is in the ignition switch
and any front door is opened, the
doors will not lock even though the
front portion (1) of the central door
lock switch is pressed.
OUM044005
Driver’s door
OUM034082L
Passenger’s door
WARNING - Doors
• The doors should always be
fully closed and locked while
the vehicle is in motion to pre-
vent accidental opening of the
door.
• Be careful when opening doors
and watch for vehicles, motor-
cycles, bicycles or pedestrians
approaching the vehicle in the
path of the door. Opening a
door when something is
approaching can cause dam-
age or injury.
WARNING - Unattended
children/animals
Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle. An
enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or
severe injury to unattended
children or animals who cannot
escape the vehicle.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 23
Features of your vehicle
244
Door lock/unlock features
Impact sensing door unlock sys-
tem
All doors will automatically unlock
when an impact causes the air bags
to deploy.
Speed sensing door lock system
All doors will automatically lock after
the vehicle speed exceeds 10 mph
(15 km/h).
Shift lever door lock/unlock sys-
tem
• All doors will automatically lock
when the shift lever is moved out of
P (Park).
• All doors will automatically unlock
when the shift lever is moved into P
(Park).
✽✽
NOTICE
You can select some auto door
lock/unlock features in “User Settings”
For more information, refer to
“User Settings” in this chapter.
Child-protector rear door lock
The child safety lock is provided to
help prevent children from acciden-
tally opening the rear doors from
inside the vehicle. The rear door
safety locks should be used whenev-
er children are in the vehicle.
1. Open the rear door.
2.Turn the child safety lock (1) locat-
ed on the rear edge of the door to
the lock ( ) position. When the
child safety lock is in the lock posi-
tion, the rear door will not open
even when the inner door handle
is pulled.
3. Close the rear door.
To open the rear door, pull the out-
side door handle.
Even though the doors may be
unlocked, the rear door will not open
by pulling the inner door handle until
the rear door child safety lock is
unlocked.
OUM044006
WARNING - Rear door
locks
Use the rear door safety locks
whenever children are in the
vehicle. If a child accidently
opens the rear doors while the
vehicle is moving, they may fall
out.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 24
425
Features of your vehicle
Opening the liftgate
• The liftgate is locked or unlocked
when all doors are locked or
unlocked with the key, transmitter
(or smart key) or central door lock
switch.
• If unlocked, the liftgate can be
opened by pressing the handle
switch and then pulling the handle
up.
• Only the liftgate is unlocked if the
liftgate unlock button on the smart
key is pressed (if equipped). Once
the liftgate is opened and then
closed, the liftgate is locked auto-
matically.
The liftgate swings upward. Make
sure no objects or people are near
the rear of the vehicle when opening
the liftgate.
✽✽
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
Closing the liftgate
To close the liftgate, lower and push
down the liftgate firmly. Make sure
that the liftgate is securely latched.
Make sure your hands, feet and other
parts of your body are safely out of
the way before closing the liftgate.
LIFTGATE (for manual liftgate)
CAUTION - Liftgate lift
Make certain that you close the
liftgate before driving your vehi-
cle. Possible damage may occur
to the liftgate lift cylinders and
attached hardware if the liftgate
is not closed prior to driving.
OUMA048007
OUMA048008
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 25
Features of your vehicle
264
Emergency liftgate safety
release
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emergency liftgate safety release
lever located on the bottom of the lift-
gate. When someone is inadvertent-
ly locked in the cargo area, the lift-
gate can be opened by pushing the
release lever and pushing open the
liftgate.
WARNING - Rear cargo
area
Occupants should never ride in
the rear cargo area where no
restraints are available.
Occupants should always be
properly restrained.
WARNING
• No one should be allowed to
occupy the cargo area of the
vehicle at any time.The cargo
area is a very dangerous loca-
tion in the event of a crash.
• Use the release lever for
emergencies only. Use with
extreme caution, especially
while the vehicle is in motion.
OUMA048009
WARNING - Exhaust
fumes
If you drive with the liftgate
open, you will draw dangerous
exhaust fumes into your vehicle
which can cause serious injury
or death to vehicle occupants. If
you must drive with the liftgate
open, keep the air vents and all
windows open so that addition-
al outside air comes into the
vehicle.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 26
427
Features of your vehicle
POWER LIFTGATE (IF EQUIPPED)
(1) Power liftgate open / close button
(2) Power liftgate handle switch
(3) Power liftgate close button
✽✽
NOTICE
If ignition switch is ON position, the
power liftgate can operate when the
shift lever is in P (Park).
✽✽
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, power lift-
gate may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
✽✽
NOTICE
Do not attach heavy objects to the
power liftgate when you operate the
power liftgate. Additional weight on
liftgate could cause damage to the
system.
WARNING - Unattended
children/pets
Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle.
Children or animals might oper-
ate the power liftgate in such a
way that could result in injury to
themselves or others or dam-
age to the vehicle.
OUM048472L
OUMA048541
OUM044012L
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 27
Features of your vehicle
284
Opening the liftgate
The power liftgate will open automat-
ically by doing one of the following:
• Press and hold the liftgate unlock
button on the transmitter or smart
key until power liftgate operates.
• While power liftgate operating, you
can stop it if you shortly press the
unlock button on the transmitter or
smart key.
CAUTION
Do not close or open the power
liftgate manually during auto-
matic operation.This may cause
damage to the power liftgate or
to the vehicle.
If it is necessary to close or
open the power liftgate manual-
ly when the battery is dis-
charged or disconnected, make
sure the liftgate is not in opera-
tion. Switch the power liftgate to
the off position. Do not apply
excessive force.
OUMA048300
WARNING
Make sure that there are no peo-
ple or objects in the path of the
power liftgate (or smart power
liftgate) prior to use. Serious
injury, damage to the vehicle or
damage to surrounding objects
may result if contact with the
power liftgate (or smart power
liftgate) occurs.
OUMA048014
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:15 PM Page 28
429
Features of your vehicle
• Press the power liftgate open/close
button for approximately one sec-
ond.
• For emergency stop while power
liftgate operating, press the power
liftgate open/close button shortly.
• Press the liftgate handle switch
carrying the smart key with you.
Closing the liftgate
OUM048010L
OUMA048011
OUMA044010
OUM044012L
OUMA048300
■Type B
■Type A
■Type C
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 29
Features of your vehicle
304
• Press the power liftgate close but-
ton for approximately one second
when the liftgate is opened.
The liftgate will close and lock
automatically.
• For emergency stop while power
liftgate operating, press the power
liftgate open/close button shortly.
Power liftgate non-opening condi-
tions
The power liftgate will not open auto-
matically, when the vehicle is moving
more than 2mph (3km/h) or the auto-
matic shift lever is not in P(Park) posi-
tion. The power liftgate will not open
automatically, when the automatic
shift lever is not in P(Park) position.
✽✽
NOTICE
The chime will sound continuously if
you drive over 2mph (3km/h) with the
liftgate opened. Stop your vehicle at a
safe place as soon as possible to check
if your liftgate is opened.
CAUTION
Do not operate the power lift-
gate more than 5 times continu-
ously.
It may damage the power liftgate
system. If you operate the power
liftgate more than 5 times con-
tinuously, the chime will sound 3
times and the power liftgate will
not operate. At this time, stop
operating the liftgate and leave it
for more than 1 minute.
WARNING
Make sure there are no people
or objects around the liftgate
before opening or closing the
power liftgate.Wait until the lift-
gate is open fully and stopped
before loading or unloading
cargo from the vehicle.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 30
431
Features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
• The power liftgate can be operated
when the engine is not running.
However the power liftgate opera-
tion consumes large amounts of
vehicle electric power. To prevent
the battery from being discharged,
do not operate it excessively.
• To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the power
liftgate in the open position for a
long time.
• Do not modify or repair any part
of the power liftgate by yourself.
This must be done by an author-
ized Kia dealer.
• When jacking up the vehicle to
change a tire or repair the vehicle,
do not operate the power liftgate.
This could cause the power liftgate
to operate improperly.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• In cold and wet climates, the
power liftgate may not work prop-
erly due to freezing conditions.
• It is recommended to wait until
the power liftgate is fully closed
before starting the vehicle. The
power liftgate may not close fully
if the vehicle is started during
automatic closing.
Automatic reversal
During power opening and closing if
the power liftgate is blocked by an
object or part of the body, the power
liftgate will detect the resistance.
• If the resistance is detected while
opening the liftgate, it will stop and
move in the opposite direction.
• If the resistance is detected while
closing the liftgate, it will stop and
move in the opposite direction.
OUMA048013
CAUTION
Never operate the power lift
gate with any heavy objects
attached (e.g. bicycles) as it
could become damaged.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 31
Features of your vehicle
324
However, if the resistance is weak
such as from an object that is thin or
soft, or the liftgate is near the latched
position, the automatic stop and
reversal may not detect the resist-
ance.
If the automatic reversal feature
operates continuously more than
twice during opening or closing oper-
ation, the power liftgate may stop at
that position. At this time, close the
liftgate manually and operate the lift-
gate automatically again.
How to reset the power liftgate
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, or if the related fuse has
been replaced or disconnected, for the
power liftgate to operate normally,
reset the power liftgate as follows:
1. Put the automatic shift lever in P
(Park).
2. While pressing the liftgate close
button, press the liftgate handle
switch for more than 3 seconds.
(the chime will sound)
3. Close the liftgate manually.
If the power liftgate does not work
properly after the above procedure,
have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
If the power liftgate does not operate
normally, first check the following
condition before using the power
liftgate.
Make sure the automatic shift lever
is in P (Park) or the manual shift
lever is in N (Neutral).
WARNING
Never place any object or part
of your body in the path of the
power liftgate as it is operating.
Doing so could result in person-
al injury.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 32
433
Features of your vehicle
Power liftgate opening height
user setting
The driver may set the height of a
fully opened liftgate by following the
below instruction.
1. Position the liftgate manually to
the height you prefer.
2. Press the liftgate close button for
more than 3 seconds.
3.You will hear the system beep twice
indicating height has been set up.
The liftgate will open to the height
the driver has set up.
Smart Power Liftgate
(if equipped)
On a vehicle equipped with a smart
key, the liftgate can be opened using
the Smart Power Liftgate system.
How to use the Smart Power
Liftgate
The liftgate can be opened with no-
touch activation satisfying all the
conditions below.
• After 15 seconds when all doors
are closed and locked
• Positioned in the detecting area for
more than 3 seconds.
✽✽
NOTICE
• The Smart Power Liftgate does
not operate when:
- The smart key is detected within
15 seconds after the doors are
closed and locked, and is contin-
uously detected.
- The smart key is detected within
15 seconds after the doors are
closed and locked, and within 60
inches (1.5 m) from the front
door handles. (for vehicles
equipped with Welcome Light)
- A door is not locked or closed.
- The smart key is in the vehicle.
OUM044012L
OUMA048015
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 33
Features of your vehicle
344
1. Setting
To activate the Smart Power Liftgate,
go to User Settings Mode and select
Smart Power Liftgate on the LCD
display.
❈❈
For more information, refer to
the “LCD Display” section in
this chapter.
2. Detect and Alert
If you are positioned in the detecting
area (20 ~ 39 inches (50 ~ 100 cm)
behind the vehicle) carrying a smart
key, the hazard warning lights will
blink and chime will sound for about
3 seconds to alert you the smart key
has been detected and the liftgate
will open.
✽✽
NOTICE
Do not approach the detecting area
if you do not want the liftgate to
open. If you have unintentionally
entered the detecting area and the
hazard warning lights and chime
starts to operate, leave the detecting
area with the smart key. The liftgate
will stay closed.
OUMA048016
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 34
435
Features of your vehicle
3. Automatic opening
The hazard warning lights will blink
and chime will sound 2 times and
then the liftgate will open.
Make sure you close the liftgate
before driving your vehicle.
Make sure there are no people or
objects around the liftgate before
opening or closing the liftgate. Make
sure objects in the liftgate do not
come out when opening the liftgate
on a slope. It may cause serious
injury. Make sure to deactivate the
Smart Power Liftgate when washing
your vehicle. Otherwise, the liftgate
may open inadvertently. The key
should be kept out of reach of chil-
dren. Children may inadvertently
open the Smart Power Liftgate while
playing around the rear area of the
vehicle.
OUMA048017
CAUTION - Liftgate lift
Make certain that you close the
liftgate before driving your vehi-
cle. Possible damage may occur
to the liftgate lift cylinders and
attached hardware if the liftgate
is not closed prior to driving.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 35
Features of your vehicle
364
How to deactivate the Smart
Power Liftgate function using the
smart key
1. Door lock
2. Door unlock
3. Liftgate open and close
4. Panic
If you press any button of the smart
key during the Detect and Alert
stage, the Smart Power Liftgate func-
tion will be deactivated.
Make sure to be aware of how to
deactivate the Smart Power Liftgate
function for emergency situations.
✽✽
NOTICE
• If you press the door unlock but-
ton (2), the Smart Power Liftgate
function will be deactivated tem-
porarily. But, if you do not open
any door for 30 seconds, the smart
power liftgate function will be
activated again.
• If you press the liftgate open but-
ton (3) for more than 1 second, the
liftgate opens.
• If you press the door lock button
(1) or liftgate open button (3) when
the Smart Power Liftgate function
is not in the Detect and Alert stage,
the smart power liftgate function
will not be deactivated.
• In case you have deactivated the
Smart Power Liftgate function by
pressing the smart key button and
opened a door, the smart power
liftgate function can be activated
again by closing and locking all
doors.
Detecting area
• The Smart Power Liftgate operates
with a welcome alert if the smart
key is detected within 20 ~ 39 inch-
es (50 ~ 100 cm) from the liftgate.
• The alert stops once the smart key
is positioned outside the detecting
area during the Detect and Alert
stage.
OUMA044019
OUMA048520
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 36
437
Features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
• The Smart Power Liftgate function
will not work if any of the following
occurs:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio sta-
tion or an airport which can
interfere with normal operation
of the transmitter.
- The smart key is near a mobile
two way radio system or a cellu-
lar phone.
- Another vehicle’s smart key is
being operated close to your
vehicle.
• The detecting range may decrease
or increase when :
- One side of the tire is raised to
replace a tire or to inspect the
vehicle.
- The vehicle is parked on a slope
or unpaved road, etc.
Emergency liftgate safety
release
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emergency liftgate safety release
lever located on the bottom of the lift-
gate. When someone is inadvertent-
ly locked in the cargo area, the lift-
gate can be opened by pushing the
release lever and pushing open the
liftgate.
WARNING
• No one should be allowed to
occupy the cargo area of the
vehicle at any time.The cargo
area is a very dangerous loca-
tion in the event of a crash.
• Use the release lever for
emergencies only. Use with
extreme caution, especially
while the vehicle is in motion.
OUMA044009
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 37
Features of your vehicle
384
WARNING
Do not grab the power liftgate
struts while the liftgate is open.
• This may cause the liftgate to
unexpectedly collapse on top
of you causing serious injury.
• The strut may be hot which
can cause injury.
OUM048468L
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 38
439
Features of your vehicle
(1) Driver’s door power window
switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power
window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window
switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
up/down* (Driver's and
Passenger's window)
(7) Power window and rear sunroof*
lock switch
* if equipped
In cold and wet climates, power win-
dows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
WINDOWS
OUMA044020
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 39
Features of your vehicle
404
Power windows
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for power windows to operate.
Each door has a power window
switch that controls the door's win-
dow. The driver has a power window
lock button which can block the oper-
ation of rear passenger windows.
The power windows can be operated
for approximately 30 seconds after
the ignition key is removed or turned
to the ACC or LOCK (or OFF) posi-
tion. However, if the front doors are
opened, the power windows cannot
be operated even within the 30 sec-
ond period.
If the window cannot be closed
because it is blocked by objects,
remove the objects and close the
window.
✽✽
NOTICE
While driving with the rear windows
down or with the sunroof (if
equipped) in an open (or partially
open) position, your vehicle may
demonstrate a wind buffeting or
pulsation noise. This noise is a nor-
mal occurrence and can be reduced
or eliminated by taking the follow-
ing actions. If the noise occurs with
one or both of the rear windows
down, partially lower both front
windows approximately one inch. If
you experience the noise with the
sunroof open, slightly reduce the
size of the sunroof opening.
Window opening and closing
The driver’s door has a master power
window switch that controls all the
windows in the vehicle.
To open or close a window, press
down or pull up the front portion of
the corresponding switch to the first
detent position (5).
OYP044035K
CAUTION
Do not install any accessories
in the vehicle that extend into
the open window area. Such
objects will impact the proper
function of the Automatic rever-
sal “jam protection” feature
described in this section.
WARNING - Power
Windows
Do not extend your face or arms
outside of the window opening
while the vehicle is in motion.
Doing so could result in signifi-
cant injury.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 40
441
Features of your vehicle
Auto up/down window (if equipped)
Pressing or pulling up the power win-
dow switch momentarily to the second
detent position (6) completely lowers
or raises the window even when the
switch is released.To stop the window
at the desired position while the win-
dow is in operation, pull up or press
down and release the switch.
If the power window does not operate
normally, the automatic power win-
dow system must be reset as follows:
1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Close the driver's and passenger's
window and continue pulling up
the driver’s power window switch
for at least 1 second after the win-
dow is completely closed.
Automatic reversal
(for Auto up/down window)
If the upward movement of the win-
dow is blocked by an object or part of
the body, the window will detect the
resistance and will stop upward
movement. The window will then
lower approximately 11.8 in. (30 cm)
to allow the object to be cleared.
The distance may vary based on the
size or position of the window. If the
window detects the resistance while
the power window switch is pulled up
continuously, the window will stop
upward movement then lower
approximately 1 in. (2.5 cm).
OYP044033K
OUN026013
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 41
Features of your vehicle
424
And if the power window switch is
pulled up continuously again within 5
seconds after the window is lowered
by the automatic window reversal
feature, the automatic window rever-
sal will not operate.
The automatic reverse feature for the
driver’s window is only active when
the “auto up” feature is used by fully
pulling up the switch. The automatic
reverse feature will not operate if the
window is raised using the halfway
position on the power window switch.
Always check for obstructions before
raising any window to avoid injuries
or vehicle damage. If an object less
than 4 mm (0.16 in.) in diameter is
caught between the window glass
and the upper window channel, the
automatic reverse window may not
detect the resistance and will not
stop and reverse direction.
Power window lock button
• The driver can disable the power
window switches on the passenger
doors by pressing the power win-
dow lock button located on the dri-
ver’s door to the LOCK position
(pressed).
• When the power window lock
switch is pressed :
- The driver's master control can
operate all the power windows.
- The front passenger's control can
operate the front passenger's
power window.
OUM044021
WARNING
The automatic reverse feature
doesn’t activate while resetting
power window system. Make
sure body parts or other objects
are safely out of the way before
closing the windows to avoid
injuries or vehicle damage.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 42
443
Features of your vehicle
- The rear passenger's control can-
not operate the rear passenger's
power window.
Always double check to make sure
all arms, hands, head and other
obstructions are safely out of the way
before closing a window.
CAUTION
- Opening/Closing Window
To prevent possible damage to
the power window system, do
not open or close two windows
or more at the same time. This
will also ensure the longevity of
the fuse.
WARNING - Power win-
dows
• Do not allow children to play
with the power windows. Keep
the power window lock button
(on the driver's door) in the
LOCK (pressed) position.
• Do not extend a face or arms
outside through the window
opening while driving.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 43
Features of your vehicle
444
Opening the hood
1. Pull the release lever to unlatch
the hood. The hood should pop
open slightly.
Open the hood after turning off the
engine on a flat surface, shifting the
shift lever to the P (Park) position
and setting the parking brake.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise
the hood slightly, pull the second-
ary latch (1) inside of the hood
center and lift the hood (2).
3. Raise the hood. It will completely
rise by itself after it has been
raised about halfway.
Hood open warning
The warning message will appear on
the LCD display when hood is open.
The warning chime will operate when
the vehicle is being driven above 3
mph (3 km/h) with the hood open.
HOOD
OUM044022
OUMA048023
OUMA048522
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 44
445
Features of your vehicle
Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check the
following:
• All filler caps in engine compart-
ment must be correctly installed.
• Gloves, rags or any other com-
bustible material must be
removed from the engine com-
partment.
2. Return the support rod to its clip to
prevent it from rattling.
3.Lower the hood until it is about 30
cm above the closed position and
let it drop. Make sure that it locks
into place.
4. Check that the hood has engaged
properly. If the hood can be raised
slightly, it is not properly engaged.
Open it again and close it with a lit-
tle more force.
WARNING - Hood
obstruction
Before closing the hood, ensure
that all obstructions are removed
from the hood opening. Closing
the hood with an obstruction
present in the hood opening may
result in severe personal injury.
WARNING - Fire risk
Do not leave gloves, rags or any
other combustible material in the
engine compartment. Doing so
may cause a heat-induced fire.
WARNING - Unsecured
engine hood
Always double check to be sure
that the hood is firmly latched
before driving away. If it is not
latched, the hood could fly open
while the vehicle is being driv-
en, causing a total loss of visi-
bility, which might result in an
accident.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 45
Features of your vehicle
464
Opening the fuel filler lid
The fuel filler lid must be opened
from inside the vehicle by pressing
the fuel filler lid opener button.
If the fuel filler lid does not open
because ice has formed around it,
tap lightly or push on the lid to break
the ice and release the lid.Do not pry
on the lid. If necessary, spray around
the lid with an approved de-icer fluid
(do not use radiator anti-freeze) or
move the vehicle to a warm place
and allow the ice to melt.
1. Stop the engine.
2.To open the fuel filler lid, push the
fuel filler lid opener button.
3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1).
4.To remove the cap, turn the fuel
filler cap (2) counterclockwise.
5. Refuel as needed.
Closing the fuel filler lid
1.To install the cap, turn it clockwise
until it “clicks” once. This indicates
that the cap is securely tightened.
2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it
in lightly making sure that it is
securely closed.
✽✽
NOTICE
There may be an intermittent noise
near the refueling hole while the
engine is idling if the fuel cap is not
closed securely. This occurs normal-
ly with the OBD system.
✽✽
NOTICE
When refueling on unlevel ground,
the fuel gauge may not point to the F
position.
It is not a malfunction. If you move
your vehicle to a level ground, the fuel
gauge will move to the full position.
FUEL FILLER LID
OUM044025
OUM048024L
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 46
447
Features of your vehicle
Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an accident.
✽✽
NOTICE
Tighten the cap until it clicks once,
otherwise the fuel cap open warning
indicator light will illuminate
WARNING - Fire/explo-
sion risk
Read and follow all warnings
posted at the gas station facili-
ty. Failure to follow all warnings
may result in severe personal
injury, severe burns or death
due to a fire or explosion.
WARNING - Static
electricity
• Before touching the fuel noz-
zle, you should eliminate
potentially dangerous static
electricity discharge by touch-
ing another metal part of the
vehicle, a safe distance away
from the fuel filler neck, noz-
zle, or other gas source.
• Do not get back into a vehicle
once you have begun refueling
since you can generate static
electricity by touching, rubbing
or sliding against any item or
fabric (polyester, satin, nylon,
etc.) capable of producing stat-
ic electricity. Static electricity
discharge can ignite fuel
vapors resulting in rapid burn-
ing. If you must reenter the
vehicle, you should once again
eliminate potentially danger-
ous static electricity discharge
by touching a metal part of the
vehicle,away from the fuel filler
neck, nozzle or other gasoline
source.
WARNING - Refueling
Always remove the fuel cap
carefully and slowly. If the cap is
venting fuel or if you hear a hiss-
ing sound, wait until the condi-
tion stops before completely
removing the cap. If pressurized
fuel sprays out,it can cover your
clothes or skin and subject you
to the risk of fire and burns.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 47
Features of your vehicle
484
Make sure to refuel your vehicle
according to the “Fuel requirements”
suggested in chapter 1.
If the fuel filler cap requires replace-
ment, use only a genuine Kia cap or
the equivalent specified for your vehi-
cle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can
result in a serious malfunction of the
fuel system or emission control sys-
tem.
WARNING - Cell phone
fires
Do not use cellular phones
while refueling. Electric current
and/or electronic interference
from cellular phones can poten-
tially ignite fuel vapors causing
a fire.
WARNING - Portable fuel
container
When using an approved portable
fuel container, be sure to place
the container on the ground prior
to refueling. Static electricity dis-
charge from the container can
ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
Once refueling has begun, con-
tact with the vehicle should be
maintained until the filling is com-
plete. Use only approved portable
plastic fuel containers designed
to carry and store gasoline.
WARNING - Smoking
DO NOT use matches or a lighter
and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit
cigarette in your vehicle while at
a gas station especially during
refueling. Automotive fuel is
highly flammable and can, when
ignited, result in fire.
WARNING - Refueling &
Vehicle fires
When refueling, always shut the
engine off. Sparks produced by
electrical components related
to the engine can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire. Once
refueling is complete, check to
make sure the filler cap and
filler door are securely closed,
before starting the engine.
CAUTION - Exterior paint
Do not spill fuel on the exterior
surfaces of the vehicle. Any
type of fuel spilled on painted
surfaces may damage the paint.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 48
449
Features of your vehicle
Emergency fuel filler lid release
If the fuel filler lid does not open
using the remote fuel filler lid
release, you can open it manually.
Remove the panel in the cargo area.
Pull the handle out slightly.
CAUTION
Do not pull the handle exces-
sively, otherwise the luggage
area trim or release handle may
be damaged.
OUM044026
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:16 PM Page 49
Features of your vehicle
504
If your vehicle is equipped with a
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your
sunroof with the sunroof control lever
located on the overhead console.
The sunroof can be operated for
approximately 30 seconds after the
ignition key is removed or turned to
the ACC or LOCK (or OFF) position.
However, if the front door is opened,
the sunroof cannot be operated even
within the 30 second period.
In cold and wet climates, the sunroof
may not work properly due to freez-
ing conditions.
After the vehicle is washed or in a
rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any
water that is on the sunroof before
operating it.
The sunroof cannot slide when it is in
the tilt position nor can it be tilted
while in an open or slide position.
PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)
CAUTION - Sunroof
control lever
Do not continue to press the sun-
roof control lever after the sun-
roof is fully opened, closed, or
tilted. Damage to the motor or
system components could occur.
CAUTION - Sunroof motor
damage
To prevent damage to the sun-
roof, periodically remove any
dirt that may accumulate on the
guide rail.
OUM044027
WARNING - Roof cargo
Do not operate the sun roof
while using the roof rack to
transport cargo.This may cause
the cargo to come loose and
distract the driver.
WARNING
• Never adjust the sunroof or
sunshade while driving. This
could result in loss of control
and an accident that may
cause death, serious injury, or
property damage.
• Do not allow children to oper-
ate the sunroof.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 50
451
Features of your vehicle
Sunroof open warning
(if equipped)
If the driver removes the ignition key
(smart key: turns off the engine)
when the sunroof is not fully closed,
the warning chime will sound for a
few seconds and a message will
appear on the LCD display.
Close the sunroof securely when
leaving your vehicle.
CAUTION
Do not extend any luggage out
side the sunroof while driving.
OUMA048523
CAUTION
Make sure the sunroof is fully
closed when leaving your vehi-
cle. If the sunroof is opened,
rain or snow may leak through
the sunroof and wet the interior.
WARNING
To avoid accidental injury, do
not let children operate the sun-
roof without adult supervision.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 51
Features of your vehicle
524
Sunshade
To open the sunshade
Pull the sunroof control lever back-
ward to the 1st detent position.
To close the sunshade when the
sunroof glass is closed
Push the sunroof control lever for-
ward or pull it down to the 1st detent
position.
To stop the sliding at any point, press
the sunshade control switch momen-
tarily.
✽✽
NOTICE
Wrinkles formed on the sunshade as
material characteristic are normal.
✽✽
NOTICE
Only the front glass of the panora-
ma sunroof opens and closes.
Sliding the sunroof
When the sunshade is closed
Pull the sunroof control lever back-
ward to the 2nd detent position, both
the sunshade and sunroof glass will
slide all the way open. To stop the
sunroof movement at any point, pull
or push the sunroof control glass
lever momentarily.
OUM044028
CAUTION - Automatic
sunroof shade
• Do not pull or push the sun-
shade by hand as such action
may damage the sunshade or
cause it to malfunction.
• Close the sunroof when driv-
ing in dusty environments.
Dust may cause a malfunction
of the vehicle system.
OUM044029
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 52
453
Features of your vehicle
When the sunshade is opened
Pull the sunroof glass control lever
backward to the 1st or 2nd detent
position, the sunroof glass will be
opened.
To stop the sunroof glass movement
at any point, pull or push the sunroof
control lever momentarily.
Automatic reversal
If an object or part of the body is
detected while the sunroof is closing
automatically, it will reverse the direc-
tion, and then stop.
The auto reverse function does not
work if a tiny obstacle is between the
sliding glass and the sunroof sash.
You should always check that all pas-
sengers and objects are away from
the sunroof before closing it.
Objects less than 0.16 inch (4 mm) in
diameter caught between the sun-
roof glass and the front glass chan-
nel may not be detected by the auto-
matic reverse glass and the glass will
not stop and reverse direction.
OXM049029
WARNING - Sunroof
Operation
When closing the sunroof, make
sure there are no body parts in
the movement range of the slid-
ing roof. Parts of the body could
become trapped or crushed.
WARNING - Sunroof
• Do not extend the face, neck,
arms or body outside the sun-
roof while driving.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 53
Features of your vehicle
544
Tilting the sunroof
When the sunshade is closed
Push the sunroof control lever upward,
the sunshade will slide halfway open
then the sunroof glass will tilt.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.
When the sunshade is opened
Push the sunroof control lever
upward, the sunroof glass will tilt.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.
Closing the sunroof
To close the sunroof glass with
the sunshade
Push the sunroof control lever for-
ward or downward to the 2nd detent
position. The sunroof glass and sun-
shade will close automatically.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.
To close the sunroof glass only
Push the sunroof control lever for-
ward or downward to the 1st detent
position.The sunroof glass will close
automatically.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.
OUM044030
CAUTION
• To avoid damage to the sun-
roof periodically remove any
dirt that may accumulate on
the guide rail.
• If you drive with the sunroof
opened right after a vehicle
wash or rain, water may get
inside the vehicle and cause
damage to the interior.
CAUTION - Sunroof motor
damage
If you try to open the sunroof
when the temperature is below
freezing or when the sunroof is
covered with snow or ice, the
glass or the motor could be
damaged.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 54
455
Features of your vehicle
Resetting the sunroof
Whenever the vehicle battery is dis-
connected or discharged, you must
reset your sunroof system as follows:
1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Close the sunshade and sunroof
completely if opened.
3. Release the sunroof control lever.
4. Push the sunroof control lever for-
ward in the direction of close for
about (5 ~10 seconds) until the sun-
roof operates as follows: SUN-
SHADE OPENS → GLASS TILTS
UP → SOUND OF MOTOR’S
‘CLICK’and then release the button.
[Do not release the button on
movement. (initialization of reset
will fail)]
5. Push the sunroof control lever for-
ward in the direction of close for
about (1 ~2 seconds), until the sun-
roof operates as follows: GLASS
OPEN → GLASS/SUNSHADE
CLOSE and then release the but-
ton. [Do not release the button on
movement. (initialization failed)]
When this is complete, the sunroof
system has been reset and one
touch open and close should be
restored.
✽✽
NOTICE
If you do not reset the sunroof, it
may not work properly.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 55
Features of your vehicle
564
Electric power steering (EPS)
The power steering uses a motor to
assist you in steering the vehicle. If
the engine is off or if the power steer-
ing system becomes inoperative, the
vehicle may still be steered, but it will
require increased steering effort.
The EPS is controlled by a power
steering control unit which senses
the steering wheel torque and vehi-
cle speed to command the motor.
The steering becomes heavier as
the vehicle’s speed increases and
becomes lighter as the vehicle’s
speed decreases for optimum steer-
ing control.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, have the power
steering checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
• If the Electric Power Steering
System does not operate normally,
the warning light will illuminate on
the instrument cluster.The steering
wheel may require increased
steering effort.Take your vehicle to
an authorized Kia dealer and have
the vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
• When you operate the steering
wheel in low temperature, noise
may occur.If temperature rises, the
noise will likely disappear.This is a
normal condition.
• When the vehicle is stationary, and
the steering wheel is turned all the
way to the left or right continuous-
ly, the steering wheel becomes
harder to turn. The power assist is
limited to protect the motor from
overheating.
As time passes, the steering wheel
will return to its normal condition.
✽✽
NOTICE
The following symptoms may occur
during normal vehicle operation:
• The EPS warning light does not
illuminate.
• The steering gets heavy immedi-
ately after turning the ignition
switch on. This happens as the sys-
tem performs the EPS system
diagnostics. When the diagnostics
are completed, the steering wheel
will return to its normal condition.
• A click noise may be heard from
the EPS relay after the ignition
switch is turned to the ON or
LOCK (OFF) position.
• A motor noise may be heard when
the vehicle is at a stop or at a low
driving speed.
• If the Electric Power Steering
System does not operate normally,
the warning light will illuminate on
the instrument cluster. The steer-
ing wheel may become difficult to
control or operate abnormally.
Take your vehicle to an authorized
Kia dealer and have the vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
(Continued)
STEERING WHEEL
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 56
457
Features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• When you operate the steering
wheel in low temperature, abnor-
mal noise may occur. If tempera-
ture rises, the noise will likely dis-
appear. This is a normal condition.
• When the charging system warning
light comes on due to the low volt-
age (When the alternator or bat-
tery) does not operate normally or
malfunctions), the steering wheel
may require increased steering
effort.
Tilt and telescopic steering
Tilt and telescopic steering allows
you to adjust the steering wheel
before you drive.You can also raise it
to give your legs more room when
you exit and enter the vehicle.
The steering wheel should be posi-
tioned so that it is comfortable for
you to drive, while permitting you to
see the instrument panel warning
lights and gauges.
To change the steering wheel angle,
pull down the lock-release lever (1),
adjust the steering wheel to the
desired angle (2) and height (3) then
pull up the lock-release lever to lock
(4) the steering wheel in place. Be
sure to adjust the steering wheel to
the desired position before driving.
OUM048031L
WARNING - Steering
wheel adjustment
Never adjust the angle and
height of the steering wheel
while driving. You may lose
steering control.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 57
Features of your vehicle
584
✽✽
NOTICE
After adjustment, sometimes the
lock release lever may not lock the
steering wheel. It is not a malfunc-
tion. This occurs when two gears are
not engaged correctly. In this case,
adjust the steering wheel again and
then lock the steering wheel.
Heated steering wheel
(if equipped)
With the ignition switch in the ON
position, pressing the heated steer-
ing wheel button warms the steering
wheel. The indicator on the button
will illuminate.
To turn the heated steering wheel off,
press the button once again. The
indicator on the button will turn off.
✽✽
NOTICE
The heated steering wheel will turn
off automatically approximately 30
minutes after the heated steering
wheel is turned on.
OUMA048032
WARNING
If the steering wheel becomes
too warm, turn the system off.
The heated steering wheel may
cause burns even at low tem-
peratures, especially if used for
long periods of time.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 58
459
Features of your vehicle
Horn
To sound the horn, press the horn
symbols on your steering wheel.
Check the horn regularly to be sure it
operates properly.
✽✽
NOTICE
To sound the horn, press the area
indicated by the horn symbol on
your steering wheel (see illustra-
tion). The horn will operate only
when this area is pressed.
OUM048033L
CAUTION
• Do not install any type of grip
cover for the steering wheel, it
may impair the function of the
heated steering wheel system.
• When cleaning the heated
steering wheel, do not use an
organic solvent such as paint
thinner, benzene, alcohol and
gasoline. Doing so may dam-
age the surface of the steering
wheel.
• If the surface of steering
wheel is damaged by sharp
object, damage to the heated
steering wheel components
could occur.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 59
Features of your vehicle
604
MIRRORS
Inside rearview mirror
Adjust the rearview mirror so that the
center view through the rear window
is seen. Make this adjustment before
you start driving.
Do not place objects in the rear seat
or cargo area which would interfere
with your vision through the rear win-
dow.
Day/night rearview mirror
(if equipped)
Make this adjustment before you
start driving and while the day/night
lever is in the day position (1).
Pull the day/night lever toward (2)
you to reduce the glare from the
headlights of the vehicles behind you
during night driving.
Remember that you lose some
rearview clarity in the night position.
WARNING - Mirror adjust-
ment
Do not adjust the rearview mir-
ror while the vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of con-
trol.
WARNING
Do not modify the inside mirror
and don’t install a wide mirror. It
could result in injury, during an
accident or deployment of the
air bag.
OUM046434L
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 60
461
Features of your vehicle
Electric chromatic mirror (ECM)
(if equipped)
The electric rearview mirror automat-
ically controls the glare from the
headlights of the vehicles behind you
in nighttime or low light driving condi-
tions.The sensor (3) mounted in the
mirror senses the light level around
the vehicle, and automatically con-
trols the headlight glare from the
vehicles behind you.
When the engine is running, the
glare is automatically controlled by
the sensor mounted in the rearview
mirror.
Whenever the shift lever is shifted
into reverse (R), the mirror will auto-
matically go to the brightest setting in
order to improve the drivers view
behind the vehicle.
To operate the electric rearview mirror:
• The mirror defaults to the ON posi-
tion whenever the ignition switch is
turned on.
• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to
turn the automatic dimming func-
tion off. The mirror indicator light
will turn off.
Press the ON/OFF button (1) to
turn the automatic dimming func-
tion on. The mirror indicator light
(2) will illuminate.
CAUTION - Cleaning
mirror
When cleaning the mirror, use a
paper towel or similar material
dampened with glass cleaner.
Do not spray glass cleaner
directly on the mirror. It may
cause the liquid cleaner to enter
the mirror housing.
OUM046435L
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 61
Features of your vehicle
624
Electric chromatic mirror (ECM)
with compass (if equipped)
1. Feature Control Button
2. Status Indicator LED
3. Rear Light Sensor
4. Compass Display Window
Automatic-Dimming Night Vision
Safety™ (NVS
®
) Mirror
The NVS
®
Mirror in your vehicle is
the most advanced way to reduce
annoying glare in the rearview mirror
during any driving situation.For more
information regarding NVS
®
mirrors
and other applications, please refer
to the Gentex website:
www.gentex.com
✽✽
NOTICE
The NVS
®
Mirror automatically
reduces glare during driving condi-
tions based upon light levels moni-
tored in front of the vehicle and
from the rear of the vehicle. These
light sensors are visible through
openings in the front and rear of the
mirror case. Any object that would
obstruct either light sensor will
degrade the automatic dimming
control feature.
Automatic-dimming function
Your mirror will automatically dim
upon detecting glare from the vehi-
cles traveling behind you. The auto-
dimming function can be controlled
by pushing the ON/OFF Button:
1. Pressing the button turns the auto-
dimming function OFF which is
indicated by the green Status
Indicator LED turning off.
2. Pressing the button again turns
the auto-dimming function ON
which is indicated by the green
Status Indicator LED turning on.
✽✽
NOTICE
The mirror defaults to the ON posi-
tion each time the vehicle is started.
OUMA048407
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 62
463
Features of your vehicle
Z-Nav™ Compass Display
The NVS™ Mirror in your vehicle is
also equipped with a Z-Nav™
Compass that shows the vehicle
Compass heading in the Display
Window using the 8 basic cardinal
headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).
Compass function
The Compass can be turned ON and
OFF and will remember the last state
when the ignition is cycled. To turn
the display feature ON/OFF:
1. Press and release the button to
turn the display feature OFF.
2.Press and release the button
again to turn the display back ON.
Additional options can be set with
press and hold sequences of the
button and are detailed in this sec-
tion.
There is a difference between mag-
netic north and true north. The com-
pass in the mirror can compensate
for this difference when it knows the
Magnetic Zone in which it is operat-
ing.This is set either by the dealer or
by the user. The operating Zone
Numbers for North America are
shown in the figure on the following
section.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 63
Features of your vehicle
644
To adjust the Zone setting:
1.Determine the desired Zone
Number based upon your current
location on the Zone Map.
2. Press and hold the button for more
than 3 but less than 6 seconds,
the current Zone Number will
appear on the display.
3. Pressing and holding the button
again will cause the numbers to
increment (Note: they will repeat
…13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …). Releasing
the button when the desired Zone
Number appears on the display
will set the new Zone.
4.Within about 5 seconds the com-
pass will start displaying a com-
pass heading again.
There are some conditions that can
cause changes to the vehicle mag-
nets, such as installing a ski rack or
a CB antenna. Body repair work on
the vehicle can also cause changes
to the vehicle's magnetic field. In
these situations, the compass will
need to be re-calibrated to quickly
correct for these changes.To re-cali-
brate the compass:
B520C05NF
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 64
465
Features of your vehicle
1. Press and hold the button for more
than 6 seconds. When the com-
pass memory is cleared a "C" will
appear in the display.
2.To calibrate the compass, drive the
vehicle in 2 complete circles at
less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
Electro chromic mirror with
HomeLink system (if equipped)
To operate the electric rearview mirror
Press the I button (1) to turn the
automatic- dimming function on. The
mirror indicator light will illuminate.
Press the O button (2) to turn the
automatic- dimming function off. The
mirror indicator light will turn off.
HomeLink
®
Wireless Control System
Your new mirror comes with an
integrated HomeLink Universal
Transceiver, which allows you to pro-
gram the mirror to activate your
garage door(s), estate gate, home
lighting, etc. The mirror actually
learns the codes from your various
existing transmitters.
Retain the original transmitter for
future programming procedures (i.e.,
new vehicle purchase). It is also sug-
gested that upon the sale of the vehi-
cle, the programmed HomeLink but-
tons be erased for security purposes
(follow step 1 in the “Programming”
portion of this text).
OUMA048521
OHD046305N
Glare detection sensor
Indicator light
Homelink buttons
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 65
Features of your vehicle
664
Programming
Your vehicle may require the ignition
switch to be turned to the ACC posi-
tion for programming and/or opera-
tion of HomeLink. It is also recom-
mended that a new battery be
replaced in the hand-held transmitter
of the device being programmed to
HomeLink for quicker training and
accurate transmission of the radio-
frequency.
Follow these steps to train your
HomeLink mirror:
1. When programming the buttons for
the first time, press and hold the
left and center buttons (
,
)
simultaneously until the indicator
light begins to flash after approxi-
mately 20 seconds. (This proce-
dure erases the factory-set default
codes. Do not perform this step
when programming the additional
HomeLink buttons.)
✽✽
NOTICE
For non rolling code garage door
openers, follow steps 2 - 3.
For rolling code garage door open-
ers, follow steps 2 - 6.
For Canadian Programming, please
follow the Canadian Programming
section.
For help with determining whether
your garage door opener is
non-rolling code or rolling code,
please refer to the garage door open-
ers owner’s manual or contact
HomeLink customer service at 1-
800-355-3515.
OHD046306N
Flashing
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 66
467
Features of your vehicle
2. Press and hold the button on the
HomeLink system you wish to
train and the button on the trans-
mitter while the transmitter is
approximately 2-8 cm (1 to 3 inch-
es) away from the mirror. Do not
release the buttons until step 3
has been completed.
3.The HomeLink indicator light will
flash, first slowly and then rapidly.
When the indicator light flashes
rapidly, both buttons may be
released. (The rapid flashing light
indicates successful programming
of the new frequency signal.)
✽✽
NOTICE
Some gate and garage door openers
may require you to replace step #3
with the “cycling” procedure noted
in the “Canadian Programming”
section of this document.
Rolling code programming
To train a garage door opener (or
other rolling code equipped devices)
with the rolling code feature, follow
these instructions after completing
the “Programming” portion of this
text.(A second person may make the
following training procedures quicker
& easier.)
4. Locate the “learn” or “smart” but-
ton on the device’s motor head
unit. Exact location and color of
the button may vary by product
brand. If there is difficulty locating
the “learn” or “smart” button, refer-
ence the device’s owner’s manual
or contact HomeLink at 1-800-
355-3515 or on the internet at
www.homelink.com.
5. Press and release the “learn” or
“smart” button on the device’s
motor head unit.You have 30 sec-
onds to complete step number 6.
OHD046307N
Flashing
1-3inches
Transmitter
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 67
Features of your vehicle
684
6. Return to the vehicle and firmly
press and release the pro-
grammed HomeLink button up to
three times. The rolling code
equipped device should now rec-
ognize the HomeLink signal and
activate when the HomeLink but-
ton is pressed. The remaining two
buttons may now be programmed
if this has not previously been
done. Refer to the “Programming”
portion of this text.
Operating HomeLink
To operate, simply press the
programmed HomeLink button.
Activation will now occur for the
trained product (garage door, securi-
ty system, entry door lock, estate
gate, or home or office lighting). For
convenience, the hand-held trans-
mitter of the device may also be used
at any time. The HomeLink Wireless
Controls System (once programmed)
or the original hand-held transmitter
may be used to activate the device
(e.g. garage door, entry door lock,
etc.). In the event that there are still
programming difficulties, contact
HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or on
the internet at www.homelink.com.
Erasing programmed HomeLink
buttons
To erase the three programmed but-
tons (individual buttons cannot be
erased):
• Press and hold the left and center
buttons simultaneously, until the
indicator light begins to flash
(approximately 20 seconds).
Release both buttons. Do not hold
for longer than 30 seconds.
HomeLink is now in the train (or
learning) mode and can be pro-
grammed at any time.
OHD046306N
Flashing
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 68
469
Features of your vehicle
Reprogramming a single
HomeLink button
To program a device to HomeLink
using a HomeLink button previously
trained, follow these steps:
1.Press and hold the desired
HomeLink button.Do NOT release
until step 4 has been completed.
2.When the indicator light begins to
flash slowly (after 20 seconds),
position the hand-held transmitter
2-8 cm (1 to 3 inches) away from
the HomeLink surface.
3.Press and hold the hand-held
transmitter button (or press and
“cycle” - as described in “Canadian
Programming”).
4.The HomeLink indicator light will
flash, first slowly and then rapidly.
When the indicator light begins to
flash rapidly, release both buttons.
The previous device has now been
erased and the new device can be
activated by pushing the HomeLink
button that has just been pro-
grammed. This procedure will not
affect any other programmed
HomeLink buttons.
Canadian Programming
Garage & gate openers
During programming, your hand-held
transmitter may automatically stop
transmitting. Continue to press and
hold the HomeLink button (note
steps 2 through 4 in the
“Programming” portion of this text)
while you press and re-press
(“cycle”) your handheld transmitter
every two seconds until the frequen-
cy signal has been learned.The indi-
cator light will flash slowly and then
rapidly after several seconds upon
successful training.
Accessories
If you would like additional informa-
tion on the HomeLink Wireless
Control System, HomeLink compati-
ble products, or to purchase other
accessories such as the HomeLink
®
Lighting Package, please contact
HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or on
the internet at www.homelink.com.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 69
Features of your vehicle
704
FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3
IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3
This device complies with part 15
of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including inter-
ference that may cause undesired
operation.
The transceiver has been tested and
complies with FCC and Industry
Canada rules. Changes or modifica-
tions not expressly approved by the
party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to
operate the device.
Outside rearview mirror
Be sure to adjust the mirror angles
before driving.
Your vehicle is equipped with both
left-hand and right-hand outside
rearview mirrors.The mirrors can be
adjusted remotely with the remote
switch.The mirror heads can be fold-
ed back to prevent damage during an
automatic vehicle wash or when
passing through a narrow street.
The right outside rearview mirror is
convex. Objects seen in the mirror
are closer than they appear.
Use your interior rearview mirror or
direct observation to determine the
actual distance of following vehicles
when changing lanes.
If the mirror is jammed with ice, do
not adjust the mirror by force.Use an
approved spray de-icer (not radiator
antifreeze) to release the frozen
mechanism or move the vehicle to a
warm place and allow the ice to melt.
CAUTION - Rearview
mirror
Do not scrape ice off the mirror
face; this may damage the sur-
face of the glass. If ice should
restrict the movement of the mir-
ror, do not force the mirror for
adjustment.To remove ice, use a
deicer spray, or a sponge or soft
cloth with very warm water.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 70
471
Features of your vehicle
Adjusting outside rearview mirror
Adjusting the rearview mirrors:
Press either the L (driver’s side) or R
(passenger’s side) button (1) to
select the rearview mirror you would
like to adjust when the ignition switch
is ACC or ON position.
Use the mirror adjustment control (2)
to position the selected mirror up,
down, left or right.
After adjustment, press the L or R
button (1) again to prevent inadver-
tent adjustment.
WARNING - Mirror
adjustment
Do not adjust or fold the outside
rearview mirrors while the vehi-
cle is moving. This could result
in loss of control.
OUMA044034
CAUTION - Outside mirror
• The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum
adjusting angles, but the
motor continues to operate
while the switch is pressed.
Do not press the switch longer
than necessary, the motor
may be damaged.
• Do not attempt to adjust the
outside rearview mirror by
hand. Doing so may damage
the parts.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 71
Features of your vehicle
724
Reverse parking aid function
(if equipped)
While the vehicle is moving rear-
ward, the outside rearview mirror(s)
will move downward to aid reverse
parking. According to the position of
the outside rearview mirror switch
(1), the outside rearview mirror(s) will
operate as follows:
L/R : When the remote control outside
rearview mirror switch is select-
ed to the L (left) or R (right) posi-
tion, both outside rearview mir-
rors will move downward.
Neutral : When the remote control
outside rearview mirror
switch is placed in the mid-
dle, the outside rearview
mirrors will not operate
while the vehicle is moving
rearward.
The outside rearview mirrors will auto-
matically revert to their original posi-
tions under the following conditions:
1.The ignition switch is in the OFF
position.
2. Shift lever is moved to any position
except R (Reverse).
3. Remote control outside rearview
mirror switch is placed in the middle.
Folding the outside rearview mirror
Electric type (if equipped)
The outside rearview mirror can be
folded or unfolded by pressing the
switch when the ignition switch is
ACC or ON position as below.
Left (1) :The mirror will unfold.
Right (2) :The mirror will fold.
OUMA044035
OUM044036
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 72
473
Features of your vehicle
Center (AUTO, 3) :
The mirror will fold or unfold automat-
ically as follows:
• The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by
the folding key or smart key.
• The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by the
button on the outside door handle.
• The mirror will unfold when you
approach the vehicle (all doors
closed and locked) with a smart
key in possession.
Manual type
To fold the outside rearview mirror,
grasp the housing of the mirror and
then fold it toward the rear of the
vehicle.
CAUTION - Electric type
outside rearview mirror
The electric type outside
rearview mirror operates even
though the engine start/stop
button is in the OFF position.
However, to prevent unneces-
sary battery discharge, do not
adjust the mirrors longer than
necessary while the engine is
not running.
In case it is an electric type out-
side rearview mirror, don’t fold it
by hand. It could cause motor
failure.
OUMA048532
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 73
Features of your vehicle
744
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
1.Tachometer
2. Speedometer
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge
4. Fuel gauge
5. LCD display
6.Warning and indicator lights
OUMA048100/OUMA048101
■■
Type A
❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
For more details, refer to the “Gauges” in
this chapter.
■■
Type B
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 74
475
Features of your vehicle
Instrument Cluster Control
Adjusting Instrument Cluster
Illumination
The brightness of the instrument
panel illumination is changed by
pressing the illumination control button
(“+” or “-”) when the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop button is ON, or the
tale lights are turned on.
• If you hold the illumination control
button (“+” or “-”), the brightness
will be changed continuously.
• If the brightness reaches to the
maximum or minimum level, an
alarm will sound.
LCD Display Control
The LCD display modes can be
changed by using the control buttons
on the steering wheel.
(1) : MODE button for changing
the LCD modes
(2) ▲ / ▼ : MOVE move scroll switch
to select the items
(3) OK : SET/RESET button for set
the items or reset the items
(Push scroll wheel switch :
for Type B)
OUMA048524
OUM048452L
OUMA048037
■ Type A
■ Type B
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:17 PM Page 75
Features of your vehicle
764
Gauges
Speedometer
The speedometer indicates the
speed of the vehicle and is calibrated
in miles per hour (mph) and/or kilo-
meters per hour (km/h).
Tachometer
The tachometer indicates the
approximate number of engine revo-
lutions per minute (rpm).
Use the tachometer to select the cor-
rect shift points and to prevent lug-
ging and/or over-revving the engine.
CAUTION - Red zone
Do not operate the engine with-
in the tachometer's RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine
damage.
OUM044202L
OUM044116
■ Type A
■ Type B
OUMA048533
OYP044103N
■ Type A
■ Type B
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 76
477
Features of your vehicle
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge
This gauge indicates the tempera-
ture of the engine coolant when the
ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop
button is ON.
If the gauge pointer moves beyond
the normal range area toward the “H”
position, it indicates overheating that
may damage the engine.
Do not continue driving with an over-
heated engine. If your vehicle over-
heats, refer to “If the Engine
Overheats” in chapter 7.
Fuel Gauge
This gauge indicates the approxi-
mate amount of fuel remaining in the
fuel tank.
WARNING - Hot radiator
Never remove the radiator cap
when the engine is hot. The
engine coolant is under pres-
sure and could cause severe
burns. Wait until the engine is
cool before adding coolant to
the reservoir.
OUM044105
■ Type A
■ Type B
OUM044106
■ Type A
■ Type B
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 77
Features of your vehicle
784
✽✽
NOTICE
• The fuel tank capacity is given in
chapter 8.
• The fuel gauge is supplemented by
a low fuel warning light, which
will illuminate when the fuel tank
is nearly empty.
• On inclines or curves, the fuel
gauge pointer may fluctuate or the
low fuel warning light may come
on earlier than usual due to the
movement of fuel in the tank.
✽✽
NOTICE
Fuel display may not be accurate if
you are filling in sloping places.
Odometer
The odometer Indicates the total dis-
tance that the vehicle has been driv-
en and should be used to determine
when periodic maintenance should
be performed.
- Odometer range : 0 ~ 999,999
miles or 1,599,999 kilometers.
WARNING - Fuel gauge
Stop and obtain additional fuel
as soon as possible after the
warning light comes on or when
the gauge indicator comes
close to the E level.Running out
of fuel can expose vehicle occu-
pants to danger.
CAUTION - Low fuel
Avoid driving with an extremely
low fuel level. Running out of
fuel could cause the engine to
misfire damaging the catalytic
converter.
OUMA048525
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 78
479
Features of your vehicle
Outside Temperature Gauge
This gauge indicates the current out-
side air temperatures by 1°F (1°C).
- Temperature range : -40°F ~ 211°F
(-40°C ~ 85°C)
The outside temperature on the dis-
play may not change immediately
like a general thermometer to pre-
vent the driver from being inattentive.
To change the temperature unit (from
°C to °F or from °F to °C)
The temperature unit can be
changed by using the “User Settings”
mode of the LCD display.
❈ For more details, refer to “LCD
Display” in this chapter.
Transmission Shift Indicator
Automatic Transmission Shift
Indicator
This indicator displays which auto-
matic transmission shift lever is
selected.
OUMA048526
OUM044116
OUM048455L
■ Type A
■ Type B
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 79
Features of your vehicle
804
•Park :P
• Reverse : R
• Neutral : N
•Drive :D
• Sports Mode :
- Type A : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
- Type B : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
Icy Road Warning (if equipped)
This warning message and light is to
warn the driver the road may be icy.
When the following conditions occur,
the warning message displays for 4
seconds and light(including Outside
Temperature Gauge) blinks 5 times
and then illuminates.
- The temperature on the Outside
Temperature Gauge is below
approximately 39°F (4°C).
When the Outside Temperature
Gauge reaches 42.8°F (6°C), the
warning light is turned off.
OCK047152N
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 80
481
Features of your vehicle
LCD DISPLAY
LCD Modes
❈ For controlling the LCD modes, refer to “LCD Display Control” in this chapter.
Modes Symbol Explanation
Trip Computer
This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy, and so on.
❈ For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter
Turn by Turn mode
(if equipped)
This mode displays the state of the navigation.
Assist mode
(if equipped)
This mode displays the state of below systems.
- SCC with S&G(Refer to “Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go System” in chapter 5)
- Lane keeping Assist (Refer to “Lane Keeping Assist System” in chapter 5)
- In AWD AUTO MODE, the cluster displays the traction force distribution status of front-
wheels and rear-wheels, but in AWD LOCK MODE, the cluster doesn’t display the sta-
tus. (Refer to “All Wheel Drive (AWD) transfer mode selection” in chapter 5)
❈ For more details, refer to chapter 5 and 6.
User Settings On this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps and etc.
Master warning
mode
This mode informs of warning messages related to Low tire pressure or malfunction of
Blind-spot Collision Warning and etc.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 81
Features of your vehicle
824
The trip computer is a microcomput-
er-controlled driver information sys-
tem that displays information related
to driving.
✽✽
NOTICE
Some driving information stored in
the trip computer (for example
Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the
battery is disconnected.
Trip Modes Fuel Economy
Average Fuel Economy (1)
• The average fuel economy is cal-
culated by the total driving dis-
tance and fuel consumption since
the last average fuel economy
reset.
- Fuel economy range: 0.0 ~ 99.9
MPG or km/L, L/100km
• The average fuel economy can be
reset both manually and automati-
cally.
TRIP MODES (TRIP COMPUTER)
To change the trip mode, scroll the
MOVE scroll switch (▲/▼) in the trip
computer mode.
OUMA048527
* : if equipped
• Tripmeter
• Fuel Economy
• Timer
Accumulated Info
• Tripmeter
• Fuel Economy
• Timer
Digital speedometer
Drive Info
• Average Fuel Economy
• Instant Fuel Economy
Fuel Economy
Smart shift*
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 82
483
Features of your vehicle
Manual reset
To reset average fuel economy man-
ually, press the OK button (reset) on
the steering wheel for more than 1
second when the average fuel econ-
omy is displayed.
Automatic reset
To make the average fuel economy
be reset automatically whenever
refueling, select the “Auto Reset”
mode in User Setting menu of the
LCD display (Refer to “LCD
Display”).
• OFF - You may set to default man-
ually by using the trip switch reset
button.
• When driving - The vehicle will
automatically set to default once 4
hours pass after the Engine
Start/Stop Button or ignition switch
is in the ACC or OFF position.
• When refueling - After refueling
more than 1.6 gallons (6 liters) and
driving over 1 mph (1 km/h), the
vehicle will reset to default auto-
matically.
✽✽
NOTICE
The average fuel economy is not dis-
played for more accurate calculation
if the vehicle does not drive more
than 10 seconds or 0.03 miles (50
meters) since the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop button is turned
to ON.
Instant Fuel Economy (2)
• This mode displays the instant fuel
economy during the last few sec-
onds when the vehicle speed is
more than 6.2mph (10 km/h).
- Fuel economy range:0 ~ 50 MPG
or 0 ~ 30 km/L, L/100km
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 83
Features of your vehicle
844
Accumulated driving informa-
tion mode
Displays accumulated information
starting from mileage/fuel
efficiency/time default point.
• Accumulated information is calcu-
lated after the vehicle has run for
more than 0.2 mi. (300 meters).
• If you press “OK” button for more
than 1 second after the Cumulative
Information is displayed, the infor-
mation will be reset.
• If the engine is running, even when
the vehicle is not in motion, the
information will be accumulated.
One time driving information
mode
The vehicle will display Driving
Information once per one ignition
cycle.
- Fuel efficiency is calculated after
the vehicle has run for more than
0.2 mi. (300 meters).
- The Driving Information will be
reset 4 hours after ignition has
been turned off.So, when the vehi-
cle ignition is turned on within 4
hours, the information will not be
reset.
- If you press “OK” button for more
than 1 second after the Driving
Information is displayed, the infor-
mation will be reset.
- If the engine is running, even when
the vehicle is not in motion, the
information will be accumulated.
OUMA048529OUMA048528
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 84
485
Features of your vehicle
Digital speedometer
This mode displays the current
speed of the vehicle.
Smart Shift (if equipped)
This mode displays the currently
selected drive mode.
Turn By Turn Mode (if equipped)
This mode displays the state of the
navigation.
OUMA048530 OCK047145L OUMA048531
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 85
Features of your vehicle
864
Assist mode (if equipped)
Assist mode displays the state of
below systems.
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go (if equipped)
- Lane keeping Assist(if equipped)
- In AWD AUTO MODE (if
equipped), the cluster displays the
traction force distribution status of
front-wheels and rear-wheels, but
in AWD LOCK MODE (if
equipped), the cluster doesn’t dis-
play the status.
OUM068042L
OUM068041L
■ SCC with S&G
■ LKA
OUMA048505
OUMA048493
■ AWD AUTO
■ AWD LOCK
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 86
487
Features of your vehicle
Service mode
When Service Required is set, the
remaining distance/period to drive
appears on the LCD screen.
From the point at which the remain-
ing distance to drive amounts to 900
mi. (1,500 km) or the remaining peri-
od amounts to 3 days, Service
Required message automatically
displays and remained on LCD
screen for a number of seconds
every time the engine start/stop but-
ton is ON.
With Service Required in place,
Service Required Alarm message
pops up when an aggregated
amount of miles/time driven reaches
a certain point.
With Service Required mode, press
OK button for more than 1 second.
The values will return to initial setting
values.
❈See User Settings
Mode in this chapter for further
information about Service Required
Setting.
❈Service Required Setting
Battery Cable Disconnection, Fuse
Switch OFF, or Service Required
Setting values (an amount of
miles/time driven) can be randomly
changed. In such cases, re-enter
Service Required Setting values.
Master Warning Mode
• This warning light informs the driv-
er of the following situations
- LED head lamp malfunction (if
equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go malfunction (if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance
- Assist malfunction (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning
radar blind (if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go radar blind (if equipped)
- Lamp malfunction
- High Beam Assist malfunction (if
equipped)
The Master Warning Light illumi-
nates when more than one of the
above warning situations occur.
If the warning situation is solved, the
master warning light will be turned
off.
OCK047117N
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 87
Features of your vehicle
884
Distance to empty
• The distance to empty is the esti-
mated distance the vehicle can be
driven with the remaining fuel.
- Distance range : 1 ~ 9,999 mi. (1
~ 9,999 km)
• If the estimated distance is below 1
mi. (1 km), the trip computer will
display “---” as distance to empty.
✽✽
NOTICE
• If the vehicle is not on level ground
or the battery power has been
interrupted, the distance to empty
function may not operate correct-
ly.
• The distance to empty may differ
from the actual driving distance as
it is an estimate of the available
driving distance.
• The trip computer may not regis-
ter additional fuel if less than 1.6
gallons (6 liters) of fuel are added
to the vehicle.
• The fuel economy and distance to
empty may vary significantly
based on driving conditions, driv-
ing habits, and condition of the
vehicle.
User Settings Mode
Description
In this mode, you can change setting
of the doors, lights, and so on.
OCK047143N
OUMA048467
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 88
489
Features of your vehicle
Shift to P to edit settings
This warning message appears if
you try to adjust the User Settings
while driving.
For your safety, change the User
Settings after parking the vehicle,
applying the parking brake and mov-
ing the shift lever to P (Park).
Driver Assistance (if equipped)
• Lane Safety (if equipped) :
- Lane Departure Warning :To acti-
vate the lane departure warning
function.
- Standard LKA : To activate the
standard LKA mode.
- Active LKA :To activate the active
LKA mode.
❈For more details, refer to “LKA
(Lane Keeping Assist)” in chapter 5.
• Driver Attention Warning : Cloose
the alert stage (Off/Normal/Early
stage) of the Driver Attention
Warning.
• Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go Reaction (if equipped) :
- Choose the sensitivity
(Slow/Normal/Fast) of the smart
cruise control.
❈For more details, refer to “Smart
Cruise Control with Stop & Go” in
chapter 5.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA, if equipped) :
- To activate or deactivate the FCA
system.
❈For more details, refer to “Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist(FCA)”
in chapter 5.
• Forward Collision Warning (FCW, if
equipped)
- Choose the sensitivity of the for-
ward collision warning.
(Late/Normal/Early)
❈For more details, refer to “Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist(FCA)”
in chapter 5.
• Blind Spot Collision Warning
Sound (if equipped)
- If this item is checked, the blind
spot collision warning sound
function will be activated.
❈For more details, refer to “Blind-spot
Collision Warning” in chapter 5.
OCK047142L
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 89
Features of your vehicle
904
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning Sound (if equipped)
- If this item is checked, the rear
cross traffic collision warning
sound will be activated.
❈For more details, refer to “Blind-spot
Collision Warning” in chapter 5.
Door/Liftgate
• Automatically Lock :
- Enable on Speed : All doors will
be automatically locked when the
vehicle speed exceeds 9.3 mph
(15 km/h).
- Enable on Shift : All doors will be
automatically locked if the auto-
matic transmission shift lever is
shifted from the P (Park) position
to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or
D (Drive) position.
• Automatically Unlock :
- Disable : The auto door unlock
operation will be canceled.
- Vehicle Off :All doors will be auto-
matically unlocked when the
Engine Star/Stop Button or igni-
tion switch is set to the OFF posi-
tion.
- On Shift to P : All doors will be
automatically unlocked if the
automatic transmission shift lever
is shifted to the P (Park) position.
• Two Press Unlock (if equipped)
If this item checked, the two press
unlock function will be activated.
(Only the driver’s door will unlock
when unlock button is pressed once
and all doors will unlock when the
same button is pressed again within
4 seconds.)
• Power Liftgate (if equipped)
- If this item is checked, the power
liftgate function will be activated.
❈For more details, refer to “Power
Liftgate” in this chapter.
• Smart Liftgate (if equipped)
- If this item is checked, the smart
liftgate function will be activated.
- If the power liftgate function is not
activated, you cannot activate
this function.
❈For more details, refer to “Smart
Liftgate” in this chapter.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 90
491
Features of your vehicle
Lights
• One Touch Turn Signal :
- Off : The one touch turn signal
function will be deactivated.
- 3, 5, 7 Flashes :The lane change
signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times
when the turn signal lever is
moved slightly.
❈For more details, refer to “Light” in
this chapter.
• Head Lamp Delay :
- If this item checked, the head
lamp delay function will be acti-
vated.
Sound
• Parking Distance Warning Volume
(if equipped) :
- Adjust the Park Assist System
volume. (Level 1 ~ 3)
❈For more details, refer to “Parking
Assist System” in this chapter.
• Welcome Sound (if equipped) :
- If this item checked, the welcome
sound function will be activated.
Convenience
• Seat Easy Access (if equipped)
- Off : The seat easy access func-
tion will be deactivated.
- Normal/Extended :When you turn
off the engine, the driver’s seat will
automatically move rear 3 in. (7.6
cm) (Enhanced) for you to enter or
exit the vehicle more comfortably.
- If you change the Engine
Start/Stop Button from OFF posi-
tion to the AC function, the driver’s
seat will return to the original posi-
tion.
❈For more details, refer to “Driver
Position Memory System” in chap-
ter 3.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 91
Features of your vehicle
924
• Welcome Mirror/Light (if equipped) :
- If this item checked, the welcome
Mirror/light function will be activat-
ed.
• Wireless Charging System (if
equipped) :
- If this item checked, the wireless
charging system function will be
activated.
• Wiper/Light Display (if equipped) :
- If this item checked, the
Wiper/Light Display will be acti-
vated.
• Gear Position Pop-up (if equipped) :
- If this item checked, the gear posi-
tion pop-up display will be activat-
ed.
Service interval
• Enable Service Interval
To activate or deactivate the serv-
ice interval function.
• Adjust Interval
To adjust the interval by mileage-
and period.
• Reset
To reset the service interval func-
tion.
Other features
• Fuel Economy Auto Reset
- Off : The average fuel economy
will not reset automatically when-
ever refueling.
- After Ignition : The average fuel
economy will reset automatically
whenever it has passed 4 hours
after turning OFF the engine.
- After Refueling :The average fuel
economy will reset automatically
when refueling.
❈For more information, refer to “Trip
Computer” in this chapter.
• Speedometer subscale (for Type B
cluster) : If this item checked,
speedometer subscale will be dis-
played.
• Fuel Economy Unit
- Choose the fuel economy unit.
(US gallon/UK gallon)
• Temperature Unit
- Choose the temperature u (°C,°F)
• Tire Pressure Unit (if equipped)
- Choose the tire pressure u (psi,
kPa, bar)
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 92
493
Features of your vehicle
Language
Choose the language
Reset
You can reset the menus in the User
Settings Mode.All menus in the User
Settings Mode are initialized, except
language and service interval.
Warning Messages
Shift to P position
(for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates if
you try to turn off the engine without
the shift lever in P (Park) position.
• At this time, the Engine Start/Stop
Button turns to the ACC position (If
you press the Engine Start/Stop
Button once more, it will turn to the
ON position).
Low Key Battery
(for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates
if the battery of the smart key is
discharged when the Engine
Start/Stop Button changes to the
OFF position.
Press start button while turn
steering (for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates
if the steering wheel does not
unlock normally when the Engine
Start/Stop Button is pressed.
• It means that you should press the
Engine Start/Stop Button while turn-
ing the steering wheel right and left.
Steering wheel unlocked
(for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates if
the steering wheel does not lock
when the Engine Start/Stop Button
changes to the OFF position.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 93
Features of your vehicle
944
Press brake pedal to start engine
(for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates
if the Engine Start/Stop Button
changes to the ACC position twice
by pressing the button repeatedly
without depressing the brake pedal.
• It means that you should depress
the brake pedal to start the engine.
Check steering wheel lock sys-
tem (for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates
if the steering wheel does not lock
normally when the Engine
Start/Stop Button changes to the
OFF position.
Key not in vehicle
(for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates
if the smart key is not in the vehicle
when you press the Engine
Start/Stop Button.
• It means that you should always
have the smart key with you.
Key not detected
(for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates
if the smart key is not detected
when you press the Engine
Start/Stop Button.
Press start button again
(for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates
if you can not operate the Engine
Start/Stop Button when there is a
problem with the Engine Start/Stop
Button system.
• It means that you could start the
engine by pressing the Engine
Start/ Stop Button once more.
• If the warning illuminates each
time you press the Engine
Start/Stop Button, have your vehi-
cle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 94
495
Features of your vehicle
Press start button with key
(for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates
if you press the Engine Start/Stop
Button while the warning message
“Key not detected” is illuminating.
• At this time, the immobilizer indica-
tor light blinks.
Check fuse BRAKE SWITCH
(for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates
if the brake switch fuse is discon-
nected.
• It means that you should replace
the fuse with a new one. If that is
not possible, you can start the
engine by pressing the Engine
Start/Stop Button for 10 seconds in
the ACC position.
Shift to P or N to start engine
(for smart key system)
• This warning message illuminates
if you try to start the engine with
the shift lever not in the P (Park) or
N (Neutral) position.
✽✽
NOTICE
You can start the engine with the
shift lever in the N (Neutral) position.
But, for your safety, we recommend
that you start the engine with the
shift lever in the P (Park) position.
Door / Hood / Liftgate Open
• It means that any door, hood, or
liftgate is open.
OUM048133
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 95
Features of your vehicle
964
Sunroof Open (if equipped)
• The warning message illuminates
if you turn off the engine and then
open the driver's door when the
sunroof is open.
Align steering wheel
• This warning message illuminates
if you start the engine when the
steering wheel is turned to more
than 90 degrees to the left or right.
• It means that you should turn the
steering wheel and make the angle
of the steering wheel be less than
30 degrees.
Low Washer Fluid
• This warning message illuminates
on the service reminder mode if
the washer fluid level in the reser-
voir is nearly empty.
• It means that you should refill the
washer fluid.
Turn on FUSE SWITCH
• This warning message illuminates
if the fuse switch on the fuse box is
OFF.
• It means that you should turn the
fuse switch on.
❈ For more details, refer to “Fuses”
in chapter 7.
Low Fuel
This warning message illuminates if
the fuel tank is nearly empty.
- When the low fuel level warning
light is illuminated.
- When the trip computer displays
"--- mile (or km)" as range.
Add fuel as soon as possible.
OUM048135
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 96
497
Features of your vehicle
Check high beam assist system
(if equipped)
This warning message illuminates if
there is a malfunction (burned-out
bulb or circuit malfunction) with the
headlamp. In this case, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Check headlight
This warning message illuminates if
there is a malfunction (burned-out
bulb except LED lamp or circuit mal-
function) with the headlamp. In this
case, have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
When replacing the bulb, use the
same wattage bulb.
❈❈
For more information, refer to
“BULB WATTAGE” in chapter 8.
Check Forward Collision
Avoidance Assist system
(if equipped)
• This warning message illuminates
if there is a malfunction with the
Forward Collision Avoidance Assist
(FCA) system. In this case, have
your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
❈For more details, refer to “Forward
Collision Avoidance Assist(FCA)
system” in chapter 5.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 97
Features of your vehicle
984
Warning lights
✽✽
NOTICE - Warning lights
Make sure that all warning lights
are OFF after starting the engine. If
any light is still ON, this indicates a
situation that needs attention.
Air bag Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 6
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the SRS.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Seat Belt Warning Light
This warning light informs the driver
that the seat belt is not fastened.
❈For more details, refer to the “Seat
Belts” in chapter 3.
WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 98
499
Features of your vehicle
Parking Brake & Brake
Fluid Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds
- It remains on if the parking brake
is applied.
• When the parking brake is applied.
• When the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low.
- If the warning light illuminates
with the parking brake released, it
indicates the brake fluid level in
reservoir is low.
If the brake fluid level in the reservoir
is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required (For more details,
refer to “Brake Fluid” in chapter 7).
Then check all brake components
for fluid leaks. If any leaks in the
brake system are still found, the
warning light remains on, or the
brakes do not operate properly, do
not drive the vehicle.
In this case, have your vehicle
towed to an authorized Kia dealer
and inspected.
Dual-diagonal braking system
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-
diagonal braking systems. This
means you still have braking on two
wheels even if one of the dual sys-
tems should fail.
With only one of the dual systems
working, more than normal pedal
travel and greater pedal pressure are
required to stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle will not stop in as
short a distance with only a portion
of the brake system working.
If the brakes fail while you are driv-
ing, shift to a lower gear for addition-
al engine braking and stop the vehi-
cle as soon as it is safe to do so.
Driving the vehicle with a warning
light ON is dangerous. If the Parking
Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light
illuminates when the parking brake
released, it indicates that the brake
fluid level is low.
In this case, have your vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized Kia dealer.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 99
Features of your vehicle
1004
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the ABS (The normal braking sys-
tem will still be operational without
the assistance of the anti-lock
brake system).
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Electronic
Brake force
Distribution
(EBD) System
Warning Light
These two warning lights illuminate at
the same time while driving:
• When the ABS and regular brake
system may not work normally.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING - Electronic
Brake force Distribution
(EBD) System Warning Light
When both ABS and Parking
Brake & Brake Fluid Warning
Lights are on, the brake system
will not work normally and you
may experience an unexpected
and dangerous situation during
sudden braking thereby
increasing the risk of a crash.
In this case, avoid high speed
driving and abrupt braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer as
soon as possible thereby
increasing the risk of a crash
and injury.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 100
4101
Features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE - Electronic Brake
force Distribution (EBD)
System Warning Light
When the ABS Warning Light is on
or both ABS and Parking Brake &
Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on,
the speedometer, odometer, or trip-
meter may not work. Also, the EPS
Warning Light may illuminate and
the steering effort may increase or
decrease.
In this case, have your vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized Kia dealer as
soon as possible.
Electronic Power
Steering (EPS) Warning
Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
• When there is a malfunction with
the EPS.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL)
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
• When there is a malfunction with
the emission control system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 101
Features of your vehicle
1024
Charging System
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
• When there is a malfunction with
either the alternator or electrical
charging system.
If there is a malfunction with either
the alternator or electrical charging
system:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2.Turn the engine off and check the
alternator drive belt for looseness
or breakage.
If the belt is adjusted properly,
there may be a problem in the
electrical charging system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
Engine Oil Pressure
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
• When the engine oil pressure is low.
If the engine oil pressure is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2.Turn the engine off and check the
engine oil level (For more details,
refer to “Engine Oil”in section 7).If
the level is low, add oil as required.
If the warning light remains on
after adding oil or if oil is not avail-
able, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer as
soon as possible.
CAUTION - Catalytic
Converter Damage
If the Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL) illuminates, poten-
tial catalytic converter damage
is possible which could result in
loss of engine power.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
CAUTION - Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL)
Driving with the Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may
cause damage to the emission
control systems which could
affect drivability and/or fuel
economy.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 102
4103
Features of your vehicle
If the warning light stays on while the
engine is running, it indicates that
there may be serious engine dam-
age or malfunction. In this case,
1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is
safe to do so.
2.Turn off the engine and check the
oil level.If the oil level is low, fill the
engine oil to the proper level.
3. Start the engine again.If the warn-
ing light stays on after the engine
is started, turn the engine off
immediately. In this case, have
your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Low Tire Pressure
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When one or more of your tires are
significantly underinflated.
❈For more details, refer to “Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)” in chapter 6.
This warning light remains on after
blinking for approximately 60 seconds
or repeats blinking and off at the
intervals of approximately 3 seconds:
• When there is a malfunction with
the TPMS.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
❈For more details, refer to “Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)” in chapter 6.
CAUTION - Engine
damage
If the engine is not stopped
immediately after the engine oil
pressure warning light is illumi-
nated and stays on while the
engine is running, serious
engine damage may result.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 103
Features of your vehicle
1044
• The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire damage
caused by external factors.
• If you notice any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator pedal, apply the brakes
gradually with light force, and slow-
ly move to a safe position off the
road.
Dynamic Bending Light
(DBL) Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light blinks:
• When there is a malfunction with
the Dynamic Bending Light (DBL).
If there is a malfunction with the
Dynamic Bending Light (DBL):
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2.Turn the engine off and restart the
engine. If the warning light
remains on, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
LED Headlamp Warning
Light (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
Button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the LED headlamp.
In this case, have the vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized Kia dealer.
This warning light blinks:
• When there is a malfunction with a
LED headlamp related part.
In this case, have the vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
Continuous driving with the LED
Headlamp Warning Light on or
blinking can reduce LED headlamp
(low beam) life.
WARNING - Low tire
pressure
• Significantly low tire pressure
makes the vehicle unstable
and can contribute to loss of
vehicle control and increased
braking distances.
• Continued driving or low pres-
sure tires will cause the tires to
overheat and fail.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 104
4105
Features of your vehicle
Low Fuel Level Warning
Light
This warning light illuminates:
When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
If the fuel tank is nearly empty:
Add fuel as soon as possible.
Electronic Parking Brake
(EPB) Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the EPB.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE - Electronic Parking
Brake (EPB) Warning Light
The Electronic Parking Brake
(EPB) Warning Light may illumi-
nate when the Electronic Stability
control (ESC) Indicator Light comes
on to indicate that the ESC is not
working properly (This does not
indicate malfunction of the EPB).
Master Warning light
(if equipped)
• This warning light informs the driv-
er of the following situations
- LED head lamp malfunction (if
equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go malfunction (if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance
- Assist malfunction (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning
radar blind (if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go radar blind (if equipped)
- Lamp malfunction
- High Beam Assist malfunction (if
equipped)
The Master Warning Light illumi
nates when more than one of the
above warning situations occur.
If the warning situation is solved, the
master warning light will be turned
off.
CAUTION - Low Fuel
Level
Driving with the Low Fuel Level
warning light on or with the fuel
level below “0 or E” can cause
the engine to misfire and dam-
age the catalytic converter (if
equipped).
EPB
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 105
Features of your vehicle
1064
All Wheel Drive (AWD)
Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the AWD system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Forward Collision-avoid-
ance Assist Warning
light (FCA, if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When there is a malfunction with
the FCA.
In this case, have the vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized Kia dealer.
Indicator Lights
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the ESC system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
While the ESC is operating.
❈ For more details, refer to
“Electronic Stability Control (ESC)”
in chapter 5.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 106
4107
Features of your vehicle
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) OFF
Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When you deactivate the ESC sys-
tem by pressing the ESC OFF but-
ton.
❈For more details, refer to
“Electronic Stability Control (ESC)”
in chapter 5.
Immobilizer Indicator
Light (Without Smart Key)
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the vehicle detects the
immobilizer in your key properly
while the ignition switch is ON.
- At this time, you can start the
engine.
- The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks:
• When there is a malfunction with
the immobilizer system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Immobilizer Indicator
Light (With Smart Key)
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates for up
to 30 seconds:
• When the vehicle detects the
smart key in the vehicle properly
while the Engine Start/Stop Button
is ACC or ON.
- At this time, you can start the
engine.
- The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks for a few
seconds:
• When the smart key is not in the
vehicle.
- At this time, you can not start the
engine.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 107
Features of your vehicle
1084
This indicator light illuminates for 2
seconds and goes off:
• When the vehicle can not detect
the smart key which is in the vehi-
cle while the Engine Start/Stop
Button is ON.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
• When the battery of the smart key
is weak.
- At this time, you can not start the
engine. However, you can start
the engine if you press the Engine
Start/Stop Button with the smart
key. (For more details, refer to
“Starting the Engine”in section 5).
• When there is a malfunction with
the immobilizer system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Turn Signal Indicator
Light
This indicator light blinks:
• When you turn the turn signal light
on.
If any of the following occurs, there
may be a malfunction with the turn
signal system.In this case, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
- The indicator light does not blink
but illuminates.
- The indicator light blinks more
rapidly.
- The indicator light does not illumi-
nate at all.
High Beam Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the headlights are on and in
the high beam position
• When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position.
High beam assist indica-
tor (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates :
• When the high-Beam is on with the
light switch in the AUTO light posi-
tion.
• If your vehicle detects oncoming or
preceding vehicles, the High beam
assist system will switch the high
beam to low beam automatically.
❈For more details, refer to “High
beam assist” in this chapter.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 108
4109
Features of your vehicle
Light ON Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the tail lights or headlights
are on.
Front Fog Indicator
Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the front fog lights are on.
Low Beam Indicator
Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the headlights are on.
AUTO HOLD Indicator
Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• [White] When you activate the auto
hold system by pressing the AUTO
HOLD button.
• [Green] When you stop the vehicle
completely by depressing the
brake pedal with the auto hold sys-
tem activated.
• [Yellow] When there is a malfunc-
tion with the auto hold system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
❈ For more details, refer to “Auto
Hold” in chapter 5.
All Wheel Drive (AWD)
LOCK Indicator Light
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When you select AWD Lock mode
by pressing the AWD LOCK button.
- The AWD LOCK mode is to
increase the drive power when
driving on wet pavement, snow
covered roads and/or off-road.
CAUTION - AWD Lock
Mode
Do not use AWD LOCK mode on
dry paved roads or highway, it
can cause noise, vibration or
damage of AWD related parts.
AUTO
HOLD
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 109
Features of your vehicle
1104
LKA(Lane Keeping
Assist) indicator
(if equipped)
The LKA indicator will illu-
minate when you turn the lane keep-
ing assistant system on by pressing
the LKA button.
If there is a problem with the system,
the yellow LKA indicator will illumi-
nate.
❈ For more details, refer to “Lane
Keeping Assist” in chapter 5.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 110
4111
Features of your vehicle
The rear parking assist system
assists the driver during backward
movement of the vehicle by chiming
if any object is sensed within a dis-
tance of 47 in. (120 cm) behind the
vehicle.
This system is a supplemental sys-
tem and it is not intended to nor does
it replace the need for extreme care
and attention of the driver.The sens-
ing range and objects detectable by
the back sensors (1) are limited.
Whenever backing-up, pay as much
attention to what is behind you as
you would in a vehicle without a rear
parking assist system.
Operation of the rear parking
assist system
Operating condition
• This system will activate when the
indicator on the rear parking assist
OFF button is not illuminated. If
you desire to deactivate the rear
parking assist system, press the
rear parking assist OFF button
again. (The indicator on the button
will illuminate.) To turn the system
on, press the button again. (The
indicator on the button will go off.)
If the vehicle is moving at a speed
over 3 mph (5 km/h), the system
may not be activated correctly.
REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING - Rear parking
assist system
Never rely solely on the rear
parking assist system. Always
perform a visual inspection to
make sure the vehicle is clear of
all obstructions before moving
the vehicle in any direction. Stop
immediately if you are aware of
a child anywhere near your vehi-
cle. Some objects may not be
detected by the sensors, due to
the object's size or material.
OUMA048046
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 111
Features of your vehicle
1124
• This system will activate when
backing up with the ignition switch
ON.
If the vehicle is moving at a speed
over 3 mph (5 km/h), the system
may not be activated correctly.
• The sensing distance while the
back-up warning system is in oper-
ation is approximately 47 in. (120
cm) at the rear bumper center
area, 23.5 in. (60 cm) at the rear
bumper both side area.
• When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the clos-
est one will be recognized first.
Types of warning sound
• When an object is 47 in. to 24 in.
(120 cm to 61 cm) from the rear
bumper: Buzzer beeps intermit-
tently.
• When an object is 24 in. to 12 in.
(60 cm to 31 cm) from the rear
bumper: Buzzer beeps more fre-
quently.
• When an object is within 12 in. (30
cm) of the rear bumper:
Buzzer sounds continuously.
Non-operational conditions of
rear parking assist system
The rear parking assist system
may not operate properly when:
1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor.(It
will operate normally when the
moisture has been cleared.)
2.The sensor is covered with foreign
matter, such as snow or water, or
the sensor cover is blocked. (It will
operate normally when the materi-
al is removed or the sensor is no
longer blocked.)
3. Driving on uneven road surfaces
(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps,
gradient).
4.Objects generating excessive
noise (vehicle horns, loud motor-
cycle engines, or truck air brakes)
are within range of the sensor.
5. Heavy rain or water spray exists.
6.Wireless transmitters or mobile
phones are within range of the
sensor.
7.The sensor is covered with snow.
8.Trailer towing
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 112
4113
Features of your vehicle
The detecting range may decrease
when:
1.The sensor is covered with foreign
matter such as snow or water.
(The sensing range will return to
normal when removed.)
2.Outside air temperature is
extremely hot or cold.
The following objects may not be
recognized by the sensor:
1. Sharp or slim objects such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
2. Objects which tend to absorb the
sensor frequency such as clothes,
spongy material or snow.
3. Undetectable objects smaller than
40 in. (1 m) in height and narrower
than 6 in. (14 cm) in diameter.
Rear parking assist system
precautions
• The rear parking assist system
may not sound consistently
depending on the speed and
shapes of the objects detected.
• The rear parking assist system may
malfunction if the vehicle bumper
height or sensor installation has
been modified or damaged. Any
non-factory installed equipment or
accessories may also interfere with
the sensor performance.
• The sensor may not recognize
objects less than 15 in. (40 cm)
from the sensor, or it may sense an
incorrect distance. Use caution.
• When the sensor is frozen or cov-
ered with snow, dirt, or water, the
sensor may be inoperative until the
material is removed using a soft
cloth.
• Do not push, scratch or strike the
sensor. Sensor damage could
occur.
✽✽
NOTICE
This system can only sense objects
within the range and location of the
sensors. It cannot detect objects in
other areas where sensors are not
installed. Also, small or slim objects,
such as poles or objects located
between sensors may not be detected
by the sensors.
Always visually check behind the
vehicle when backing up.
Be sure to inform any drivers of the
vehicle that may be unfamiliar with
the system regarding the systems
capabilities and limitations.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 113
Features of your vehicle
1144
✽✽
NOTICE
If you don’t hear an audible warn-
ing sound or if the buzzer sounds
intermittently when shifting the
gear to the R (Reverse) position, this
may indicate a malfunction in the
rear parking assist system. If this
occurs, have your vehicle checked
by an authorized Kia dealer as soon
as possible.
✽✽
NOTICE
Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to
the vehicle or injuries to its occu-
pants due to a rear parking assist
system malfunction. Always drive
safely and cautiously.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 114
4115
Features of your vehicle
The parking assist system assists
the driver during movement of the
vehicle by chiming if any object is
sensed within the distance of 39 in.
(100 cm) in front and 47 in. (120 cm)
behind the vehicle.
This system is a supplemental sys-
tem and it is not intended to nor does
it replace the need for extreme care
and attention of the driver.
The sensing range and objects
detectable by the sensors (➀) are
limited. Whenever moving pay as
much attention to what is in front and
behind of you as you would in a vehi-
cle without a parking assist system.
Operation of the parking
assist system
Operating condition
• This system activates when the
parking assist system button is
pressed with the ignition switch ON.
• The indicator of the parking assist
system button turns on automatical-
ly and activates the parking assist
system when you shift the gear to
the R (Reverse) position. It will turn
off automatically when you drive
above 12.4 mph (20 km/h).
PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
The parking assist system is a
supplementary function only.
The operation of the parking
assist system can be affected
by several factors (including
environmental conditions).
It is the responsibility of the
driver to always check the front
and rear views before and while
parking.
OUMA048046
OUMA048047
■ Rear
■ Front
OUMA048048
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 115
Features of your vehicle
1164
• The sensing distance while backing
up is approximately 47 in. (120 cm)
when you are driving less than 6.2
mph (10 km/h).
• The sensing distance while moving
forward is approximately 39 in.
(100 cm) when you are driving less
than 6.2 mph (10 km/h).
• When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the clos-
est one will be recognized first.
• The side sensors are activated
when you shift the gear to the R
(Reverse) position.
• If the vehicle speed is above 12.4
mph (20 km/h), the system auto-
matically turns off. To activate
again, push the button.
✽✽
NOTICE
It may not operate if it’s distance
from the object is already less than
approximately 10 in. (25 cm) when
the system is ON.
Distance
from object
Warning indicator
Warning sound
When driving
forward
When driving
rearward
39 ~ 24 inch Front -
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
47 ~ 24 inch Rear -
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
23 ~12 inch
Front
Buzzer beeps
frequently
Rear -
Buzzer beeps
frequently
11 inch
Front
Buzzer sounds
continuously
Rear -
Buzzer sounds
continuously
Type of warning indicator and sound
: with Warning sound
✽✽
NOTICE
• The actual warning sound and indicator may differ from the illustration
according to objects or sensor status.
• Do not wash the vehicle's sensor with high pressure water.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 116
4117
Features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
• This system can only sense objects
within the range and location of
the sensors; It can not detect
objects in other areas where sen-
sors are not installed. Also, small
or slim objects, such as poles or
objects located between sensors
may not be detected by the sen-
sors. Always visually check behind
the vehicle when backing up.
• Be sure to inform any drivers of
the vehicle that may be unfamiliar
with the system regarding the sys-
tems capabilities and limitations.
Non-operational conditions of
parking assist system
Parking assist system may not
operate normally when:
1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor.(It
will operate normally when mois-
ture melts.)
2. Sensor is covered with foreign
matter, such as snow or water, or
the sensor cover is blocked. (It will
operate normally when the materi-
al is removed or the sensor is no
longer blocked.)
3. Sensor is stained with foreign mat-
ter such as snow or water.
(Sensing range will return to nor-
mal when removed.)
4.The parking assist button is off.
There is a possibility of parking
assist system malfunction when:
1. Driving on uneven road surfaces
such as unpaved roads, gravel,
bumps, or gradient.
2.Objects generating excessive
noise such as vehicle horns, loud
motorcycle engines, or truck air
brakes can interfere with the sen-
sor.
3. Heavy rain or water spray.
4.Wireless transmitters or mobile
phones present near the sensor.
5. Sensor is covered with snow.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 117
Features of your vehicle
1184
Detecting range may decrease
when:
1.Outside air temperature is
extremely hot or cold.
2. Undetectable objects smaller than
4 in. (1 m) and narrower than 5.5
in. (14 cm) in diameter.
The following objects may not be
recognized by the sensor:
1. Sharp or slim objects such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
2. Objects, which tend to absorb sen-
sor frequency such as clothes,
spongy material or snow.
✽✽
NOTICE
1. The warning may not sound
sequentially depending on the speed
and shapes of the objects detected.
2. The parking assist system may
malfunction if the vehicle bumper
height or sensor installation has
been modified. Any non-factory
installed equipment or accessories
may also interfere with the sensor
performance.
3. Sensor may not recognize objects
less than 12 in. (30 cm) from the
sensor, or it may sense an incor-
rect distance. Use with caution.
4. When the sensor is frozen or stained
with snow or water, the sensor may
be inoperative until the stains are
removed using a soft cloth.
5. Do not push, scratch or strike the
sensor with any hard objects that
could damage the surface of the
sensor. Sensor damage could occur.
✽✽
NOTICE
This system can only sense objects
within the range and location of the
sensors, it can not detect objects in
other areas where sensors are not
installed. Also, small or slim objects,
or objects located between sensors
may not be detected.
Always visually check in front and
behind the vehicle when driving.
Be sure to inform any drivers in the
vehicle that may be unfamiliar with
the system regarding the systems
capabilities and limitations.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 118
4119
Features of your vehicle
Pay close attention when the vehicle
is driven close to objects on the
road, particularly pedestrians, and
especially children. Be aware that
some objects may not be detected
by the sensors, due to the objects
distance, size or material, all of
which can limit the effectiveness of
the sensor. Always perform a visual
inspection to make sure the vehicle
is clear of all obstructions before
moving the vehicle in any direction.
✽✽
NOTICE
When you shift the gear to the R
(Reverse) position and if one or
more of the below occurs you may
have a malfunction in the rear park-
ing assist system.
• You don't hear an audible warning
sound or if the buzzer sounds
intermittently.
If this occurs, we recommend that
the system be checked by an author-
ized Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to
the vehicle or injuries to its occu-
pants related to a parking assist sys-
tem. Always drive safely and cau-
tiously.
• is displayed. (if equipped)
(blinks)
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:18 PM Page 119
Features of your vehicle
1204
The rearview camera will activate
with the ignition switch ON and the
shift lever in the R (Reverse) position.
This system is a supplemental sys-
tem that shows behind the vehicle
through the rearview display mirror
while backing up unless equipped
with system that can be displayed
rear view, then will display on the
screen.
The rearview camera may be turned
off by pressing the ON/OFF button
when the rearview camera is activated.
To turn the camera on again, press
the ON/OFF button again when the
ignition switch is on and the shift
lever in R (Reverse). Also, the cam-
era will turn on automatically when-
ever the ignition switch is turned off
and on again.
• This system is a supplementary
function only. It is the responsibility
of the driver to always check the
inside/outside rearview mirrors and
the area behind the vehicle before
and while backing up because
there is a dead zone that can't be
seen by the camera.
• Always keep the camera lens
clean. If lens is covered with for-
eign matter, the camera may not
operate normally.
❈ If your vehicle is equipped with
AVN(Audio, Video and Navigation)
system, rearview display will show
behind the vehicle through the
AVN monitor while backing-up.
Refer to a separately supplied
manual for detailed information.
REARVIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING - Backing &
using camera
Never rely solely on the rear view
camera when backing.You must
always use methods of viewing
the area behind you including
looking over both shoulders as
well as continuously checking all
three rear view mirrors. Due to
the difficulty of ensuring that the
area behind you remains clear,
always back slowly and stop
immediately if you even suspect
that a person, and especially a
child, might be behind you.
OUMA048049
OUMA048050
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 120
4121
Features of your vehicle
The Surround View Monitoring
System (SVM) is not a substitute for
proper and safe parking procedures.
The Surround View Monitoring
System (SVM) may not detect every
object surrounding the vehicle.
Always drive safely and use caution
when parking.
The Surround View Monitoring
System (SVM) can assist in parking
by allowing the driver to see around
the vehicle. Push the button into the
[ON] position to operate the system.
To cancel the system, push the but-
ton again.
Operating conditions
- When the Engine Start/Stop
Button is ON position
- When the transmission is on D, N
or R
- When the vehicle speed is not over
9.3 mph (15 km/h)
• When the vehicle speed is over 9.3
mph (15 km/h), the SVM system is
turned off. If the vehicle speed is not
over 9.3 mph (15 km/h) after turn-
ing off the SVM by over speed, the
SVM is not turned on. To operate
again, push the button.
• When the vehicle moves back-
wards, regardless of On/Off of but-
ton and vehicle speed, the SVM is
operated.
• When the trunk and driver/passen-
ger door are opened and the out-
side mirror is folded, the warning is
illuminated in SVM system.
• If the SVM system is not operating
normally, the system should be
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
• When the vehicle moves over
10km/h forward after moving back-
ward, the SVM screen will be
turned off.
SURROUND VIEW MONITORING SYSTEM (SVM) (IF EQUIPPED)
OUMA057230
WARNING
This system is for assistance to
the driver only.
It is the responsibility of the
driver to always check the area
around the vehicle before and
while moving.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 121
Features of your vehicle
1224
Automatic car wash entry sup-
port guidelines
Automatic car wash entry support
guidelines provides the convenience
when the vehicle steers into
Automatic Car Wash Entry. The fea-
ture displays the tire trajectory in the
front around view mode of the
Surround View Monitoring System
(SVM). The tire trajectory, however,
can be displayed only when following
conditions are met.
It is operated when the outside mirror
folding and the Surround View
Monitoring System (SVM) are in
operation by pushing the buttons.It is
released when outside mirror folding
or the Surround View Monitoring
System (SVM) are not in operation.
CAUTION
Automatic car wash entry sup-
port guidelines are an add-on
feature of the SVM designed to
assist car wash entry.Caution is
required since the display (1) on
the screen may differ from the
actual location.
If the surface of the front cam-
era lens is dirty, the camera can
not function properly, so keep it
clean.
OUMA048552
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 122
4123
Features of your vehicle
Battery saver function
• The purpose of this feature is to
prevent the battery from being dis-
charged if the lights are left in the
ON position.The system automati-
cally shuts off the parking lights 30
seconds after the ignition key is
removed and the driver’s door is
opened and closed.
• With this feature, the parking lights
will turn off automatically if the driver
parks on the side of the road at night
and opens the driver’s side door.
If necessary, to keep the parking
lights on when the ignition key is
removed, perform the following:
1) Open the driver-side door.
2) Turn the parking lights OFF and
ON again using the light switch
on the steering column.
Daytime running light
(if equipped)
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL)
can make it easier for others to see the
front of your vehicle during the day.
DRL can be helpful in many different
driving conditions, and it is especially
helpful after dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system will turn the dedi-
cated lamp OFF when :
1.The headlight switch is on
- It includes that the headlight is on
in the dark when the headlight
switch is in the auto light position.
2.The engine is off
3.Engaging the Parking Brake
Lighting control
The light switch has a Headlight and
a Parking light position.
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
the end of the control lever to one of
the following positions:
(1) OFF position
(2) Auto light position (if equipped)
(3) Parking & Tail light
(4) Headlight position
LIGHTING
OUM044055
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 123
Features of your vehicle
1244
Parking & Tail light ( )
When the light switch is in the park-
ing light position, the tail, license and
instrument panel lights will turn ON.
Headlight position ( )
When the light switch is in the head-
light position, the head, tail, license
lights will turn ON.
✽✽
NOTICE
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position to turn on the headlights.
Auto light position (if equipped)
When the lights are in the “Auto”
position, It will operate when the igni-
tion is in “ON” or the engine is run-
ning.To change to the Auto function,
Select the light switch to “AUTO”,
and the light will turn on or off
depending on the ambient light
detected by the sensor (1). Once the
light switch is positioned to the auto
light position, at first, the wiper will
turn on and then, after 5 seconds the
head lamp will turn on automatically.
If headlights came on due to wind-
shield wipers coming on the head
lamp will turn off 60 seconds after
the wipers are turned off.
OUMA046054 OUMA046056
OUMA046057
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 124
4125
Features of your vehicle
High beam operation
To turn on the high beam headlamp,
push the lever away from you. The
lever will return to its original position.
The high beam indicator will light
when the headlight high beams are
switched on.
To prevent from draining the battery,
do not leave the lights on for a pro-
longed time while the engine is not
running.
To flash the headlights, pull the lever
towards you. It will return to the nor-
mal (low beam) position when
released. The headlight switch does
not need to be on to use this flashing
feature.
OUM044059
WARNING - High beams
Do not use high beam when
there are other vehicles. Using
high beam could obstruct the
other driver’s vision.
OUM044058
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 125
Features of your vehicle
1264
High Beam Assist (if equipped)
The High Beam Assist is a system
that automatically adjusts the head-
lamp range (switches between high
beam and low beam) according to
the brightness of other vehicles and
road conditions.
Operating condition
1.Place the light switch in the AUTO
position.
2.Turn on the high beam by pushing
the lever away from you.
The High Beam Assist ( ) indica-
tor will illuminate.
3.The High Beam Assist will turn on
when vehicle speed is above 25
mph (40 km/h).
• If the lever is pushed away when
the High Beam Assist is operat-
ing, the High Beam Assist will
turn off and the high beam will be
on continuously. The High Beam
Assist ( ) indicator will turn off.
• If the lever is pulled towards you
when the High Beam Assist is
operating, the High Beam Assist
will turn off.
4.If the light switch is placed to the
headlamp position, the High Beam
Assist will turn off and the low
beam will be on continuously.
The high beam switches to low beam
in the below conditions.
- When the High Beam Assist is off.
- When the light switch is not in the
AUTO position.
- When the headlamp is detected
from the on-coming vehicle.
- When the tail lamp is detected
from the front vehicle.
- When the surrounding is bright
enough high beams are not need-
ed.
- When streetlights or other lights
are detected.
- When vehicle speed is below 15
mph (24 km/h).
- When headlamp / taillamp of bicy-
cle/motorcycle is detected
OUMA048554
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 126
4127
Features of your vehicle
The system may not operate normal-
ly in the below conditions.
• When the light from the on-coming
or front vehicle is not detected
because of lamp damage, hidden
from sight, etc.
• When the lamp of the on-coming or
front vehicle is covered with dust,
snow or water.
• When the light from the on-coming
or front vehicle is not detected
because of exhaust fume, smoke,
fog, snow, etc.
• When the front window is covered
with foreign matters such as ice,
dust, fog, or is damaged.
• When there is a similar shape lamp
with the front vehicle’s lamps.
• When it is hard to see because of
fog, heavy rain or snow.
• When the headlamp is not repaired
or replaced at an authorized deal-
er.
• When headlamp aiming is not
properly adjusted.
• When driving on a narrow curved
road or rough road.
• When driving downhill or uphill.
• When only part of the vehicle in
front is visible on a crossroad or
curved road.
• When there is a traffic light, reflect-
ing sign, flashing sign or mirror.
• When the road conditions are bad
such as being wet or covered with
snow.
• When the front vehicle’s head-
lamps are off but the fog lamps on.
• When a vehicle suddenly appears
from a curve.
• When the vehicle is tilted from a
flat tire or being towed.
• When the LKA (Lane Keeping
Assist) system warning light illumi-
nates. (if equipped)
✽✽
NOTICE
• Do not place any accessories,
stickers or tint the windshield.
• Have the windshield glass replaced
from an authorized dealer.
• Do not remove or damage related
parts of the High Beam Assist sys-
tem.
• Be careful that water doesn’t get
into the High Beam Assist unit.
• Do not place objects on the dash-
board that reflect light such as
mirrors, white paper, etc. The sys-
tem may malfunction if sunlight is
reflected.
• At times, the High Beam Assist
system may not work properly,
always check the road conditions
for your safety. When the system
does not operate normally, manu-
ally change between the high
beam and low beam.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 127
Features of your vehicle
1284
Turn signals and lane change
signals
The ignition switch must be on for the
turn signals to function. To turn on
the turn signals, move the lever up or
down (A).The green arrow indicators
on the instrument panel indicate
which turn signal is operating. They
will self-cancel after a turn is com-
pleted. If the indicator continues to
flash after a turn, manually return the
lever to the OFF position.
To signal a lane change, move the
turn signal lever slightly and hold it in
position (B). The lever will return to
the OFF position when released.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of
the turn signal bulbs may be burned
out and will require replacement.
One touch turn signal
When changing lanes, move the lane
change switch to the direction you
want briefly. The lane change switch
will move back to the original position
but the turn signal will flash three
times.This function assists the driver
when changing lanes without press-
ing down on the lane change signal.
Depending on the vehicle, the driver
may select or deselect the one touch
turn signal function. For more details,
please refer to "vehicle settings" in
chapter 4.
✽✽
NOTICE
If an indicator flash is abnormally
quick or slow, a bulb may be burned
out or have a poor electrical connec-
tion in the circuit.
OUM044060
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 128
4129
Features of your vehicle
Front fog light (if equipped)
Fog lights are used to provide
improved visibility when visibility is
poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc.The
fog lights will turn on when the fog light
switch (1) is turned to the on position
after the headlight is turned on.
To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog
light switch (1) to the OFF position.
When in operation, the fog lights
consume large amounts of vehicle
electrical power. Only use the fog
lights when visibility is poor.
Check headlight
This warning message illuminates if
there is a malfunction (burned-out
bulb except LED lamp or circuit mal-
function) with the headlamp. In this
case, have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
When replacing the bulb, use the
same wattage bulb.
❈❈
For more information, refer to
“BULB WATTAGE” in chapter 8.
Headlight leveling device
(if equipped)
Automatic type
To ensure the proper headlight beam
is used under various conditions, the
headlight beam levels are automati-
cally adjusted depending on the
number of passengers, the weight in
the trunk, and other driving condi-
tions.
✽✽
NOTICE
If it does not work properly even
though your car is inclined backward
according to passenger's posture, or
the headlight beam is irradiated to
the high or low position, have the sys-
tem be inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Do not attempt to inspect or replace
the wiring yourself.
ODE046458N OUMA048553
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 129
Features of your vehicle
1304
Dynamic Bending Light (DBL)
(if equipped)
Dynamic bending light uses the
steering angle and vehicle speed, to
keep your field of vision wide by
swiveling the headlamp.
Change the switch to the AUTO posi-
tion when the engine is running. The
dynamic bending light will operate
when the headlamp is ON.To turn off
the DBL, change the switch to other
positions. After turning the DBL off,
headlamp swiveling no longer
occurs.
If the DBL malfunction indicator
comes on, the DBL is not working
properly. Drive to the nearest safe
location and restart the engine. If the
indicator continuously remains on,
have system be checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
OUMA046057
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 130
4131
Features of your vehicle
A :Wiper speed control (front)
· MIST – Single wipe
· OFF – Off
· INT – Intermittent wipe
· LO – Low wiper speed
· HI – High wiper speed
B : Intermittent control wipe time
adjustment
C :Wash with brief wipes (front)*
D : Rear wiper/washer control
· HI – Continuous wipe
· LO – Intermittent wipe
· OFF – Off
E :Wash with brief wipes (rear)
* if equipped
Windshield wipers
Operates as follows when the igni-
tion switch is turned ON.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle,
move the lever to this (MIST)
position and release it. The
wipers will operate continu-
ously if the lever is held in this
position.
OFF : Wiper is not in operation
INT :Wiper operates intermittently at
the same wiping intervals. Use
this mode in light rain or mist.
To vary the speed setting, turn
the speed control knob.
LO : Normal wiper speed
HI : Fast wiper speed
WIPERS AND WASHERS
Windshield wiper/washer Rear window wiper/washer
OUMA044063/OUMA046340
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 131
Features of your vehicle
1324
✽✽
NOTICE
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow or ice on the windshield, defrost
the windshield for about 10 minutes,
or until the snow and/or ice is
removed before using the windshield
wipers to ensure proper operation.
If you do not remove the snow and/or
ice before using the wiper and wash-
er, it may damage the wiper and
washer system.
Auto control (if equipped)
The rain sensor located on the upper
end of the windshield glass senses
the amount of rainfall and controls
the wiping cycle for the proper inter-
val. The more it rains, the faster the
wiper operates.When the rain stops,
the wipers stop.
To vary the speed setting, turn the
speed control knob (1).
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO
mode when the ignition switch is ON,
the wiper will operate once to per-
form a self-check of the system. Set
the wiper to OFF position when the
wiper is not in use.
OUMA044224
Rain sensor
CAUTION
When the ignition switch is ON
and the windshield wiper switch
is placed in the AUTO mode, use
caution in the following situa-
tions to avoid any injury to the
hands or other parts of the
body:
• Do not touch the upper end of
the windshield glass facing
the rain sensor.
• Do not wipe the upper end of
the windshield glass with a
damp or wet cloth.
• Do not put pressure on the
windshield glass.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 132
4133
Features of your vehicle
Front windshield washers
In the OFF position, pull the lever
gently toward you to spray washer
fluid on the windshield and to run the
wipers 1-3 cycles.
Use this function when the wind-
shield is dirty.
The spray and wiper operation will
continue until you release the lever.
If the washer does not work, check
the washer fluid level.If the fluid level
is not sufficient, you will need to add
appropriate non-abrasive windshield
washer fluid to the washer reservoir.
OUMA044068
(Continued)
• When starting the vehicle in
winter, set the wiper switch in
the OFF position. Otherwise,
wipers may operate and ice
may damage the windshield
wiper blades. Always remove
all snow and ice and defrost
the windshield properly prior
to operating the windshield
wipers.
• When tinting the windshield,
be careful of any fluid getting
into the sensor located in the
top center of the front wind-
shield. It may damage the
related parts.
CAUTION
• When washing the vehicle, set
the wiper switch in the OFF
position to stop the auto wiper
operation.
• The wiper may operate and be
damaged if the switch is set in
the AUTO mode while washing
the vehicle.
• Do not remove the sensor
cover located on the upper
end of the passenger side
windshield glass. Damage to
system parts could occur and
may not be covered by your
vehicle warranty.
(Continued)
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 133
Features of your vehicle
1344
The reservoir filler neck is located in
the front of the engine compartment
on the passenger side.
Rear window wiper and wash-
er switch
The rear window wiper and washer
switch is located at the end of the
wiper and washer switch lever. Turn
the switch to the desired position to
operate the rear wiper and washer.
HI : Continuous wipe
LO : Intermittent wipe
OFF : OFF
OUMA044067
CAUTION -Wipers &
windshields
• To prevent possible damage
to the wipers or windshield,
do not operate the wipers
when the windshield is dry.
• To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or
other solvents on or near them.
• To prevent damage to the
wiper arms and other compo-
nents, do not attempt to move
the wipers manually.
CAUTION - Washer pump
To prevent possible damage to
the washer pump, do not oper-
ate the washer when the fluid
reservoir is empty.
WARNING - Obscured
visibility
Do not use the washer in freez-
ing temperatures without first
warming the windshield with
the defrosters; the washer solu-
tion could freeze on the wind-
shield and obscure your vision.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 134
4135
Features of your vehicle
Push the lever away from you to
spray rear washer fluid and to run the
rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray
and wiper operation will continue
until you release the lever
OUMA044069
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 135
Features of your vehicle
1364
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the engine is
not running.
It may cause battery discharge.
Automatic turn off function
(if equipped)
The interior lights automatically turn
off approximately 20 minutes after
the ignition switch is turned off, if the
lights are in the ON position.
If your vehicle is equipped with the
theft alarm system, the interior lights
automatically turn off approximately
5 seconds after the system enters
armed stage.
Room lamp
• :The light stays on at all times.
INTERIOR LIGHTS
WARNING - Interior
Lights
Do not use the interior lights
when driving in the dark.
Accidents could happen
because the view may be
obscured by interior lights.
OUM044071
OUM044072
■ Type B
■ Type A
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 136
4137
Features of your vehicle
Map lamp
• Press the lens (A) to turn the map
lamp on.
To turn the map lamp off, press the
lens (A) again.
• (1) :
- The map lamp and room lamp
come on when a door is opened.
The lamps go out after approxi-
mately 30 seconds.
- The map lamp and room lamp
come on for approximately 30 sec-
onds when doors are unlocked
with a transmitter or smart key as
long as the doors are not opened.
- The map lamp and room lamp will
stay on for approximately 20 min-
utes if a door is opened with the
ignition switch in the ACC or
LOCK/OFF position.
- The map lamp and room lamp will
stay on continuously if the door is
opened with the ignition switch in
the ON position.
- The map lamp and room lamp will
go out immediately if the ignition
switch is changed to the ON posi-
tion or all doors are locked.
- To turn off the DOOR mode, press
the DOOR button (1) once again
(not pressed).
✽✽
NOTICE
The DOOR mode and ROOM mode
can not be selected at the same time.
• (2):
The map lamp stays on at all times.
• (3):
The map lamp of driver’s side stays
on at all times.
• (4):
The map lamp of passenger’s side
stays on at all times.
OUM046070
OUM044070
■ Type B
■ Type A
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:19 PM Page 137
Features of your vehicle
1384
Luggage lamp (if equipped)
• :The light comes on when the
liftgate is opened.
• :The light stays off at all times.
• : The light stays on at all times.
Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)
Opening the lid of the vanity mirror
will automatically turn on the mirror
light.
* The actual sunvisor lamp in the vehi-
cle may differ from the illustration.
Glove box lamp
The glove box lamp comes on when
the glove box is opened.
To prevent unnecessary charging
system drain, close the glove box
securely after using the glove box.
OUMA048074 OUMA044432 OUM044073
CAUTION - Vanity mirror
lamp
If you use the vanity mirror lamp,
turn off the lamp before return-
ing the sunvisor to its original
position, otherwise it could
result in battery discharge and
possible sunvisor damage.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:20 PM Page 138
4139
Features of your vehicle
WELCOME SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
Headlight (Headlamp) escort
function
The headlights (and/or taillights)
remain on for approximately 5 min-
utes after the ignition key is removed
or turned to the ACC or LOCK posi-
tion. However, if the driver’s door is
opened and closed, the headlights
are turned off after 15 seconds.
The headlights can be turned off by
pressing the lock button on the trans-
mitter or smart key twice or turning
off the light switch from the headlight
or Auto light position.
Interior light
When the interior light switch is in the
DOOR position and all doors (and lift-
gate) are locked and closed, the
room lamp will come on for 30 sec-
onds if any of the below is performed.
• Without smart key system
- When the door unlock button is
pressed on the transmitter.
• With the smart key system
- When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
- When the button of the outside
door handle is pressed.
At this time, if you press the door lock
button, the lamps will turn off imme-
diately.
Pocket lamp (if equipped)
When all doors are locked and
closed, the pocket lamp will come on
for 15 seconds if any of the below is
performed.
• With the smart key system
- When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
- When the button of the outside
door handle is pressed.
At this time, if you press the door lock
button, the lamps will turn off imme-
diately.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:20 PM Page 139
Features of your vehicle
1404
If you want to defrost and defog the
front windshield, refer to “Windshield
defrosting and defogging” in this sec-
tion.
Rear window defroster
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from
the rear window, while the engine is
running.
To activate the rear window
defroster, press the rear window
defroster button located in the center
facia switch panel. The indicator on
the rear window defroster button illu-
minates when the defroster is ON.
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow on the rear window, brush it off
before operating the rear defroster.
The rear window defroster automati-
cally turns off after approximately 20
minutes or when the ignition switch is
turned off. To turn off the defroster,
press the rear window defroster button
again.
Outside rearview mirror defroster
(if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with the
outside rearview mirror defrosters,
they will operate at the same time you
turn on the rear window defroster.
DEFROSTER
CAUTION - Conductors
To prevent damage to the con-
ductors bonded to the inside
surface of the rear window,
never use sharp instruments or
window cleaners containing
abrasives to clean the window.
OUM044145
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:20 PM Page 140
4141
Features of your vehicle
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
OUMA044147/OUMA044146/OUM044177
1. Fan speed control knob
2. Front windshield defroster button
3. Rear window defroster button
4. Air conditioning button
5. MAX A/C button
6. Mode selection button
7. Air intake control button
8.Temperature control knob
9. 3rd row seat Air conditioning ON/OFF
button*
10. 3rd row seat Air conditioning Fan
speed control knob*
* If equipped
✽✽
NOTICE
Operating the blower when the ignition
switch is in the ACC position could cause
the battery to discharge. Only operate
the blower when the ignition switch is in
the ON position with the engine running.
■■
Type A
■■
Type B
■■
Type C
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:20 PM Page 141
Features of your vehicle
1424
Heating and air conditioning
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired posi-
tion.
For improving the effectiveness of
heating and cooling;
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position (if
equipped).
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.
OUM048149L
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:20 PM Page 142
4143
Features of your vehicle
Mode selection
The mode selection button controls
the direction of the air flow through
the ventilation system.
Air can be directed to the floor, dash-
board outlets, or windshield. Five
symbols are used to represent MAX
A/C, Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-
Defrost and Defrost air position.
The MAX A/C mode is used to cool
the inside of the vehicle faster.
Face-Level (B, D)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each
outlet can be controlled to direct the
air discharged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F)
Air flow is directed towards the face
and the floor.
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and
side window defrosters.
Floor/Defrost-Level
(A, C, D, E, F)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.
Defrost-Level (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window
defrosters.
OUMA048148
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:20 PM Page 143
Features of your vehicle
1444
MAX A/C selection
To select the MAX A/C, turn the fan
speed control knob to the right then
press the MAX A/C button.
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face.
In this mode, the air conditioning and
the recirculated air position will be
selected automatically.
Instrument panel vents
The outlet vents can be opened or
closed separately using the thumb-
wheel (if equipped).
Also, you can adjust the direction of
air delivery from these vents using
the vent control lever as shown.
Temperature control
The temperature control knob allows
you to control the temperature of the
air flowing from the ventilation system.
To change the air temperature in the
passenger compartment, turn the
knob to the right position for warm and
hot air or left position for cooler air.
OUMA048233 OUM044152
OUM048151L
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 144
4145
Features of your vehicle
Air intake control
The air intake control is used to
select the outside (fresh) air position
or recirculated air position.
To change the air intake control posi-
tion, press the control button.
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air
position selected, air
from the passenger
compartment will be
drawn through the heat-
ing system and heated
or cooled according to
the function selected.
Outside (fresh) air position
With the outside (fresh)
air position selected, air
enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
✽✽
NOTICE
Prolonged operation of the heater in
the recirculated air position (with-
out air conditioning selected) may
cause fogging of the windshield and
side windows and the air within the
passenger compartment may
become stale. In addition, prolonged
use of the air conditioning with the
recirculated air position selected will
result in excessively dry air in the
passenger compartment.
OUMA048546
OUMA048153
■ Type B
■ Type A
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 145
Features of your vehicle
1464
Sunroof inside air recirculation
(if equipped)
If the sunroof opens while the heater
or Air Conditioning system is operat-
ing, the outside (fresh) air will be
selected automatically for ventilating
the car. Then, if you select the recir-
culated air position, the outside
(fresh) air will be selected automati-
cally after 3 minutes.
If you close the sunroof, the intake
mode will be changed to the previous
selected mode.
Fan speed control
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for fan operation.
The fan speed control knob allows
you to control the fan speed of the air
flowing from the ventilation system.
To change the fan speed, turn the
knob to the right for higher speed or
left for lower speed.
OUM044154
WARNING - Sleeping with
AC on
Do not sleep in a vehicle with
the air conditioning or heating
system on as this may cause
serious harm or death due to a
drop in the oxygen level and/or
body temperature.
WARNING - Recirculated
air
Continued use of the climate
control system in the recirculat-
ed air position can cause
drowsiness or sleepiness, and
loss of vehicle control. Set the
air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position as much as
possible while driving.
WARNING - Reduced visi-
bility
Continued use of the climate
control system in the recirculat-
ed air position may allow
humidity to increase inside the
vehicle which may fog the glass
and obscure visibility.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 146
4147
Features of your vehicle
To turn off the blowers
To turn off the blowers, turn the fan
speed control knob to the "0" position.
Air conditioning
Press the A/C button to turn the air
conditioning system on (indicator
light will illuminate). Press the button
again to turn the air conditioning sys-
tem off.
3rd row air conditioning
(if equipped)
To turn on the third row air condition-
ing control system
1.You can operate the third row air
conditioning system from the first
row control panel.Changing the front
row’s fan speed by turning the con-
trol knob will automatically change
the third row’s fan speed as well.
When the front row air conditioning
has been turned off and you want
to stop the A/C in the third row,
press the third row air conditioning
select button one more time.Then,
the third row’s A/C will also turn off.
OUM044155
OUM044156
OUMA044341
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 147
Features of your vehicle
1484
2.The third row A/C system can be
separately controlled by the control
buttons in the third row. When the
A/C is ON or OFF, the third row A/C
control button in the front row will
turn ON or OFF, informing the front
passengers of the situation.
3.The fan speed of the third row air
conditioning can also be separate-
ly controlled by turning the fan
speed control knob.
System operation
Ventilation
1. Set the mode to the position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
1. Set the mode to the position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.
• If the windshield fogs up, set the
mode to the or position.
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through
the ventilation system, temporarily
set the air intake control to the
recirculated air position. Be sure to
return the control to the fresh air
position when the irritation has
passed to keep fresh air in the
vehicle.This will help keep the driv-
er alert and comfortable.
• Air for the heating/cooling system
is drawn in through the grilles just
ahead of the windshield. Care
should be taken that these are not
blocked by leaves, snow, ice or
other obstructions.
• To prevent interior fog on the wind-
shield, set the air intake control to
the fresh air position and fan speed
to the desired position, turn on the
air conditioning system, and adjust
the temperature control to desired
temperature.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 148
4149
Features of your vehicle
Air conditioning
Kia Air Conditioning Systems are
filled with refrigerant*.
1. Start the engine. Push the air con-
ditioning button.
2. Set the mode to the position.
3. Set the air intake control to the
outside air or recirculated air posi-
tion.
4. Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
• The refrigerant system should only
be serviced by trained and certified
technicians to insure proper and
safe operation.
• The refrigerant system should be
serviced in a well-ventilated place.
• The air conditioning evaporator
(cooling coil) shall never be repaired
or replaced with one removed from
a used or salvaged vehicle and new
replacement MAC evaporators shall
be certified (and labeled) as meet-
ing SAE Standard J2842.
✽✽
NOTICE
When opening the windows in
humid weather air conditioning may
create water droplets inside the
vehicle. Since excessive water
droplets may cause damage to elec-
trical equipment, air conditioning
should only be used with the win-
dows closed.
Air conditioning system operation tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• To help reduce moisture on the
insied surface of the windows on
rainy or humid days, decrease the
humidity inside the vehicle by oper-
ating the air conditioning system.
• During air conditioning system
operation, you may occasionally
notice a slight change in engine
speed as the air conditioning com-
pressor cycles. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system per-
formance.
CAUTION - Excessive AC
When using the air conditioning
system, monitor the tempera-
ture gauge closely while driving
up hills or in heavy traffic when
outside temperatures are high.
Air conditioning system opera-
tion may cause engine over-
heating. Continue to use the
blower fan but turn the air con-
ditioning system off if the tem-
perature gauge indicates engine
overheating.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 149
Features of your vehicle
1504
• When using the air conditioning
system, you may notice clear water
dripping (or even puddling) on the
ground under the passenger side
of the vehicle.This is a normal sys-
tem operation characteristic.
• Operating the air conditioning sys-
tem in the recirculated air position
provides maximum cooling, how-
ever, continual operation in this
mode may cause the air inside the
vehicle to become stale.
• During cooling operation, you may
occasionally notice a misty air flow
because of rapid cooling and
humid air intake. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
Climate control air filter
(if equipped)
The climate control air filter installed
behind the glove box filters the dust
or other pollutants that come into the
vehicle from the outside through the
heating and air conditioning system.
If dust or other pollutants accumulate
in the filter over a period of time, the
air flow from the air vents may
decrease, resulting in moisture accu-
mulation on the inside of the wind-
shield even when the outside (fresh)
air position is selected. If this hap-
pens, we recommend that the cli-
mate control air filter be replaced by
an authorized Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
• Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is being driven in
severe conditions such as dusty or
rough roads, more frequent cli-
mate control air filter inspections
and changes are required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, we recommend that the
system should be checked at an
authorized Kia dealer.
1LDA5047
Outside air
Recirculated
air
Climate control
air filter
Blower
Evaporator
core
Heater core
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 150
4151
Features of your vehicle
Air Conditioning refrigerant
label
❈ The actual Air Conditioning refrigerant
label in the vehicle may differ from the
illustration.
Each symbol and specification on
the air conditioning refrigerant label
is represented below ;
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
3. Classification of Compressor lubri-
cant
You can find out which air condition-
ing refrigerant is applied to your vehi-
cle on the label inside of the engine
room.
Refer to section 8 for more detail on
the location of air conditioning refrig-
erant label.
Checking the amount of air
conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air condi-
tioning is reduced. Overfilling also
has a negative influence on the air
conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING - Vehicles
equipped with R-1234yf
Because the refriger-
ant is mildly inflam-
mable and at very
high pressure, the air
conditioning system
should only be serv-
iced by trained and
certified technicians.
It is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and
refrigerant is used.
Otherwise, it may cause damage
to the vehicle and personal injury.
OUM066035L
■ Example
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 151
Features of your vehicle
1524
CAUTION - AC Repair
It is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and
refrigerant is used, otherwise
damage to the vehicle may
occur. To prevent damage, the
air conditioning system in your
vehicle should only be serviced
by trained and certified techni-
cians.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 152
4153
Features of your vehicle
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
OUMA048540/OUMA048158/OUMA048346
1. Driver`s temperature control knob
2. Air conditioning button
3. Blower OFF button
4. Front windshield defroster button
5. Rear window defroster button
6. Fan speed control button
7. Mode selection button
8. Air intake control button
9. Passenger`s temperature control knob
10. SYNC button
11. A/C display
12. 3rd row air conditioning ON/OFF button*
13. 3rd row air conditioning fan speed con-
trol knob*
* if equipped
✽✽
NOTICE
Operating the blower when the ignition
switch is in the ACC position could cause
the battery to discharge. Only operate
the blower when the ignition switch is in
the ON position with the engine running.
■■
Front climate control (Type A)
■■
Front climate control (Type B)
■■
3rd row air conditioning control
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 153
Features of your vehicle
1544
Automatic heating and air con-
ditioning
1.Press the AUTO button. The
modes, fan speeds, air intake and
air-conditioning will be controlled
automatically by setting the tem-
perature.
2.Turn the temperature control knob
to the desired temperature.
✽✽
NOTICE
• To turn the automatic operation
off, select any button or switch of
the following:
- Mode selection button
- Air conditioning button
- Front windshield defroster button
(Press the button one more time
to deselect the front windshield
defroster function. The ‘AUTO’
sign will illuminate on the infor-
mation display once again.)
- Air intake control button
- Fan speed control switch
The selected function will be con-
trolled manually while other func-
tions operate automatically.
• For your convenience and to
improve the effectiveness of the
climate control, use the AUTO
button and set the temperature to
73°F (23°C).
OUMA044159
■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side
OUMA044162
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 154
4155
Features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
Never place anything over the sensor
located on the instrument panel to
ensure better control of the heating
and cooling system.
Manual heating and air condi-
tioning
The heating and cooling system can
be controlled manually by pressing
buttons or turning knob(s) other than
the AUTO button. In this case, the
system works sequentially according
to the order of buttons or knob(s)
selected.
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired posi-
tion.
For improving the effectiveness of
heating and cooling;
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system on.
Press the AUTO button in order to
convert to full automatic control of
the system.
Mode selection
The mode selection button controls
the direction of the air flow through
the ventilation system.
The air flow outlet port is converted
as follows:
- VENT ➞ B/L ➞ FLOOR ➞ MIX
OUM044075
OUMA048160
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 155
Features of your vehicle
1564
Face-Level
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each
outlet can be controlled to direct the
air discharged from the outlet.
Bi-Level
Air flow is directed towards the face
and the floor.
Floor-Level
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and
side window defrosters.
Floor/Defrost-Level
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.
Defrost-Level
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
OUM048161
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 156
4157
Features of your vehicle
Instrument panel vents
The outlet vents can be opened or
closed separately using the thumb-
wheel (if equipped).
Also, you can adjust the direction of
air delivery from these vents using
the vent control lever as shown.
Temperature control
The temperature will increase to the
maximum (HI) by turning the knob to
the extreme right.
The temperature will decrease to the
minimum (Lo) by turning the knob to
the extreme left.
When turning the knob, the tempera-
ture will increase or decrease by
1°F/0.5°C. When set to the lowest
temperature setting, the air condi-
tioning will operate continuously.
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature equally
• Press the “SYNC” button to adjust
the driver and passenger side tem-
perature equally.
The passenger side temperature
will be set to the same temperature
as the driver side temperature.
• Turn the driver side temperature
control knob. The driver and pas-
senger side temperature will be
adjusted equally.
• When the third row’s seat heater
button is turned ON, the third row’s
climate and fan speed setting will
automatically follow the first row
settings.
OUM048151L
■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side
OUMA044162
OUMA044163
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 157
Features of your vehicle
1584
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature individually
• Press the “SYNC” button again to
adjust the driver and passenger
side temperature individually. The
illumination of button turns off.
• Operate the driver side tempera-
ture control knob to adjust the driv-
er side temperature.
• Operate the passenger side tem-
perature control knob to adjust the
passenger side temperature.
Temperature conversion
You can switch the temperature
mode from Centigrade to Fahrenheit
as follows:
While pressing the OFF button,
press the AUTO button for 3 seconds
or more.
The display will change from
Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or from
Fahrenheit to Centigrade.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, the temperature mode
display will reset to Fahrenheit.
Air intake control
This is used to select the outside
(fresh) air position or recirculated air
position.
To change the air intake control posi-
tion, push the control button.
Outside (fresh) air position
With the outside (fresh)
air position selected, air
enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air
position selected, air
from the passenger
compartment will be
drawn through the heat-
ing system and heated
or cooled according to
the function selected.
OUMA048550
OUM048164
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type B
■ Type A
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:21 PM Page 158
4159
Features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
Prolonged operation of the heater in
the recirculated air position (with-
out air conditioning selected) may
cause fogging of the windshield and
side windows and the air within the
passenger compartment may
become stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated
air position selected will result in
excessively dry air in the passenger
compartment.
Sunroof inside air recirculation
(if equipped)
If the sunroof opens while the heater
or Air Conditioning system is operat-
ing, the outside (fresh) air will be
selected automatically for ventilating
the car. Then, if you select the recir-
culated air position, the outside
(fresh) air will be selected automati-
cally after 3 minutes.
If you close the sunroof, the intake
mode will be changed to the previous
selected mode.
Fan speed control
The fan speed can be set to the
desired speed by operating the fan
speed control button.
To change the fan speed, press ( )
the button for higher speed, or push
( ) the button for lower speed.
To turn the fan speed control off,
press the front blower OFF button.
OUMA048166
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 159
Features of your vehicle
1604
Air conditioning
Press the A/C button to turn the air
conditioning system on (indicator
light will illuminate).
Press the button again to turn the air
conditioning system off.
OFF mode
Press the front blower OFF button to
turn off the front air climate control
system. However, you can still oper-
ate the mode and air intake buttons
as long as the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
To cancel or reset the auto-
matic ventilation
When the air conditioning system is
on, select Face Level mode and
while pressing the A/C button, press
the air intake control button 5 times
within 3 seconds.When the automat-
ic ventilation function is canceled,
the indicator light blinks 3 times at an
interval of 0.5 seconds.The air intake
will be automatically controlled to the
fresh air position, and the air flow
and air conditioning will be automati-
cally controlled. When the automatic
ventilation function is selected, the
indicator blinks 6 times at an interval
of 0.25 seconds. The air intake will
be automatically controlled to the
fresh air position, and the air flow
and air conditioning will be automati-
cally controlled.
After the battery has been dis-
charged or separated, the automatic
ventilation function will be reset, so
please select according to your pref-
erence.
OUM048169OUMA048168
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 160
4161
Features of your vehicle
3rd row air conditioning
(if equipped)
To turn on the third row air condition-
ing control system
1.You can operate the third row air
conditioning system from the first
row control panel.Changing the front
row’s fan speed by pressing the con-
trol button will automatically change
the third row’s fan speed as well.
When the front row air conditioning
has been turned off and you want
to stop the A/C in the third row,
press the third row air conditioning
select button one more time.Then,
the third row’s A/C will also turn off.
2.The third row A/C system can be
separately controlled by the control
buttons in the third row. When the
A/C is ON or OFF, the third row A/C
control button in the front row will
turn ON or OFF, informing the front
passengers of the situation.
3.The fan speed of the third row air
conditioning can also be separate-
ly controlled by turning the fan
speed control knob.
System operation
Ventilation
1. Set the mode to the position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
1. Set the mode to the position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.
• If the windshield fogs up, set the
mode to the
or position.
OUM048156L
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 161
Features of your vehicle
1624
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through
the ventilation system, temporarily
set the air intake control to the
recirculated air position. Be sure to
return the control to the fresh air
position when the irritation has
passed to keep fresh air in the
vehicle.This will help keep the driv-
er alert and comfortable.
• Air for the heating/cooling system
is drawn in through the grilles just
ahead of the windshield. Care
should be taken that these are not
blocked by leaves, snow, ice or
other obstructions.
• To prevent interior fog on the wind-
shield, set the air intake control to
the fresh air position and fan speed
to the desired position, turn on the
air conditioning system, and adjust
the temperature control to desired
temperature.
Air conditioning (if equipped)
All Kia Air Conditioning Systems are
filled with R-1234yf refrigerant.
1. Start the engine.Press the air con-
ditioning button.
2. Set the mode to the position.
3. Set the air intake control to the out-
side air or recirculated air position.
4. Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
• When maximum cooling is desired,
set the temperature control to the
extreme left position, set the mode
control to the MAX A/C position,
then set the fan speed control to
the highest speed.
CAUTION
• When using the air condition-
ing system, monitor the tem-
perature gauge closely while
driving up hills or in heavy
traffic when outside tempera-
tures are high. Air condition-
ing system operation may
cause engine overheating.
Continue to use the blower fan
but turn the air conditioning
system off if the temperature
gauge indicates engine over-
heating.
• When opening the windows in
humid weather air condition-
ing may create water droplets
inside the vehicle. Since
excessive water droplets may
cause damage to electrical
equipment, air conditioning
should only be used with the
windows closed.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 162
4163
Features of your vehicle
Air conditioning system operation tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air
conditioning system.
• During air conditioning system
operation, you may occasionally
notice a slight change in engine
speed as the air conditioning com-
pressor cycles. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system per-
formance.
• When using the air conditioning
system, you may notice clear water
dripping (or even puddling) on the
ground under the passenger side
of the vehicle.This is a normal sys-
tem operation characteristic.
• Operating the air conditioning sys-
tem in the recirculated air position
provides maximum cooling, how-
ever, continual operation in this
mode may cause the air inside the
vehicle to become stale.
• During cooling operation, you may
occasionally notice a misty air flow
because of rapid cooling and
humid air intake. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
Climate control air filter
(if equipped)
The climate control air filter installed
behind the glove box filters the dust or
other pollutants that come into the
vehicle from the outside through the
heating and air conditioning system.If
dust or other pollutants accumulate in
the filter over a period of time, the air
flow from the air vents may decrease,
resulting in moisture accumulation on
the inside of the windshield even
when the outside (fresh) air position is
selected. If this happens, have the cli-
mate control air filter replaced by an
authorized Kia dealer.
1LDA5047
Outside air
Recirculated
air
Climate control
air filter
Blower
Evaporator
core
Heater core
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 163
Features of your vehicle
1644
✽✽
NOTICE
• Replace the filter every 15,000
miles or once a year.
If the vehicle is being driven in
severe conditions such as dusty or
rough roads, more frequent air
conditioner filter inspections and
changes are required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, the system should be
checked at an authorized Kia
dealer.
Checking the amount of air
conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air condi-
tioning is reduced. Overfilling also
has a negative impact on the air con-
ditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING - Vehicles
equipped with R-1234yf
Because the refriger-
ant is mildly inflam-
mable and at very
high pressure, the air
conditioning system
should only be serv-
iced by trained and
certified technicians.
It is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and
refrigerant is used.
Otherwise, it may cause damage
to the vehicle and personal injury.
CAUTION
It is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and refrig-
erant is used, otherwise damage
to the vehicle may occur. To pre-
vent damage,the air conditioning
system in your vehicle should
only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 164
4165
Features of your vehicle
Air Conditioning refrigerant
label
❈ The actual Air Conditioning refrig-
erant label in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
Each symbol and specification on
the air conditioning refrigerant label
is represented below :
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
3. Classification of Compressor lubri-
cant
❈ Refer to chapter 8 for more detail
on the location of air conditioning
refrigerant label.
OUM066035L
■ Example
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 165
Features of your vehicle
1664
• For maximum defrosting, set the
temperature control to the extreme
right/hot position and the fan speed
control to the highest speed.
• If warm air to the floor is desired
while defrosting or defogging, set
the mode to the floor-defrost posi-
tion.
• Before driving, clear all snow and
ice from the windshield, rear win-
dow, outside rear view mirrors, and
all side windows.
• Clear all snow and ice from the
hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to
improve heater and defroster effi-
ciency and to reduce the probabili-
ty of fogging up the inside of the
windshield.
Manual climate control system
To defog inside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the desired
position.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Select the or position.
4.The outside (fresh) air and air con-
ditioning will be selected automat-
ically.
If the air conditioning and/or outside
(fresh) air position are not selected
automatically, press the correspon-
ding button manually.
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING
WARNING - Windshield
heating
Do not use the or posi-
tion during cooling operation in
extremely humid weather. The
difference between the temper-
ature of the outside air and the
windshield could cause the
outer surface of the windshield
to fog up, causing loss of visi-
bility. In this case, set the mode
selection to the position
and fan speed control to the
lower speed.
OUMA044170
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 166
4167
Features of your vehicle
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
position.
2.Set the temperature to the
extreme hot position.
3. Select the position.
4.The outside (fresh) air and air con-
ditioning will be selected automat-
ically.
If the air conditioning is not selected
automatically press the correspon-
ding button manually.
Automatic climate control
system
To defog inside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the desired
position.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4.The outside (fresh) air position will
be selected automatically and the
air conditioning will turn on
according to the detected ambient
temperature.
If the air conditioning and outside
(fresh) air position are not selected
automatically, adjust the correspon-
ding button manually. If the posi-
tion is selected, lower fan speed is
adjusted to a higher fan speed.
OUM048172
OUMA044171
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 167
Features of your vehicle
1684
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
position.
2.Set the temperature to the
extreme hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4.The outside (fresh) air position will
be selected automatically and the
air conditioning will turn on
according to the detected ambient
temperature.
Defogging logic
To reduce the possibility of fogging
up the inside of the windshield, the
air intake or air conditioning is con-
trolled automatically according to
certain conditions such as or
position. To cancel or return to the
defogging logic, do the following.
Manual climate control system
1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2.Turn the fan speed control knob to
the OFF (0) position.
3.Turn the mode selection knob to
the defrost position ( ).
4.Within 10 seconds after selecting
the front windshield defroster but-
ton, please press the air intake
control button ( ) at least 5
times within 3 seconds.
OUM048173 OUMA044403
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 168
4169
Features of your vehicle
The recirculation indicator blinks 3
times with 0.5 second of interval. It
indicates that the defogging logic is
canceled or returned to the pro-
grammed status.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog
logic status.
Automatic climate control system
1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Select the defroster position press-
ing the defroster button ( ).
3.While pressing the air conditioning
button (A/C), press the air intake
control button at least 5 times with-
in 3 seconds.
The recirculation indicator blinks 3
times with 0.5 second of interval. It
indicates that the defogging logic is
canceled or returned to the pro-
grammed status.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog
logic status.
OUMA048404
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 169
Features of your vehicle
1704
Auto defogging system
(if equipped)
Auto defogging reduces the probabil-
ity of fogging up the inside of the
windshield by automatically sensing
the moisture of inside the windshield.
The auto defogging system operates
when the heater or air conditioning is
on.
This indicator illuminates
when the auto defogging
system senses the mois-
ture on the inside of the
windshield and operates.
If more moisture is in the vehicle,
higher steps operate as follow. For
example if auto defogging does not
defog inside the windshield at step 1
Outside air position, it tries to defog
again at step 2 Blowing air toward
the windshield.
Step 1 : Outside air position
Step 2 :
Blowing air toward the wind-
shield
Step 3 : Increasing air flow toward
the windshield
Step 4 : Operating the air conditioning
Step 5 : Maximizing the air condi-
tioning
To cancel or reset the Auto Defogging
System
Press the front windshield defroster
button for 3 seconds when the igni-
tion switch is in the ON position.
When the Auto Defogging System is
canceled, ADS OFF symbol will blink
3 times and the ADS OFF will be dis-
played on the climate control infor-
mation screen.
When the Auto Defogging System is
reset, ADS OFF symbol will blink 6
times without a signal.
✽✽
NOTICE
If the A/C off or recirculated air
position is manually selected while
the auto defogging system is on, the
auto defogging indicator will blink 3
times to give notice that manual
operation is canceled.
Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the pas-
senger side windshield glass.
Damage to the system parts could
occur and may not be covered by
your vehicle warranty.
OUMA044405
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 170
4171
Features of your vehicle
STORAGE COMPARTMENTS
These compartments can be used to
store small items required by the
driver or passengers.
• To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartment.
• Always keep the storage compart-
ment covers closed while driving.
Do not attempt to place so many
items in the storage compartment
that the storage compartment
cover can not close securely.
Center console storage
To open the center console storage,
pull up the lever.
Glove box
The glove box can be locked and
unlocked with a master key. (if
equipped) To open the glove box,
push the button and the glove box
will automatically open. Close the
glove box after use.
WARNING - Flammable
materials
Do not store, propane cylinders
or other flammable/explosive
materials in the vehicle. These
items may catch fire and/or
explode if the vehicle is
exposed to hot temperatures for
extended periods.
OUM044077OUM044076
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 171
Features of your vehicle
1724
✽✽
NOTICE
If the temperature control knob is in
the warm or hot position, warm or
hot air will flow into the glove box.
Sunglass holder
To open the sunglass holder, press
the cover and the holder will slowly
open.Place your sunglasses with the
lenses facing out.
To close the sunglass holder push it up.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of injury in an
accident or sudden stop,always
keep the glove box door closed
while driving.
OUM044078
WARNING - Sunglass
holder
Do not keep objects except sun-
glasses inside the sunglass
holder. Heavier objects can be
thrown from the holder in the
event of a sudden stop or an
accident, possibly injuring the
passengers.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 172
4173
Features of your vehicle
Luggage box
You can place a first aid kit, a reflec-
tor triangle, tools, etc. in the box for
easy access.
Grasp the handle on the edge of the
cover and lift it.
OUM044079
OUM044181
■ Type A
■ Type B (if equipped)
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 173
Features of your vehicle
1744
Cup holder
INTERIOR FEATURES
WARNING - Hot liquids
Do not place uncovered cups
with hot liquid in the cup holder
while the vehicle is in motion. If
the hot liquid spills, you may
burn yourself. Such a burn to
the driver could lead to loss of
control of the vehicle.
CAUTION
When cleaning spilled liquids,
do not dry the cup holder at
high temperature. This may
damage the cup holder.
Cups or small beverage cans may be placed in the cup holders.
OUMA058211
OUM044240L
OUM047334
OUM044241L
■ Front
Type A
■ Front
Type B
■ 2nd Row Center
■ Rear (if equipped)
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:22 PM Page 174
4175
Features of your vehicle
Bottle holder
Bottles may be placed in the holder.
✽✽
NOTICE
Only bottles should be placed in the
holder labeled “Bottles Only”.
Seat warmer (if equipped)
The seat warmer is provided to warm
the front seats during cold weather.
With the ignition switch in the ON
position, push either of the switches
to warm the driver's seat or the front
passenger's seat.
During mild weather or under condi-
tions where the operation of the seat
warmer is not needed, keep the
switches in the “OFF” position.
• Each time you press the switch,
the temperature setting of the seat
will change as follows :
• The seat warmer defaults to the
OFF position whenever the ignition
switch is turned on.
✽✽
NOTICE
With the seat warmer switch in the
ON position, the heating system in
the seat turns off or on automatical-
ly depending on the seat tempera-
ture.
OUM044243L
OUMA047175
OUM044096
■ Front seat
■ Rear seat
OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )
→
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 175
Features of your vehicle
1764
Seat cooler (Air ventilation seat)
(if equipped)
The temperature setting of the seat
changes according to the switch
position.
• If you want to cool your seat cush-
ion, press the switch (blue color).
• Each time you press the button,
the airflow will change as follows:
• The seat warmer (with air ventila-
tion) defaults to the OFF position
whenever the ignition switch is
turned on.
WARNING - Seat heater
burns
The seat warmer may cause
burns, even at low tempera-
tures, if used over a long period
of time. Never allow passengers
who may not be able to take
care of themselves to be
exposed to the risk of seat
heater burns.These include:
1. Infants, children, elderly or
disabled persons, or hospital
outpatients
2. Persons with sensitive skin
or those that burn easily
3. Fatigued individuals
4. Intoxicated individuals
5. Individuals taking medication
that can cause drowsiness or
sleepiness (sleeping pills,
cold tablets, etc.)
OUMA047176
OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )
→
CAUTION - Seat damage
• When cleaning the seats, do
not use an organic solvent
such as paint thinner, ben-
zene, alcohol and gasoline.
Doing so may damage the air
ventilation seat.
• Do not place heavy or sharp
objects on the seat. Those
things may damage the air
ventilation seat.
• Be careful not to spill liquid
such as water or beverages on
the seat.If you spill some liquid,
wipe the seat with a dry towel.
Before using the air ventilation
seat, dry the seat completely.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 176
4177
Features of your vehicle
Sunvisor
Use the sunvisor to shield direct light
through the front or side windows.
To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use the sunvisor for the side win-
dow, pull it downward, unsnap it from
the bracket (1) and swing it to the
side (2).
Adjust the sunvisor extension for-
ward or backward (3).
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the
visor and slide the mirror cover (4).
The ticket holder (5) is provided for
holding a tollgate ticket. (if equipped)
* The actual sunvisor lamp in the vehi-
cle may differ from the illustration.
Power outlet
The power outlet is designed to pro-
vide power for mobile telephones or
other devices designed to operate
with vehicle electrical systems. The
devices should draw less than 10
amps with the engine running.
OHG040168
CAUTION - Vanity mirror
lamp
If you use the vanity mirror lamp,
turn off the lamp before return-
ing the sunvisor to its original
position, otherwise it could
result in battery discharge and
possible sunvisor damage.
OUMA048084
OUM044085L
■ Front
■ 2nd row (if equipped)
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 177
Features of your vehicle
1784
• Use the power outlet only when the
engine is running and remove the
accessory plug after use. Using the
accessory plug for prolonged peri-
ods of time with the engine off could
cause the battery to discharge.
• Only use 12V electric accessories
which are less than 10A in electric
capacity.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or heater
to the lowest operating level when
using the power outlet.
• Close the cover when not in use.
• Some electronic devices can cause
electronic interference when
plugged into a vehicle’s power out-
let. These devices may cause
excessive audio static and malfunc-
tions in other electronic systems or
devices used in your vehicle.
• Push the plug in as far as it will go.
If good contact is not made, the
plug may overheat and the fuse
may open.
• Plug in battery equipped electri-
cal/electronic devices with reverse
current protection. The current
from the battery may flow into the
vehicle’s electrical / electronic sys-
tem and cause system malfunc-
tion.
AC inverter (if equipped)
The AC inverter supplies 115V/150W
electric power to operate electric
accessories or equipment.
WARNING - Electric shock
Do not put a finger or a foreign
element (pen, etc.) into a power
outlet and do not touch with a
wet hand. You may get an elec-
tric shock.
OUMA048179
OUMA046098
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 178
4179
Features of your vehicle
If you wish to use the AC inverter,
press the AC inverter button while
the engine is running. The light on
the AC inverter button will illuminate.
If you press the AC inverter button
again, the AC inverter will be deacti-
vated and the light on the AC invert-
er button will turn off.
✽✽
NOTICE
After pressing the AC inverter but-
ton ON, the indicator lamp illumina-
tion will be delayed, while the sys-
tem conducts a self-check.
✽✽
NOTICE
• Rated voltage : AC 115V
• Maximum electric power : 150W
• In order to avoid an electrical sys-
tem failure, electric shock, etc., be
sure to read owner's manual
before use.
• Be sure to close the cover except
for when in use.
• To prevent the battery from being dis-
charged, do not use the AC inverter
while the engine is not running.
• When not using the AC inverter,
make sure to turn off the AC inverter
(the indicator on the button does not
illuminate) and close the AC inverter
cover.
• After using an electric accessory or
equipment, pull the plug out. Leaving
the accessory or equipment plugged
in for a long time may cause battery
discharge.
• Do not use an electric accessory or
equipment the power consumption of
which is greater than 150W (115V).
• When the AC inverter input voltage is
less than 11.3V , the LED light will
blink and automatically turn off the
power.
AC inverter will operate as normal
when the voltage is increased.
• When the AC inverter input voltage
is less than 10.7V, the LED light
and power will turn off. The AC
inverter will operate as normal
when the voltage is increased after
pressing AC inverter button again.
OUMA046410
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 179
Features of your vehicle
1804
• While the power consumption of
some electrical devices/appliances
may be within the AC inverter’s
electric power range, it may mal-
function in below cases.
- If the device/appliance requires
high electric power for initial start
up
- If the device/appliance processes
precise/very accurate data
- If the device/appliance requires
very stable supply of electricity
USB charger (if equipped)
The USB charger is designed to
recharge batteries of small size elec-
trical devices using a USB cable.The
electrical devices can be recharged
when the Engine Start/Stop button is
in ACC/ON/START position.
The battery charging state may be
monitored on the electrical device.
Disconnect the USB cable from the
USB port after use.
• Some devices are not supported
for fast charging but will be
charged with normal speed.
• Use the USB charger when the
engine is running to prevent bat-
tery discharge.
• Only devices that fit the USB port
can be used.
• The USB charger can be used only
for battery charging purposes.
• Battery chargers cannot be
charged.
CAUTION - Electric acces-
sory devices
• Do not use broken electric
accessories which may dam-
age the AC inverter and elec-
trical systems of the vehicle.
• Do not use two or more electric
accessories at the same time. It
may cause damage to the elec-
trical systems of the vehicle.
OUMA044406
OUM044178L
■ Front
■ Rear
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 180
4181
Features of your vehicle
Wireless smart phone charg-
ing system (if equipped)
A wireless smart phone charging
system located in front of the center
console.
Firmly close all doors, and turn the
ignition to ACC or IGN ON. To start
wireless charging, place the smart
phone equipped with wireless charg-
ing function on the wireless charging
pad.
For best wireless charging results,
place the smart phone on the center
of the charging pad.
The wireless charging system is
designed for one smart phone
equipped with QI per single usage
only. Please refer to the smart phone
accessory cover or the smart phone
manufacturer homepage to check
whether your smart phone supports
QI function.
OUMA048549
CAUTION
-
Metal in Wireless Charging
System
If any metallic object such as
coins is located between the
wireless charging system and
the smart phone, the charging
may be disrupted. Also, the
metallic object may heat up and
potentially damage the charging
system. If there is any metallic
object between the smart phone
and the charging pad, immedi-
ately remove the smart phone.
Remove the metallic object after
it has cooled down.
CAUTION
-
Liquid in Wireless Smart
Phone Charger
To prevent liquid from damag-
ing the wireless smart phone
charging system in your vehi-
cle, securely close the tray
cover when charging your
phone.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 181
Features of your vehicle
1824
Wireless smart phone charging
1. Remove any object on the smart
phone charging pad including the
smart key. If there is any foreign
object on the pad other than a
smart phone, the wireless charging
function may not operate properly.
2. Place the smart phone on the cen-
ter of the wireless charging pad.
3.The indicator light will change to
orange once the wireless charging
begins. After the charging is com-
plete, the orange light will change
to green.
4.You can choose to turn the wireless
charging function to either ON or
OFF by selecting the USM on the
instrument cluster. (Please refer to
“Instrument Cluster” for details).
If the wireless charging is not func-
tioning properly, the orange light will
blink and flash for ten seconds then
turn off. In such cases, remove the
smart phone from the pad and
replace it on the pad again, or double
check the charging status.
If you leave the smart phone on the
charging pad when the vehicle igni-
tion is in OFF, the vehicle will alert
you through warning messages and
sound (applicable for vehicles with
voice guidance function).
✽✽
NOTICE
• Securely close the tray cover when
using the wireless smart phone
charge function.
• Close the tray cover when the
smart phone is placed in it at all
times. If the vehicle is in motion
without the tray cover closed, it is
more likely that the driver may
use the smart phone. The use of
smart phones while driving may
lead to possible injuries and acci-
dents.
• If it is not possible to close the tray
cover due to the size of the smart
phone, do not use the wireless
smart phone charging function at
all.
• When the tray cover is broken, do
not use the wireless charging func-
tion before the tray cover is
repaired.
(Continued)
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 182
4183
Features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• When the interior temperature of
the wireless charging system rises
above a set temperature, the wire-
less charging will cease to func-
tion. After the interior tempera-
ture drops below the threshold,
the wireless charging function will
resume.
• The wireless charging may not
function properly when there is a
heavy accessory cover on the
smart phone.
The wireless charging will stop
when the smart phone is not in
complete contact with the wireless
charging pad.
• The smart key detection feature in
operation could temporarily stop
charging.
(When turning on ignition, open-
ing doors, or closing doors)
• The wireless charging will stop
when the vehicle is turned OFF.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Items equipped with magnetic
components such as credit card,
telephone card, bankbook, any
transportation ticket and such
may become damaged during
wireless charging.
• Place the smart phone on the cen-
ter of the charge pad for best
results. The smart phone may not
charge when placed near the rim
of the charging pad. When the
smart phone does get charged, it
may heat up excessively.
• For smart phones without built-in
wireless charging system, an
appropriate accessory has to be
equipped.
• Cellphones without the certifica-
tion for wireless charging ( )
could fail to charge.
• The self-protection feature
equipped in some mobile phones
could slow down or stop charging.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• The indicator light of some manu-
facturers’ smart phones may still
be yellow after the smart phone is
fully charged. This is due to the
particular characteristic of the
smart phone and not a malfunc-
tion of the wireless charging.
• When any smart phone without a
wireless charging function or a
metallic object is placed on the
charging pad, a small noise may
sound. This small sound is due to
the vehicle discerning compatibili-
ty of the object placed on the
charging pad. It does not affect
your vehicle or the smart phone in
any way.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 183
Features of your vehicle
1844
Coat hook
❈ This actual feature may differ from the illus-
tration.
To use the coat hook, pull down the
upper portion of hook.
Floor mat anchor (s)
(if equipped)
When using a floor mat on the front
floor carpet, make sure it attaches to
the floor mat anchor(s) in your vehi-
cle. This keeps the floor mat from
sliding forward.
OUM044086
CAUTION - Hanging
clothing
Do not hang heavy clothes,since
those may damage the hook.
WARNING
The coat hook should only be
used to hang clothing. Do not
hang any other items on the
hook as they may become
injury producing objects in the
event of a crash.
OPS046500
OXM043309
WARNING - After market
floor mat
Do not install aftermarket floor
mats that are not capable of
being securely attached to the
vehicle's floor mat anchors.
Unsecured floor mats can inter-
fere with pedal operation.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 184
4185
Features of your vehicle
The following must be observed
when installing ANY floor mat to the
vehicle.
• Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehicle's
floor mat anchor(s) before driving
the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that can-
not be firmly attached to the vehi-
cle's floor mat anchors.
• Do not stack floor mats on top of
one another (e.g. all-weather rub-
ber mat on top of a carpeted floor
mat).Only a single floor mat should
be installed in each position.
IMPORTANT – Your vehicle was
manufactured with driver's side floor
mat anchors that are designed to
securely hold the floor mat in place.
To avoid any interference with pedal
operation, Kia recommends that only
the Kia floor mat designed for use in
your vehicle be installed.
Side curtain (if equipped)
To use the side curtain:
1. Lift the curtain by the handle (1).
2. Hang the curtain on the hooks on
both sides of the handle.
To avoid injury or damage to the side
curtain and door moldings, lower
side curtain by the handle all the way
back to the stowed position. Do not
release handle after disengaging
from the hooks on the door.
Luggage net holder
(if equipped)
To keep items from shifting in the
cargo area, you can use the holders
located in the cargo area to attach
the luggage net.
If necessary, we recommend that
you contact an authorized Kia dealer.
OUM044087
OUM044088
OUM044089
■ Type A
■ Type B
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 185
Features of your vehicle
1864
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the vehi-
cle, care should be taken when
carrying fragile or bulky objects
in the luggage compartment.
WARNING - Luggage net
To avoid eye injury, DO NOT
overstretch the luggage net.
ALWAYS keep your face and
body out of the luggage net’s
recoil path. DO NOT use the lug-
gage net when the strap has vis-
ible signs of wear or damage.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 186
4187
Features of your vehicle
EXTERIOR FEATURES
Roof rack (if equipped)
If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can
load cargo on top of your vehicle.
✽✽
NOTICE
If the vehicle is equipped with a sun-
roof, be sure not to position cargo
onto the roof rack in such a way that
it could interfere with sunroof oper-
ation.
• The following specification is the
maximum weight that can be
loaded onto the roof rack.
Distribute the load as evenly as
possible on the roof rack and
secure the load firmly.
Loading cargo or luggage in
excess of the specified weight limit
on the roof rack may damage your
vehicle.
• Always drive slowly and turn corners
carefully when carrying items on the
roof rack. Severe wind updrafts,
caused by passing vehicles or natu-
ral causes, can cause sudden
upward pressure on items loaded on
the roof rack. This is especially true
when carrying large, flat items such
as wood panels or mattresses.This
could cause the items to fall off the
roof rack and cause damage to your
vehicle or others around you.
• To prevent damage or loss of cargo
while driving, check frequently
before or while driving to make
sure the items on the roof rack are
securely fastened.
OUM044095
CAUTION - Loading Roof
Rack
• When carrying large objects
on the roof rack, make sure
they do not exceed the overall
roof length or width.
• When you are carrying cargo
on the roof rack, do not operate
the sunroof (if equipped).
• When carrying cargo on the
roof rack, take the necessary
precautions to make sure the
cargo does not damage the
roof of the vehicle.
WARNING - Driving with
roof load
Always drive slow and turn cor-
ners carefully when carrying
items on the roof rack.The vehi-
cle center of gravity will be
higher when items are loaded
onto the roof rack.
ROOF 220 lbs. (100 kg)
RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 187
Features of your vehicle
1884
If you install aftermarket HID head
lamps, your vehicle’s audio and elec-
tronic devices may malfunction.
Antenna
Pole antenna
Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to
receive AM or/and FM broadcast sig-
nals.
This antenna pole is removable. To
remove the roof antenna pole, turn it
counterclockwise. To install the roof
antenna pole, turn it clockwise.
Shark fin antenna
The shark fin antenna will receive the
AM, FM broadcast signals and
transmit data.
• When reinstalling your roof anten-
na, it is important that it is fully
tightened and adjusted to the
upright position to ensure proper
reception.
• When cargo is loaded on the roof
rack, do not place the cargo near
the antenna pole to ensure proper
reception.
AUDIO SYSTEM
CAUTION - Antenna
Before entering a place with a
low height clearance or a car
wash, remove the antenna pole
by rotating it counterclockwise.
If not, the antenna may be dam-
aged.
OUM044339L/OANNMM2901
■ Pole Type ■ Shark fin type
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 188
4189
Features of your vehicle
Steering wheel remote con-
troller (if equipped)
(1) VOLUME
Used to control volume.
(2) SEEK
When pressed shortly (under 0.8
seconds).
- FM, AM mode : Searches broad-
cast frequencies saved to presets.
- CD, USB, iPod
®
, My Music,
Bluetooth
®
Wireless Technology
Audio mode : Changes the track,
file.
When pressed and held (over 0.8
seconds).
- FM, AM mode : Automatically
searches broadcast frequencies
and channels.
- CD, USB, iPod
®
, My Music mode :
Rewinds or fast forwards the track
or file.
(3) MUTE
Mutes audio volume.
(4) MODE
Each time this key is pressed, the
mode is changed in order of FM1,
FM2, AM, CD, USB(iPod), AUX, My
Music, BT Audio.
If the media is not connected or a
disc is not inserted, corresponding
modes will be disabled.
Press and hold the key (over 0.8 sec-
onds) to turn the audio system on/off.
When power is off, press the key to
turn power back on.
(5) (if equipped)
When pressed shortly.
- When pressed in the phone
screen, displays call history
screen.
- When pressed in the dial screen,
makes a call.
- When pressed in the incoming call
screen, answers the call.
- When pressed while another
incoming call is waiting, switches
to waiting call (Call Waiting).
OUMA048545
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 189
Features of your vehicle
1904
When pressed and held (over 0.8 sec-
onds).
- When pressed in the
Bluetooth
®
Wireless Technology Handsfree
wait mode, redials the last call.
- When pressed during a
Bluetooth
®
Wireless Technology Handsfree
call, switches call back to mobile
phone (Private).
- When pressed while calling on the
mobile phone, switches call back to
Bluetooth
®
Wireless Technology
Handsfree (Operates only when
Bluetooth
®
Wireless Technology
Handsfree is connected).
(6) (if equipped)
Ends phone call.
(7) (if equipped)
When pressed shortly.
- Starts voice recognition.
- When selected during a voice
prompt, stops the prompt and con-
verts to voice command waiting
state.
When pressed and held (over 0.8 sec-
onds).
- Ends voice recognition.
❈The Bluetooth
®
word mark and
logos are registered trademarks
owned by Bluetooth
®
SIG, Inc. and
any use of such marks by Kia is
under license. Other trademarks
and trade names are those of their
respective owners. A compatible
Bluetooth
®
enabled cell phone is
required to use
Bluetooth
®
Wireless Technology.
Refer to a separately supplied A
VN manual for detailed informa-
tion.
AUX, USB port
If your vehicle has an AUX and/or
USB(universal serial bus) port, you
can use the AUX port to connect
audio devices and the USB port to
plug in a USB device or iPod
®
.
✽✽
NOTICE
When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, noise
may occur during playback. If this
happens, use the power source of the
portable audio device.
OUMA048547
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 190
4191
Features of your vehicle
* iPod
®
is a Registered trademark of
Apple Inc. iPod
®
mobile digital
device sold separately. Connectivity
may require use of the Kia accesso-
ry cable.
WARNING - Distracted
driving
Driving while distracted can
result in a loss of vehicle con-
trol that may lead to an acci-
dent, severe personal injury,
and death. The driver’s primary
responsibility is in the safe and
legal operation of a vehicle, and
use of any handheld devices,
other equipment, or vehicle sys-
tems which take the driver’s
eyes, attention and focus away
from the safe operation of a
vehicle or which are not permis-
sible by law should never be
used during operation of the
vehicle.
UMA PE USA 4.qxp 12/19/2017 8:23 PM Page 191
Driving your vehicle
• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
• Before entering vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
• Necessary inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
• Before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Key positions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
• Illuminated ignition switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
• Ignition switch position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
• Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
• Illuminated engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
• Engine start/stop button position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
• Starting the engine with a smart key. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Automatic transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
• Automatic transmission operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
• Good driving practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
All Wheel Drive (AWD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
• All Wheel Drive (AWD) transfer mode selection . . . 5-22
• For safe all wheel drive operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
• Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
• Parking brake - Foot type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
• Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
• Auto hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
• Anti-lock Brake System (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
• Electronic Stability Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
• Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
• Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
• Good braking practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) . . . . . 5-49
• System setting and activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
• FCA warning message and system control . . . . . . . . 5-52
• Brake operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53
• FCA front radar/camera sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53
• System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
• Limitation of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
Cruise control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63
• To set cruise control speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63
• To increase cruise control set speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64
• To decrease the cruising speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65
• To temporarily accelerate with
the cruise control on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65
• To cancel cruise control, do one of the following . . . 5-65
• To resume cruising speed at more than
approximately 20 mph (30 km/h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66
• To turn cruise control off, do one of the following. . . 5-66
Smart cruise control with stop & go system . . . . 5-67
• Smart cruise control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69
• Speed setting (Smart cruise control system). . . . . . . 5-69
5
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 1
• Vehicle to vehicle distance setting
(Smart cruise control system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74
• When the lane ahead is clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75
• When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane . . . 5-75
• To adjust the sensitivity of
smart cruise control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
• To convert to cruise control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
• Limitations of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80
Drive mode integrated control system . . . . . . . . . 5-86
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system . . . . . . . . . . . 5-91
• LKA system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93
• Driver's attention. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97
• LKA system malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-98
• LKA system function change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-99
Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) . . . . . . . . 5-101
• BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning). . . . . . . . . . . 5-102
• RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning). . . 5-104
• Driver's attention. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108
Driver Attention Warning (DAW). . . . . . . . . . . . 5-110
• System setting and activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-110
• Resetting the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-112
• System disabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-112
• System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-113
Economical operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-115
Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-117
• Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-117
• Reducing the risk of a rollover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-117
• Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-119
• Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-119
• Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-120
• Driving in the rain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-120
• Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-121
• Driving off-road. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-121
• Highway driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-121
Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123
• Snowy or icy conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123
• Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant . . . . . . . . . 5-125
• Check battery and cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-125
• Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary . . . . . . 5-125
• Check spark plugs and ignition system. . . . . . . . . . 5-125
• To keep locks from freezing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-126
• Use approved window washer
anti-freeze in system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-126
• Don’t let your parking brake freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-126
• Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath . . . 5-126
• Carry emergency equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-126
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-127
• Hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-128
• Safety chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-128
5
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 2
• Trailer brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-128
• Driving with a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129
• Maintenance when trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-132
• If you do decide to pull a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-133
Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-135
• Tire and loading information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-135
• Certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-139
Vehicle weight glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-141
• Base curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-141
• Vehicle curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-141
• Cargo weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-141
• GAW (Gross Axle Weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-141
• GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-141
• GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-141
• GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) . . . . . . . . . . 5-141
5
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 3
Driving your vehicle
45
Be sure the exhaust system
does not leak.
The exhaust system should be
checked whenever the vehicle is
raised to change the oil or for any
other purpose. If you hear a change
in the sound of the exhaust or if you
drive over something that strikes the
underneath side of the vehicle, have
the exhaust system checked as soon
as possible by an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING - Engine
exhaust
Do not inhale exhaust fumes or
leave your engine running in a
enclosed area for a prolonged
time. Exhaust fumes contain
carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless gas that can cause
unconsciousness and death by
asphyxiation.
WARNING - Open liftgate
Do not drive with the liftgate
open. Poisonous exhaust gases
can enter the passenger com-
partment. If you must drive with
the liftgate open proceed as fol-
lows:
1. Close all windows.
2. Open side vents.
3. Set the air intake control at
“Fresh”, the air flow control
at “Floor” or “Face” and the
fan at the highest speed.
CALIFORNIA PROPO-
SITION 65 WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide vari-
ety of automobile components
and parts, including compo-
nents found in the interior fur-
nishings in a vehicle, contain or
emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause can-
cer and birth defects and repro-
ductive harm. In addition, cer-
tain fluids contained in vehicles
and certain products of compo-
nent wear contain or emit chem-
icals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproduc-
tive harm.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 4
55
Driving your vehicle
Before entering vehicle
• Be sure that all windows, outside
mirror(s), and outside lights are
clean.
• Check the condition of the tires.
• Check under the vehicle for any
sign of leaks.
• Be sure there are no obstacles
behind you if you intend to back up.
Necessary inspections
Fluid levels, such as engine oil,
engine coolant, brake fluid, and
washer fluid should be checked on a
regular basis, at the exact interval
depending on the fluid. Further
details are provided in chapter 7,
“Maintenance”.
Before starting
• Close and lock all doors.
• Position the seat so that all con-
trols are easily reached.
• Buckle your seat belt.
• Adjust the inside and outside
rearview mirrors.
• Be sure that all lights work.
• Check all gauges.
• Check the operation of warning
lights when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position.
• Release the parking brake and
make sure the brake warning light
goes out.
For safe operation, be sure you are
familiar with your vehicle and its
equipment.
BEFORE DRIVING
WARNING - Distracted
driving
Focus on the road while driving.
The driver's primary responsi-
bility is in the safe and legal
operation of the vehicle. Use of
any handled devices, other
equipment or vehicle systems
that distract the drive should
not be used during vehicle
operation.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 5
Driving your vehicle
65
WARNING - Check sur-
roundings
Always check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for peo-
ple, especially children, before
putting a vehicle into D (Drive)
or R (Reverse).
WARNING - Fire risk
When you intend to park or stop
the vehicle with the engine on,
be careful not to depress the
accelerator pedal for a long
period of time. It may overheat
the engine or exhaust system
and cause fire.
WARNING - Loose
objects
Securely store items in your
vehicle. When you make a sud-
den stop or turn the steering
wheel rapidly, loose objects
may drop on the floor and it
could interfere with the opera-
tion of the foot pedals, possibly
causing an accident.
WARNING - Driving while
intoxicated
Do not drive while intoxicated.
Drinking and driving is danger-
ous. Even a small amount of
alcohol will affect your reflexes,
perceptions and judgment.
Driving while under the influ-
ence of drugs is as dangerous
as or more dangerous than driv-
ing drunk.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 6
57
Driving your vehicle
Illuminated ignition switch
Whenever a front door is opened, the
ignition switch will illuminate for your
convenience, provided the ignition
switch is not in the ON position. The
light will go off immediately when the
ignition switch is turned on. It will
also go off after about 30 seconds
when the door is closed.
Ignition switch position
LOCK
The steering wheel locks to protect
against theft (if equipped). The igni-
tion key can be removed only in the
LOCK position.
ACC (Accessory)
The steering wheel is unlocked and
electrical accessories are operative.
If difficulty is experienced turning the
ignition switch to the ACC position,
turn the key while turning the steer-
ing wheel right and left to release the
tension.
KEY POSITIONS (IF EQUIPPED)
OUM054001
OYP054029K
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 7
Driving your vehicle
85
ON
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. This is
the normal running position after the
engine is started.
Do not leave the ignition switch ON if
the engine is not running to prevent
battery discharge.
START
Turn the ignition switch to the START
position to start the engine. The
engine will crank until you release
the key; then it returns to the ON
position.The brake warning light can
be checked in this position.
The anti-theft steering column lock (if
equipped) is not a substitute for the
parking brake. Before leaving the dri-
ver’s seat, always make sure the shift
lever is engaged in P (Park) for auto-
matic transmission, set the parking
brake fully and shut the engine off.
Unexpected and sudden vehicle
movement may occur if these pre-
cautions are not taken.
Starting the engine
1.Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
2.Place the transmission shift lever in
P (Park). Depress the brake pedal
fully.
You can also start the engine when
the shift lever is in the N (Neutral)
position.
WARNING - Ignition
switch
Never turn the ignition switch to
LOCK or ACC while the vehicle
is moving. This would result in
loss of directional control and
braking function, which could
cause an accident.
WARNING - Proper
footwear
Always wear appropriate shoes
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes (high heels,
ski boots, sandals, etc.) may
interfere with your ability to use
the brake and accelerator pedal.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 8
59
Driving your vehicle
3.Turn the ignition switch to START
and hold it there until the engine
starts (a maximum of 10 seconds),
then release the key.
It should be started without
depressing the accelerator.
4.Do not wait for the engine to warm
up while the vehicle remains sta-
tionary.
Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. (Steep accelerating and
decelerating should be avoided.)
If the engine stalls while you are in
motion, do not attempt to move the
shift lever to the P (Park) position. If
traffic and road conditions permit,
you may put the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position while the vehicle is
still moving and turn the ignition
switch to the START position in an
attempt to restart the engine.
CAUTION - Starter
Do not engage the starter for
more than 10 seconds. If the
engine stalls or fails to start,
wait 5 to 10 seconds before re-
engaging the starter. Improper
use of the starter may damage it.
WARNING - Steering
wheel
Never reach for any controls
through the steering wheel
while the vehicle is in motion.
The presence of your hand or
arm in this area could cause a
loss of vehicle control.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 9
Driving your vehicle
105
Illuminated engine start/stop
button
Whenever the front door is opened,
the engine start/stop button will illu-
minate for your convenience. The
light will go off after about 30 sec-
onds when the door is closed.
When all entrances are closed, if you
lock the vehicle by using the trans-
mitter or the smart key, the light will
go off immediately.
Engine start/stop button posi-
tion
OFF
To turn off the engine (START/RUN
position) or vehicle power (ON posi-
tion), press the engine start/stop but-
ton with the shift lever in the P (Park)
position. When you press the engine
start/stop button without the shift
lever in the P (Park) position, the
engine start/stop button will not
change to the OFF position but to the
ACC position.
In an emergency situation while the
vehicle is in motion, you are able to
turn the engine off and to the ACC
position by pressing the engine
start/stop button for more than 2 sec-
onds or 3 times successively within 3
seconds.If the vehicle is still moving,
you can restart the engine without
depressing the brake pedal by press-
ing the engine start/stop button with
the shift lever in the N (Neutral) posi-
tion.
ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)
OUM054004
Not illuminated
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 10
511
Driving your vehicle
ACC(Accessory)
Press the engine start/stop button
while it is in the OFF position without
depressing the brake pedal.
If the engine start/stop button is in
the ACC position for more than 1
hour, the button is turned off auto-
matically to prevent battery dis-
charge.
ON
Press the engine start/stop button
while it is in the ACC position without
depressing the brake pedal.
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. Do not
leave the engine start/stop button in
the ON position for a long time. The
battery may discharge, because the
engine is not running.
START/RUN
To start the engine, depress the
brake pedal and press the engine
start/stop button with the shift lever in
the P (Park) or the N (Neutral) posi-
tion. For your safety, start the engine
with the shift lever in the P (Park)
position.
If you press the engine start/stop
button without depressing the brake
pedal for automatic transmission
vehicles, the engine will not start and
the engine start/stop button changes
as follow:
OFF ➔ ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF or ACC
Amber
Redish orange
Not illuminated
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 11
Driving your vehicle
125
✽✽
NOTICE
If you leave the engine start/stop
button in the ACC or ON position
for a long time, the battery will dis-
charge.
Starting the engine with a
smart key
1.Carry the smart key or leave it
inside the vehicle.
2.Make sure the parking brake is
firmly applied
3.Place the transmission shift lever in
P (Park). Depress the brake pedal
fully.
You can also start the engine when
the shift lever is in the N (Neutral)
position.
4.Press the engine start/stop button
while depressing the brake pedal.
It should be started without
depressing the accelerator.
5.Do not wait for the engine to warm
up while the vehicle remains sta-
tionary.
Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. (Rapid accelerating and
decelerating should be avoided.)
• Even if the smart key is in the vehi-
cle, if it is far away from you, the
engine may not start.
• When the engine start/stop button
is in the ACC position or above, if
any door is opened, the system
checks for the smart key. If the
smart key is not in the vehicle, a
message “key is not in the vehicle”
will appear on the LCD display.And
if all doors are closed, the chime
will sound for 5 seconds. The indi-
cator or warning will turn off while
the vehicle is moving. Always have
the smart key with you.
WARNING - Starting
vehicle
Never press the engine
start/stop button while the vehi-
cle is in motion except in an
emergency.This would result in
loss of directional control and
braking function, which could
cause an accident.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 12
513
Driving your vehicle
• If the battery is weak or the smart
key does not work correctly, you
can start the engine by pressing
the Engine Start/Stop Button with
the smart key.
The side with the lock button
should contact the Engine
Start/Stop Button directly.
When you press the Engine
Start/Stop Button directly with the
smart key, the smart key should
contact the button at a right angle.
• When the stop lamp fuse is blown,
you can't start the engine normally.
Replace the fuse with a new one.If
it is not possible, you can start the
engine by pressing the engine
start/stop button for 10 seconds
while it is in the ACC position. The
engine can start without depress-
ing the brake pedal. But for your
safety always depress the brake
pedal before starting the engine.
Do not press the engine start/stop
button for more than 10 seconds
except when the stop lamp fuse is
blown
WARNING - Unintended
vehicle movement
Never leave the smart key in the
vehicle with children or vehicle
occupants who are unfamiliar
with the vehicle operation.
Pushing the engine start/stop
button while the smart key is in
the vehicle may result in unin-
tended engine activation and/or
unintended vehicle movement.
OUM054005
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 13
Driving your vehicle
145
Automatic transmission opera-
tion
The automatic transmission has 6 or
8 forward speeds and one reverse
speed. The individual speeds are
selected automatically, depending on
the position of the shift lever.
✽✽
NOTICE
The first few shifts on a new vehicle,
if the battery has been disconnected,
may be somewhat abrupt. This is a
normal condition, and the shifting
sequence will adjust after shifts are
cycled a few times by the TCM
(Transmission Control Module) or
PCM (Powertrain Control Module).
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
OUMA058007
++
++
((
((
UU
UU
PP
PP
))
))
--
--
((
((
DD
DD
OO
OO
WW
WW
NN
NN
))
))
The shift lever can be shifted freely.
Press the loc
k release button when shifting.
Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting.
(If the shift lock system is not equipped, it is not necessary to depress the brake pedal.
However, it is recommended to depress the brake pedal to avoid inadvertent movement
of the vehicle.)
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 14
515
Driving your vehicle
For smooth operation, depress the
brake pedal and the lock release but-
ton when shifting from N (Neutral) to
a forward or reverse gear.
When stopped on an incline, do not
hold the vehicle with the engine
power. Use the service brake or the
parking brake.
Transmission ranges
The indicator in the instrument clus-
ter displays the shift lever position
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into P (Park). This
position locks the transmission and
prevents the drive wheels from rotat-
ing.
Shifting into P (Park) while the vehi-
cle is in motion will cause the drive
wheels to lock which will cause you
to lose control of the vehicle.
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
WARNING - Leaving
Vehicle
Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the shift lever
is in the P (Park) position; then
set the parking brake fully and
shut the engine off. Do not use
the P position in place of the
parking brake. Always make
sure the shift lever is latched in
the P position and set the park-
ing brake fully. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement can
occur if these precautions are
not followed.
CAUTION - Transmission
To avoid damage to your trans-
mission, do not accelerate the
engine in R (Reverse) or any for-
ward gear position with the
brakes on. The transmission
may be damaged if you shift
into P (Park) while the vehicle is
in motion.
CAUTION - Shifting
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into or out of R
(Reverse); you may damage the
transmission if you shift into R
(Reverse) while the vehicle is in
motion, except when “Rocking
the vehicle” explained in this
section.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 15
Driving your vehicle
165
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transmission are not
engaged. The vehicle will roll freely
even on the slightest incline unless
the parking brake or service brakes
are applied.
- Parking in N (Neutral) gear
Follow below steps when parking
and you want the vehicle to move
when pushed.
1. After parking your vehicle, depress
the brake pedal and move the trans-
mission shift lever to [P] with the
ignition button in [ON] or while the
engine is running.
2. If the parking brake is applied
release the parking brake.
- For EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake) equipped vehicles, push
the brake pedal with the ignition
button in [ON] or while the engine
is running to reapply the parking
brake. If [AUTO HOLD] function
is used while driving (If [AUTO
HOLD] indicator is on in the clus-
ter), press [AUTO HOLD] switch
and [AUTO HOLD] function
should be turn off.
3.While pressing the brake pedal,
turn the ignition button [OFF].
- For smart key equipped vehicles,
the ignition switch can be moved
to [OFF] only when the shift lever
is in [P].
4. Change the gear shift lever to [N]
(Neutral) while pressing the brake
pedal and pressing down a tool
(e.g.flathead screw-driver) into the
[SHIFT LOCK RELEASE] access
hole at the same time. Then, the
vehicle will move when external
force is applied.
WARNING - Parking In
Neutral
• With the exception of parking
in neutral gear, always park
the vehicle in [P] (Park) for
safety and apply the parking
brake.
• Before parking in [N] (Neutral)
gear, make sure the parking
ground is level and flat.Do not
park in [N] gear on any slopes
or gradients. If parked and left
in [N], the vehicle may move
and cause serious damage or
injury.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 16
517
Driving your vehicle
• After the ignition switch has been
turned off, the electronic parking
brake cannot be disengaged.
• For EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake) equipped vehicles with
[AUTO HOLD] function used while
driving, if the ignition button has
been turned [OFF], the electronic
parking brake will be engaged
automatically. Therefore, [AUTO
HOLD] function should be turned
off before the ignition button is
turned off.
D (Drive)
This is the normal forward driving
position. The transmission will auto-
matically shift through a 6 or 8-gear
sequence, providing the best fuel
economy and power.
For extra power when passing anoth-
er vehicle or climbing grades, depress
the accelerator fully, at which time the
transmission will automatically down-
shift to the next lower gear.
Manual mode
Whether the vehicle is stationary or
in motion, manual mode is selected
by pushing the shift lever from the D
(Drive) position into the manual gate.
To return to D (Drive) range opera-
tion, push the shift lever back into the
main gate.
In manual mode, moving the shift
lever backwards and forwards will
allow you to make gearshifts rapidly.
In contrast to a manual transmission,
the manual mode allows gearshifts
with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
Up (+) : Push the lever forward once
to shift up one gear.
Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards
once to shift down one
gear.
OUMA058009
Manual
mode
++
++
((
((
UU
UU
PP
PP
))
))
--
--
((
((
DD
DD
OO
OO
WW
WW
NN
NN
))
))
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 17
Driving your vehicle
185
• In manual mode, the driver must
execute upshifts in accordance
with road conditions, taking care to
keep the engine speed below the
red zone.
• In manual mode, only the 6 or 8
forward gears can be selected. To
reverse or park the vehicle, move
the shift lever to the R (Reverse) or
P (Park) position as required.
• In manual mode, downshifts are
made automatically when the vehi-
cle slows down. When the vehicle
stops, 1st gear is automatically
selected.
• In manual mode, when the engine
rpm approaches the red zone shift
points are varied to upshift auto-
matically.
• To maintain the required levels of
vehicle performance and safety,
the system may not execute cer-
tain gearshifts when the shift lever
is operated.
• When driving on a slippery road,
push the shift lever forward into the
+(up) position. This causes the
transmission to shift into the 2nd
gear which is better for smooth
driving on a slippery road. Push
the shift lever to the -(down) side to
shift back to the 1st gear.
Shift lock system
For your safety, the automatic trans-
mission has a shift lock system
which prevents shifting the transmis-
sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse)
unless the brake pedal is depressed.
To shift the transmission from P
(Park) into R (Reverse):
1.Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2.Start the engine or turn the ignition
switch to the ON position.
3.Move the shift lever.
If the brake pedal is repeatedly
depressed and released with the
shift lever in the P (Park) position, a
chattering noise near the shift lever
may be heard. It is a normal condi-
tion.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 18
519
Driving your vehicle
Shift-lock override
If the shift lever cannot be moved
from the P (Park) position into R
(Reverse) position with the brake
pedal depressed, continue depress-
ing the brake, then do the following:
1.Carefully remove the cap covering
the shift-lock access hole (1).
2.Insert a screwdriver into the
access hole and press down on
the screwdriver.
3.Move the shift lever.
4.Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer immediately.
Ignition key interlock system
The ignition key cannot be removed
unless the shift lever is in the P
(Park) position. Even if the ignition
switch is in the LOCK position, the
key also cannot be removed.
If your vehicle is equipped with
engine start/stop button, the button
will not change to the OFF position
unless the shift lever is in the P
(Park) position.
OUMA058039
WARNING - Shifting from
park
Always fully depress the brake
pedal before and while shifting
out of the P (Park) position into
another position to avoid inad-
vertent motion of the vehicle
which could injure persons in
or around the vehicle.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 19
Driving your vehicle
205
Good driving practices
• Never move the gear shift lever
from P (Park) to any other position
with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
• Never move the gear shift lever into
P (Park) when the vehicle is in
motion.
• Slow down before shifting to a
lower gear. Otherwise, the lower
gear may not be engaged.
• Always use the parking brake. Do
not depend on placing the trans-
mission in P (Park) to keep the
vehicle from moving.
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator pedal.
Moving up a steep grade from a
standing start
To move up a steep grade from a
standing start, depress the brake
pedal, shift the shift lever to D
(Drive). Select the appropriate gear
depending on load weight and steep-
ness of the grade, and release the
parking brake.Depress the accelera-
tor gradually while releasing the
service brakes.
When accelerating from a stop on
a steep hill, the vehicle may have a
tendency to roll backwards.
Shifting the shift lever into 2
(Second Gear) will help prevent
the vehicle from rolling back-
wards.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 20
521
Driving your vehicle
Engine power can be delivered to all
front and rear wheels for maximum
traction. AWD is useful when extra
traction is required, such as, when
driving on slippery, muddy, wet, or
snow-covered roads.
These vehicles are not designed for
challenging off-road use. Occasional
off-road use such as established
unpaved roads and trails are OK.It is
always important when traveling off-
highway that the driver carefully
reduces the speed to a level that
does not exceed the safe operating
speed for those conditions. In gener-
al, off-road conditions provide less
traction and braking effectiveness
than normal road conditions.
The driver must be especially alert to
avoid driving on slopes which tilt the
vehicle to either side.
These factors must be carefully con-
sidered when driving off-road.
Keeping the vehicle in contact with
the driving surface and under control
in these conditions is always the dri-
ver's responsibility for the safety of
him/herself and his or her passen-
gers.
* AWD : All Wheel Drive
FWD : Front Wheel Drive
If the AWD system warning light
( ) illuminates, this indicates that
there is a malfunction in the AWD
system.
If this occurs, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer
as soon as possible.
ALL WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (IF EQUIPPED)
OUMA054049
OUMA054010
■ Type A
■ Type B
WARNING - Off road
driving
Do not attempt to operate your
vehicle under extreme or chal-
lenging off road driving condi-
tions. Although this vehicle has
off-road capabilities, it was not
designed to be driven off road.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 21
Driving your vehicle
225
All Wheel Drive (AWD) transfer mode selection
When the AWD LOCK mode is deactivated, a shock may be felt as the drive power is delivered entirely to the front
wheels.This shock is not a mechanical failure.
Transfer mode Selection button Indicator light Description
AWD AUTO
(AWD LOCK is
deactivated)
• AWD Auto is used when driving on roads in normal conditions, roads in
urban areas, and on highways.
• All wheels are in operation when a vehicle travels at a constant speed.
Required tractions applying on front and rear wheels vary depending on
road driving conditions and driving conditions, which will be automatically
controlled by the computing system.
• When the cluster's AWD Auto display mode is selected, the cluster displays
the status of how four wheels’ traction forces are distributed.
AWD LOCK
• The main goal of AWD Lock mode is to allow a driver to maximize the vehi-
cle’s traction under extreme driving conditions such as unpaved off-road,
sandy roads, and muddy roads.
• AWD Lock mode is in operation only when a vehicle travels at 40km/h or
less.When travelling at 40km/h or faster, the mode will switch to AWD Auto.
When travelling at 30 km/h or less, the mode will switch back to AWD Lock.
• When AWD Lock mode illuminates, the cluster does not display the
front/rear wheel traction force distribution status.
• Press the AWD Lock mode switch again to switch back to AWD Auto.
(Indicator light is
not illuminated)
(Indicator light is
illuminated)
✽✽
NOTICE - Normal road conditions
• Maintain AWD Auto mode when driving on roads in normal conditions.
• When driving under normal road conditions (especially when cornering) in AWD Lock mode, a driver may find
minor mechanical vibration or noise, which is extremely normal phenomenon, not a malfunction. When AWD
Lock mode is released, such noise or vibration will be immediately gone.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 22
523
Driving your vehicle
For safe all wheel drive opera-
tion
• Do not try to drive in deep standing
water or mud since such conditions
can stall your engine and clog your
exhaust pipes. Do not drive down
steep hills since it requires extreme
skill to maintain control of the vehi-
cle.
• When you are driving up or down
hills; drive as straight as possible.
Use extreme caution going up or
down steep hills, the grade, terrain
and water/mud conditions may
cause the vehicle to flip.
HILL1 HILL2
WARNING - Hills
Proceed with extreme caution
when driving down steep hills.
A slight change in the wheel
angle can destabilize the vehi-
cle.This can cause your vehicle
to suddenly roll without warn-
ing and without time for you to
regain control of your vehicle.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 23
Driving your vehicle
245
• You must consciously take the
effort to learn how to corner in a
AWD vehicle. Do not rely on your
experience in conventional FWD
vehicles in choosing a safe corner-
ing speed in AWD mode. For
starters, you must drive more slow-
ly in AWD.
• Drive carefully off-road because
your vehicle may be damaged by
rocks or roots of trees. Become
familiar with the off-road conditions
where you are going to drive
before you begin driving.
• Always hold the steering wheel
firmly when you are driving off-
road.
• Make sure all passengers are
wearing seat belts.
• If you need to drive in the water,
stop your vehicle, set your transfer
to the AWD LOCK mode and drive
at less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
WARNING - Steering
wheel
Do not grab the inside of the
steering wheel when you are
driving off-road. You may hurt
your arm by a sudden steering
maneuver or from steering
wheel rebound due to impact
with objects on the ground.
WARNING - Wind danger
Drive slowly in heavy winds.
The vehicle's higher center of
gravity decreases your steering
control capacity.
OUM058053L
WARNING - AWD
Reduce speed when you turn
corners.The center of gravity of
AWD vehicles is higher than
that of conventional FWD vehi-
cles,making them more likely to
roll over when you turn corners
too fast.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:36 PM Page 24
525
Driving your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
• Shorten your scheduled mainte-
nance interval if you drive in off-
road conditions such as sand, mud
or water (see “Maintenance under
severe usage conditions” in section
7). Always wash your vehicle thor-
oughly after off-road use, especial-
ly cleaning the bottom of the vehi-
cle.
• A full time all wheel drive vehicle
cannot be towed by an ordinary
tow truck. Make sure that the
vehicle is placed on a flat bed
truck for moving.
Do not use a tire and wheel package
with a different size and type from
the one originally installed on your
vehicle. It can affect the safety and
performance of your vehicle, which
could lead to steering failure or
rollover causing serious injury.
When replacing the tires, be sure to
equip all four tires with the tire and
wheel of the same size, type, tread,
brand and load-carrying capacity. If
you equip your vehicle with any
tire/wheel combination not recom-
mended by Kia for off-road driving,
ou should not use thesetires for high
way driving.
CAUTION - Mud or snow
Do not run the engine continu-
ously at high RPMs to free the
vehicle from snow or mud. Doing
so could damage the AWD sys-
tem in your vehicle.
WARNING - AWD driving
Do not attempt quick steering
maneuvers or sharp turns in
AWD mode. Such maneuvers
increase the risk of rollover
accidents. Rollover accidents
are extremely violent and
unpredictable.
WARNING - Driving
through water
Drive slowly. If you are driving
too fast in water, the water can
get into the engine compartment
and wet the ignition system,
causing your vehicle to sudden-
ly stop. If this happens and your
vehicle is in a tilted position,
your vehicle may roll over.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 25
Driving your vehicle
265
• Full-time AWD vehicles must be
tested on a special four wheel
chassis dynamometer.
• A full-time AWD vehicle should not
be tested on a FWD roll tester. If a
FWD roll tester must be used, per-
form the following:
1. Check the tire pressures recom-
mended for your vehicle.
2. Place the front wheels on the roll
tester for a speedometer test as
shown in the illustration.
3. Release the parking brake.
4. Place the rear wheels on the tem-
porary free roller as shown in the
illustration.
WARNING - Jacked
vehicle
While the full-time AWD vehicle
is being raised on a jack, never
start the engine or cause the
tires to rotate.
There is the danger that rotating
tires touching the ground could
cause the vehicle to go off the
jack and to jump forward.
OUM054011
Roll tester (speedometer)
Temporary free roller
WARNING - Replacement
Tires
When replacing tires and
wheels, be sure all four tires are
the same size, type, tread and
have the same load-carrying
capacity as the original equip-
ment tires. Installing replace-
ment tires that vary from the
original equipment tires can
negatively effect vehicle han-
dling and can increase the risk
of an accident.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 26
527
Driving your vehicle
Power brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted
brakes that adjust automatically
through normal usage.
In the event that the power-assisted
brakes lose power because of a
stalled engine or some other reason,
you can still stop your vehicle by
applying greater force to the brake
pedal than you normally would. The
stopping distance, however, will be
longer.
When the engine is not running, the
reserve brake power is partially
depleted each time the brake pedal
is applied. Do not pump the brake
pedal when the power assist has
been interrupted.
Pump the brake pedal only when
necessary to maintain steering con-
trol on slippery surfaces.
Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’s
ability to safely slow down; the vehi-
cle may also pull to one side when
the brakes are applied. Applying the
brakes lightly will indicate whether
they have been affected in this way.
Always test your brakes in this fash-
ion after driving through deep water.
To dry the brakes, apply them lightly
while maintaining a safe forward
speed until brake performance
returns to normal.
BRAKE SYSTEM
WARNING - Steep hill
braking
Avoid continuous application of
the brakes when descending a
long or steep hill by shifting to a
lower gear. Continuous brake
application will cause the brakes
to overheat and could result in a
temporary loss of braking per-
formance.
CAUTION - Brake Pedal
Do not drive with your foot rest-
ing on the brake pedal.This will
create abnormally high brake
temperatures which can cause
excessive brake lining and pad
wear.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 27
Driving your vehicle
285
In the event of brake failure
If service brakes fail to operate while
the vehicle is in motion, you can
make an emergency stop with the
parking brake. The stopping dis-
tance, however, will be much greater
than normal.
Disc brakes wear indicator
When your brake pads are worn and
new pads are required, you will hear
a high-pitched warning sound from
your front brakes or rear brakes.You
may hear this sound come and go or
it may occur whenever you depress
the brake pedal.
Please remember that some driving
conditions or climates may cause a
brake squeal when you first apply (or
lightly apply) the brakes. This is nor-
mal and does not indicate a problem
with your brakes.
Always replace the front or rear
brake pads as pairs.
WARNING - Parking brake
Applying the parking brake
while the vehicle is moving at
normal speeds can cause a
sudden loss of control of the
vehicle. If you must use the
parking brake to stop the vehi-
cle, use great caution in apply-
ing the brake.
WARNING - Brake wear
Do not ignore high pitched wear
sounds from your brakes. If you
ignore this audible warning, you
will eventually lose braking per-
formance, which could lead to a
serious accident.
CAUTION - Replace brake
pads
Do not continue to drive with
worn brake pads. Continuing to
drive with worn brake pads can
damage the braking system and
result in costly brake repairs.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 28
529
Driving your vehicle
Parking brake - Foot type
(if equipped)
Applying the parking brake
To engage the parking brake, first
apply the foot brake and then
depress the parking brake pedal
down as far as possible.
Releasing the parking brake
To release the parking brake,
depress the parking brake pedal a
second time while applying the foot
brake. The pedal will automatically
extend to the fully released position.
OYP054009K
OYP054010K
CAUTION - Parking brake
Driving with the parking brake
applied will cause excessive
brake pad (or lining) and brake
rotor wear.
WARNING - Parking brake
use
All vehicles should always have
the parking brake fully engaged
when parking to avoid inadver-
tent movement of the vehicle
which can injure occupants or
pedestrians.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 29
Driving your vehicle
305
Check the brake warning light by
turning the ignition switch ON (do not
start the engine). This light will be
illuminated when the parking brake is
applied with the ignition switch in the
START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking
brake is fully released and the brake
warning light is off.
If the brake warning light remains on
after the parking brake is released
while the engine is running, there
may be a malfunction in the brake
system. Immediate attention is nec-
essary.
If at all possible, cease driving the
vehicle immediately.If that is not pos-
sible, use extreme caution while
operating the vehicle and only con-
tinue to drive the vehicle until you
can reach a safe location or repair
shop.
Electronic parking brake (EPB)
(if equipped)
Applying the parking brake
To apply the EPB (electronic parking
brake):
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Pull up the EPB switch.
Make sure the warning light comes
on.
W-75
OUMA058013
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 30
531
Driving your vehicle
Also, the EPB is applied automatical-
ly if the Auto Hold button is on when
the engine is turned off. However, if
you press the EPB switch after the
engine is turned off, the EPB will not
be Applied.
✽✽
NOTICE
On a steep incline or when pulling a
trailer, if the vehicle does not remain
at a standstill, do as follows:
1. Apply the EPB.
2. Pull up the EPB switch for more
than 3 seconds.
Do not operate the parking brake/
EPB while the vehicle is moving
except in an emergency situation.
✽✽
NOTICE
A click or electric brake motor
whine sound may be heard while
operating or releasing the EPB, but
these conditions are normal and
indicate that the EPB is functioning
properly.
Releasing the parking brake
To release the EPB (electronic parking
brake), press the EPB switch in the
following condition:
• Have the ignition switch or engine
start/stop button in the ON posi-
tion.
• Depress the brake pedal.
Make sure the brake warning light
goes off.
OUMA058014
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 31
Driving your vehicle
325
To release EPB (electronic parking
brake) automatically:
• Shift lever in P (Park)
With the engine running depress
the brake pedal and shift out of P
(Park) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Shift lever in N (Neutral)
With the engine running depress
the brake pedal and shift out of N
(Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D
(Drive).
• Automatic transmission vehicle
1. Start the engine.
2. Fasten the driver's seat belt.
3. Close the driver's door, engine
hood and trunk.
4. Depress the accelerator pedal
while the shift lever is in R
(Rear), D (Drive) or Sports
mode.
Make sure the brake warning light
goes off.
✽✽
NOTICE
• For your safety, you can engage
the EPB even though the ignition
switch or engine stop/start button
is in the OFF position, but you
cannot release it.
• For your safety, depress the brake
pedal and release the parking
brake manually with the EPB
switch when you drive downhill or
when backing up the vehicle.
Do not follow the above procedure
when driving on a flat level ground.
The vehicle may suddenly move for-
ward.
CAUTION
• If the parking brake warning
light is still on even though
the EPB has been released,
have the system checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
• Do not drive your vehicle with
the EPB applied. It may cause
excessive brake pad and
brake rotor wear.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 32
533
Driving your vehicle
EPB (electronic parking brake) may
be automatically applied when:
• The EPB is overheated
• Requested by other systems
✽✽
NOTICE
If the driver turns the engine off by
mistake while Auto Hold is operat-
ing, EPB will be automatically
applied. (Vehicles equipped with
Auto Hold)
System warning
• If you try to drive off depressing the
accelerator pedal with the EPB
applied, but the EPB doesn't
release automatically, a warning
will sound and a message will
appear.
• If the driver's seat belt is not fas-
tened and the engine hood, driver's
door or trunk is opened, a warning
will sound and a message will
appear.
• If there is a problem with the vehi-
cle, a warning may sound and a
message may appear.
If the above situation occurs, depress
the brake pedal and release EPB by
pressing the EPB switch.
OUMA058401
WARNING - Parking
Brake Use
All vehicles should always have
the parking brake fully engaged
when parked to avoid inadver-
tent movement of the car which
can injure occupants or pedes-
trians.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 33
Driving your vehicle
345
• A click or electric brake motor
whine sound may be heard while
operating or releasing the EPB, but
these conditions are normal and
indicate that the EPB is functioning
properly.
• When leaving your keys with a
parking lot attendant or valet, make
sure to inform him/her how to oper-
ate the EPB.
• The EPB may malfunction if you
drive with the EPB applied.
• When you automatically release
EPB by depressing the accelerator
pedal, depress it slowly.
System warning
When the conversion from Auto Hold
to EPB is not working properly a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
✽✽
NOTICE
Depress the brake pedal when the
above message appears for the Auto
Hold and EPB may not activate.
System warning
If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold
is activated because of ESC
(Electronic Stability Control) signal, a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
OUM058277L OUM058278L
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 34
535
Driving your vehicle
EPB malfunction indicator
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates if the
engine start/stop button is changed
to the ON position and goes off in
approximately 3 seconds if the sys-
tem is operation normally.
If the EPB malfunction indicator
remains on, comes on while driving,
or does not come on when the igni-
tion switch or the engine start/stop
button is changed to the ON position,
this indicates that the EPB may have
malfunctioned.
If this occurs, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer
as soon as possible.
The EPB malfunction indicator may
illuminate when the ESC indicator
comes on to indicate that the ESC is
not working properly, but it does not
indicate a malfunction of the EPB.
• The EPB warning light may illumi-
nate if the EPB switch operates
abnormally. Shut the engine off
and turn it on again after a few min-
utes. The warning light will go off
and the EPB switch will operate
normally. However, if the EPB
warning light is still on, have the
system checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
• If the parking brake warning light
does not illuminate or blinks even
though the EPB switch was pulled
up, the EPB is not applied.
• If the parking brake warning light
blinks when the EPB warning light
is on, press the switch, then pull it
up. Once more press it back to its
original position and pull it back up.
If the EPB warning does not go off,
have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
OUM054106
■ Type A ■ Type B
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 35
Driving your vehicle
365
Emergency braking
If there is a problem with the brake
pedal while driving, emergency brak-
ing is possible by pulling up and
holding the EPB switch. Braking is
possible only while you are holding
the EPB switch.
✽✽
NOTICE
During emergency braking by the
EPB, the parking brake warning
light will illuminate to indicate that
the system is operating.
If you notice a continuous noise or
burning smell when the EPB is used
for emergency braking, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
When the EPB (electronic parking
brake) is not released
If the EPB does not release normal-
ly, take your vehicle to an authorized
Kia dealer by loading the vehicle on
a flatbed tow truck and have the sys-
tem checked.
AUTO HOLD (if equipped)
The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle
in a standstill even though the brake
pedal is not depressed after the driv-
er brings the vehicle to a complete
stop by depressing the brake pedal.
WARNING
Do not operate the electronic
parking brake while the vehicle
is moving except in an emer-
gency situation. Applying the
electronic parking brake while
the vehicle is moving at normal
speeds can cause a sudden
loss of control of the vehicle. If
you must use the electronic
parking brake to stop the vehi-
cle, use great caution in apply-
ing the brake.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 36
537
Driving your vehicle
1.Depress the brake pedal, start the
engine and then press the Auto
Hold button. The white AUTO
HOLD indicator will come on indi-
cating the system is in standby.
Before the Auto Hold will engage,
the driver's door, engine hood and
trunk must be closed and the dri-
ver's seat belt must be fastened.
2.When coming to a complete stop
by depressing the brake pedal, the
AUTO HOLD indicator changes
from white to green indicating the
AUTO HOLD is engaged and EPB
is applied. The vehicle will remain
at a standstill even if you release
the brake pedal.
3.If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be
released.
4.If you press the accelerator pedal
with the shift lever in R (Reverse),
D (Drive) or sports mode, the Auto
Hold will be released automatically
and the vehicle will start to move.
The indicator changes from green
to white indicating the Auto Hold is
in standby and the EPB is
released.
When driving off from Auto Hold by
depressing the accelerator pedal,
always check the surrounding area
near your vehicle.
Slowly depress the accelerator pedal
for a smooth launch.
OUMA058016
WW
WW
hh
hh
ii
ii
tt
tt
ee
ee
OUM054017
WW
WW
hh
hh
ii
ii
tt
tt
ee
ee
GG
GG
rr
rr
ee
ee
ee
ee
nn
nn
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 37
Driving your vehicle
385
Cancel
To cancel the Auto Hold operation,
press the Auto Hold switch. The
AUTO HOLD indicator will go out.
To cancel the Auto Hold operation
when the vehicle is at a standstill,
press the Auto Hold switch while
depressing the brake pedal.
✽✽
NOTICE
• The following are conditions when
the Auto Hold will not engage
(Auto Hold light will not turn
green and the Auto Hold system
remains in stand by):
- The driver's seat belt is unfas-
tened and driver's door is opened
- The engine hood is opened
- The trunk is opened
- The shift lever is in P (Park)
- The EPB is applied
• For your safety, the Auto Hold
automatically switches to EPB
under any of the following condi-
tions (Auto Hold light remains
white and the EPB automatically
applies):
- The driver's seat belt is unfas-
tened and driver's door is opened
- The engine hood is opened
- The trunk is opened
- The vehicle is in a standstill for
more than 10 minutes
- The vehicle is standing on a steep
slope
- The vehicle moved several times
(Continued)
(Continued)
In these cases, the brake warning
light comes on, the AUTO HOLD
indicator changes from green to
white, and a warning sounds and a
message will appear to inform you
that EPB has been automatically
engaged. Before driving off again,
press foot brake pedal, check the
surrounding area near your vehi-
cle and release parking brake
manually with the EPB switch.
• If the AUTO HOLD indicator
lights up yellow, the Auto Hold is
not working properly. Take your
vehicle to an authorized Kia deal-
er and have the system checked.
OUMA058018
LL
LL
ii
ii
gg
gg
hh
hh
tt
tt
oo
oo
ff
ff
ff
ff
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 38
539
Driving your vehicle
If there is a malfunction with the dri-
ver’s door, engine hood or trunk open
detection system, the Auto Hold may
not work properly.
Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer and have the system checked.
✽✽
NOTICE
A click or electric brake motor
whine sound may be heard while
operating or releasing the EPB, but
these conditions are normal and
indicate that the EPB is functioning
properly.
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
ABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci-
dents due to improper or dangerous
driving maneuvers. Even though
vehicle control is improved during
emergency braking, always maintain
a safe distance between you and
objects ahead. Vehicle speeds
should always be reduced during
extreme road conditions.The vehicle
should be driven at reduced speeds
in the following circumstances:
• When driving on rough, gravel or
snow-covered roads
• When driving with tire chains
installed
• When driving on roads where the
road surface is pitted or has differ-
ent surface heights.
Driving in these conditions increase
the stopping distance for your vehi-
cle.
The ABS continuously senses the
speed of the wheels. If the wheels
are going to lock, the ABS system
repeatedly modulates the hydraulic
brake pressure to the wheels.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’
sound from the brakes, or feel a cor-
responding sensation in the brake
pedal. This is normal and it means
your ABS is active.
In order to obtain the maximum ben-
efit from your ABS in an emergency
situation, do not attempt to modulate
your brake pressure and do not try to
pump your brakes. Press your brake
pedal as hard as possible or as hard
as the situation allows the ABS to
control the force being delivered to
the brakes.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of an acci-
dent, do not activate Auto Hold
while driving downhill, backing
up or parking your vehicle.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 39
Driving your vehicle
405
✽✽
NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the
engine compartment when the vehi-
cle begins to move after the engine is
started. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the anti-lock brake
system is functioning properly.
• Even with the anti-lock brake sys-
tem, your vehicle still requires suf-
ficient stopping distance. Always
maintain a safe distance from the
vehicle in front of you.
• Always slow down when cornering.
The anti-lock brake system cannot
prevent accidents resulting from
excessive speeds.
• On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the anti-lock brake
system may result in a longer stop-
ping distance than for vehicles
equipped with a conventional
brake system.
The ABS warning light will stay on for
approximately 3 seconds after the
ignition switch is ON. During that
time, the ABS will go through self-
diagnosis and the light will go off if
everything is normal. If the light stays
on, you may have a problem with
your ABS. Contact an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
W-78
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 40
541
Driving your vehicle
• When you drive on a road having
poor traction, such as an icy road,
and have operated your brakes
continuously, the ABS will be active
continuously and the ABS warning
light may illuminate. Pull your vehi-
cle over to a safe place and stop
the engine.
• Restart the engine. If the ABS
warning light goes off, then your
ABS system is normal. Otherwise,
you may have a problem with the
ABS. Contact an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
✽✽
NOTICE
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the
engine may not run as smoothly and
the ABS warning light may turn on
at the same time. This happens
because of low battery voltage. It
does not mean your ABS has mal-
functioned.
• Do not pump your brakes!
• Have the battery recharged before
driving the vehicle.
Electronic stability control
(ESC)
The Electronic Stability control
(ESC) system is designed to stabi-
lize the vehicle during cornering
maneuvers. ESC checks where you
are steering and where the vehicle is
actually going. ESC applies the
brakes on individual wheels and
intervenes with the engine manage-
ment system to stabilize the vehicle.
Electronic stability control (ESC) will
not prevent accidents. Excessive
speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers
and hydroplaning on wet surfaces
can still result in serious accidents.
Only a safe and attentive driver can
prevent accidents by avoiding
maneuvers that cause the vehicle to
lose traction. Even with ESC
installed, always follow all the normal
precautions for driving - including
driving at safe speeds for the condi-
tions.
OUMA058019
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 41
Driving your vehicle
425
The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system is an electronic system
designed to help the driver maintain
vehicle control under adverse condi-
tions.It is not a substitute for safe driv-
ing practices. Factors including speed,
road conditions and driver steering
input can all affect whether ESC will be
effective in preventing a loss of control.
It is still your responsibility to drive and
corner at reasonable speeds and to
leave a sufficient margin of safety.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the wheels,
you may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the
brakes, or feel a corresponding sensa-
tion in the brake pedal. This is normal
and it means your ESC is active.
✽✽
NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the
engine compartment when the vehi-
cle begins to move after the engine is
started. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the Electronic
Stability Control System is function-
ing properly.
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
• When the ignition is turned
ON, ESC and ESC OFF
indicator lights illuminate for
approximately 3 seconds,
then ESC is turned on.
• Press the ESC OFF but-
ton for at least half a sec-
ond after turning the igni-
tion ON to turn ESC off.
(ESC OFF indicator will
illuminate). To turn the
ESC on, press the ESC
OFF button (ESC OFF
indicator light will go off).
• When starting the engine,
you may hear a slight tick-
ing sound. This is the ESC
performing an automatic
system self-check and does
not indicate a problem.
When operating
When the ESC is in opera-
tion, the ESC indicator light
blinks.
• When the Electronic
Stability Control is operat-
ing properly, you can feel a
slight pulsation in the vehi-
cle. This is only the effect
of brake control and indi-
cates nothing unusual.
• When moving out of the
mud or driving on a slip-
pery road, pressing the
accelerator pedal may not
cause the engine rpm
(revolutions per minute) to
increase.
-
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 42
543
Driving your vehicle
ESC operation off
ESC OFF state
This car has 2 kinds of ESC
off states.
If the engine stops when
ESC is off, ESC remains off.
Upon restarting the engine,
the ESC will automatically
turn on again.
• ESC off state 1
To cancel ESC operation, press the
ESC OFF button (ESC OFF )
shortly (ESC OFF indicator light
(ESC OFF ) illuminates). At this
state, the engine control function
does not operate. It means the trac-
tion control function does not oper-
ate.Brake control function only oper-
ates.
• ESC off state 2
To cancel ESC operation, press the
ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) for
more than 3 seconds.ESC OFF indi-
cator light (ESC OFF ) illuminates
and ESC OFF warning chime will
sound. At this state, the engine con-
trol function and brake control func-
tion do not operate. It means the car
stability control function does not
operate any more.
OUM058279L OUM058280L
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 43
Driving your vehicle
445
Indicator light
When ignition switch is turned to ON,
the indicator light illuminates, then
goes off if the ESC system is operat-
ing normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks when-
ever ESC is operating or illuminates
when ESC fails to operate.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes
on when the ESC is turned off with
the button.
ESC OFF usage
When driving
• ESC should be turned on for daily
driving whenever possible.
• To turn ESC off while driving, press
the ESC OFF button while driving
on a flat road surface.
■ ESC indicator light
■ ESC OFF indicator light
WARNING - Electronic sta-
bility control
Drive carefully even though
your vehicle has Electronic
Stability Control. It can only
assist you in maintaining con-
trol under certain circum-
stances.
WARNING - Operating
ESC
Never press the ESC OFF but-
ton while ESC is operating (ESC
indicator light blinks).
If ESC is turned off while ESC is
operating, the vehicle may slip
out of control.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 44
545
Driving your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
• When operating the vehicle on a
dynamometer, ensure that the
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light
illuminated). If the ESC is left on,
it may prevent the vehicle speed
from increasing, and result in false
diagnosis.
• Turning the ESC off does not
affect ABS or brake system opera-
tion.
Vehicle stability management
(VSM)
This system provides further
enhancements to vehicle stability
and steering responses when a vehi-
cle is driving on a slippery road or a
vehicle detects changes in coeffi-
cient of friction between right wheels
and left wheels when braking.
VSM operation
When the VSM is in operation, ESC
indicator light ( ) blinks.
When the vehicle stability manage-
ment is operating properly, you can
feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle
and/or abnormal steering responses
(EPS).This is only the effect of brake
and EPS control and indicates noth-
ing unusual.
The VSM does not operate when:
• Driving on bank road such as gra-
dient or incline
• Driving in reverse
• ESC OFF indicator light ( )
remains on the instrument cluster
• EPS indicator light remains on the
instrument cluster
WARNING - Tire/
Wheel size
When replacing tires and wheels,
make sure they are the same size
as the original tires and wheels
installed. Driving with varying
tire or wheel sizes may diminish
any supplemental safety benefits
of the VSM system.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 45
Driving your vehicle
465
VSM operation off
If you press the ESC OFF button to
turn off the ESC, the VSM will also
cancel and the ESC OFF indicator
light ( ) illuminates.
To turn on the VSM, press the button
again. The ESC OFF indicator light
goes out.
Malfunction indicator
The VSM can be deactivated even if
you don’t cancel the VSM operation
by pressing the ESC OFF button. It
indicates that a malfunction has
been detected somewhere in the
Electric Power Steering system or
VSM system. If the ESC indicator
light ( ) or EPS warning light
remains on, take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
✽✽
NOTICE
• The VSM is designed to function
above approximately 13 mph (22
km/h) on curves.
• The VSM is designed to function
above approximately 6 mph (10
km/h) when a vehicle is braking on
a two surface road. The two sur-
face road is made of surfaces
which have different friction
forces.
• The Vehicle Stability Management
system is not a substitute for safe
driving practices but a supplemen-
tary function only. It is the respon-
sibility of the driver to always check
the speed and the distance to the
vehicle ahead. Always hold the
steering wheel firmly while driving.
• Your vehicle is designed to activate
according to the driver’s intention,
even with installed VSM. Always
follow all the normal precautions
for driving at safe speeds for the
conditions – including driving in
clement weather and on a slippery
road.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 46
547
Driving your vehicle
Hill-start assist control (HAC)
A vehicle has the tendency to roll
back on a steep hill when it starts to
go after stopping. The Hill-start
Assist Control (HAC) prevents the
vehicle from rolling back by applying
the brakes automatically for about 2
seconds. The brakes are released
when the accelerator pedal is
depressed or after about 2 seconds.
The HAC is activated only for about 2
seconds, so when the vehicle is
starting off always depress the accel-
erator pedal.
Good braking practices
• Check to be sure the parking brake
is not engaged and the parking
brake indicator light is out before
driving away.
• Driving through water may get the
brakes wet. They can also get wet
when the vehicle is washed. Wet
brakes can be dangerous! Your
vehicle will not stop as quickly if the
brakes are wet. Wet brakes may
cause the vehicle to pull to one
side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action
returns to normal, taking care to
keep the vehicle under control at
all times. If the braking action does
not return to normal, stop as soon
as it is safe to do so and call an
authorized Kia dealer for assis-
tance.
WARNING - Maintaining
Brake Pressure on Incline
HAC does not replace the need
to apply brakes while stopped
on an incline. While stopped,
make sure you maintain brake
pressure sufficient to prevent
your vehicle from rolling back-
ward and causing an accident.
Don’t release the brake pedal
until you are ready to accelerate
forward.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 47
Driving your vehicle
485
• Don't coast down hills with the
vehicle out of gear.This is extreme-
ly hazardous. Keep the vehicle in
gear at all times, use the brakes to
slow down, then shift to a lower
gear so that engine braking will
help you maintain a safe speed.
• Don't "ride" the brake pedal.
Resting your foot on the brake
pedal while driving can be danger-
ous because the brakes might
overheat and lose their effective-
ness. It also increases the wear of
the brake components.
• If a tire goes flat while you are driv-
ing, apply the brakes gently and
keep the vehicle pointed straight
ahead while you slow down.When
you are moving slowly enough for it
to be safe to do so, pull off the road
and stop in a safe place.
• If your vehicle is equipped with an
automatic transmission, don't let
your vehicle creep forward. To
avoid creeping forward, keep your
foot firmly on the brake pedal when
the vehicle is stopped.
• Be cautious when parking on a hill.
Firmly engage the parking brake
and place the shift lever in P (auto-
matic transmission). If your vehicle
is facing downhill, turn the front
wheels into the curb to help keep
the vehicle from rolling.If your vehi-
cle is facing uphill, turn the front
wheels away from the curb to help
keep the vehicle from rolling. If
there is no curb or if it is required
by other conditions to keep the
vehicle from rolling, block the
wheels.
• Under some conditions your park-
ing brake can freeze in the
engaged position.This is most like-
ly to happen when there is an
accumulation of snow or ice
around or near the rear brakes or if
the brakes are wet.If there is a risk
that the parking brake may freeze,
apply it only temporarily while you
put the shift lever in P (automatic
transmission) and block the rear
wheels so the vehicle cannot roll.
Then release the parking brake.
• Do not hold the vehicle on the
upgrade with the accelerator
pedal. This can cause the trans-
mission to overheat. Always use
the brake pedal or parking brake.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 48
549
Driving your vehicle
The FCA system is designed to
detect and monitor the vehicle ahead
or detect a pedestrian (if equipped)
in the roadway through radar signals
and camera recognition to warn the
driver that a collision is imminent,
and if necessary, apply emergency
braking.
✽✽
NOTICE
Take the following precautions when
using the forward collision-avoid-
ance assist (FCA):
• This system is only a supplemental
system and it is not intended to,
nor does it replace the need for
extreme care and attention of the
driver. The sensing range and
objects detectable by the sensors
are limited. Pay attention to the
road conditions at all times.
• NEVER drive too fast in accor-
dance with the road conditions or
while cornering.
• Always drive cautiously to prevent
unexpected and sudden situations
from occurring. FCA does not stop
the vehicle completely and does
not avoid collisions.
System setting and activation
System setting
The driver can activate the FCA by
placing the ignition switch to the ON
position and by selecting 'User
Settings', 'Driver Assistance', and
‘Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist’.
The FCA deactivates, when the driv-
er cancels the system setting.
FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING - Forward
Collision-Avoidance assist
(FCA) Limitations
The FCA system is a supple-
mental system and is not a sub-
stitute for safe driving prac-
tices. It is the responsibility of
the driver to always check the
speed and distance to the vehi-
cle ahead to ensure it is safety
to use the FCA system.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 49
Driving your vehicle
505
The warning light illumi-
nates on the LCD display,
when you cancel the FCA
system. The driver can
monitor the FCA ON/OFF status on
the LCD display. Also, the warning
light illuminates when the
ESC(Electronic Stability Control) is
turned off (Traction & Stability control
disabled.). When the warning light
remains ON with the FCA activated,
have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
The driver can select the initial warn-
ing activation time in the User
Settings in the instrument cluster
LCD display. The options for the ini-
tial Forward Collision Warning
include the following:
• EARLY - When this condition is
selected, the initial
Forward Collision Warning
is activated earlier than
normal. This setting maxi-
mizes the amount of dis-
tance between the vehicle
or pedestrian ahead before
the initial warning occurs.If
the ‘EARLY’ condition feels
too sensitive, change it into
‘NORMAL’. When the vehi-
cle ahead suddenly stops,
the warning may seem to
activate later even if the
‘EARLY’ condition was
selected.
• NORMAL - When this condition is
selected, the initial
Forward Collision
Warning is activated nor-
mally.This setting allows
for a nominal amount of
distance between the
vehicle or pedestrian
ahead before the initial
warning occurs.
• LATE - When this condition is
selected, the initial Forward
Collision Warning is activat-
ed later than normal. This
setting reduces the amount
of distance between the
vehicle or pedestrian ahead
before the initial warning
occurs.Select this condition
only when traffic is light,
and you are driving slowly.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 50
551
Driving your vehicle
Prerequisite for activation
The FCA will activate when the FCA
is selected on the LCD display, and
when the following prerequisites are
satisfied:
- The ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is activated.
- The driving speed is over 6 mph.
(The FCA only works within a cer-
tain range of vehicle speeds)
- When the FCA recognizes a vehi-
cle or the pedestrian in front. (The
FCA may not recognize every
obstacle or provide warnings and
braking in every situation, so do
not rely on the FCA to stop the
vehicle in instances where the driv-
er sees an obstacle and has the
ability to apply the brakes)
• The FCA automatically activates
upon placing the ignition switch to
the ON position. The driver can
deactivate the FCA by canceling the
system setting on the LCD display.
• The FCA automatically deactivates
upon canceling the ESC.When the
ESC is cancelled, the FCA cannot
be activated on the LCD display.
The FCA warning light will illumi-
nate, but it does not indicate a mal-
function of the system.
• Set or cancel FCA with controlling
switches on steering wheel after
stopping the vehicle in the safe
place for your safety.
WARNING
To avoid driver distractions, do
not attempt to set or cancel the
FCA while operating the vehicle.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 51
Driving your vehicle
525
FCA warning message and
system control
The FCA produces warning mes-
sages and warning alarms in accor-
dance with the collision risk levels of
followings like vehicle’s sudden brak-
ing in front or lack of vehicle to vehicle
distance or collision to pedestrians.
Also, it controls the brakes in accor-
dance with the collision risk levels.
Collision Warning (1st warning)
• The warning message appears on
the LCD display with the warning
alarms.
• The FCA controls the brakes within
certain limit to release shock from
the collision.
Emergency braking (2nd warning)
• The warning message appears on
the LCD display with the warning
alarms.
• The FCA controls the brakes with-
in certain limit to release shock
from the collision.
The FCA controls the maximum
brakes just before the collision.
OUM058281L OUM058282L
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 52
553
Driving your vehicle
Brake operation
• In an urgent situation, the braking
system enters into the ready status
for prompt reaction against the dri-
ver’s depressing the brake pedal.
• The FCA provides additional brak-
ing power for optimum braking per-
formance, when the driver
depresses the brake pedal.
• The braking control is automatical-
ly deactivated, when the driver
sharply depresses the brake pedal,
or when the driver abruptly turns
the steering wheel.
• The braking control is automatical-
ly canceled, when risk factors dis-
appear.
The driver should always exercise
caution when operating the vehicle,
even though there is no warning
message or warning alarm.
✽✽
NOTICE
The FCA operates in accordance
with the risk levels, such as the dis-
tance from the vehicle/pedestrian in
front, the speed of the vehicle/pedes-
trian in front, and the driver's vehi-
cle operation. For the system to acti-
vate, do not attempt risky driving.
FCA front radar / camera sensor
In order for the FCA system to oper-
ate properly, always make sure the
sensor or sensor cover is clean and
free of dirt, snow, and debris. Dirt,
snow, or foreign substances on the
lens may adversely affect the sens-
ing performance of the sensor.
WARNING
Never rely solely on the FCA to
stop a collision the drive can It
is the driver's responsibility to
safely maneuver the vehicle
under all conditions.
OUMA058054
OUMA058032
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 53
Driving your vehicle
545
✽✽
NOTICE
• Do not install any accessories, such
as a license plate bracket or
bumper sticker near the sensor
area. Do not replace the bumper
by yourself. Doing so may adverse-
ly affect the sensing performance.
• Always keep the sensor/bumper
area clean.
• Use only a soft cloth to wash the
vehicle. Also, do not spray highly
pressurized water on the sensor
installed on the bumper.
• Be careful not to apply unneces-
sary force on the front sensor area.
When the sensor moves out of the
correct position due to external
force, the system may not operate
correctly even without the warn-
ing light or message. In this case,
we recommend you to have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
• Use only the genuine Kia sensor
cover. Do not arbitrarily apply
paint on the sensor cover.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Do not tint the window or install
stickers, accessories around the
inside mirror where the camera is
installed.
• Make sure the front camera instal-
lation point does not get wet.
• Do not impact or arbitrarily
remove any radar/camera compo-
nents.
• Do not place reflective
objects(white paper or mirror etc.)
on the crash pad. The system may
activate unnecessarily due to
reflect of the sunlight.
• Excessive audio volume may dis-
turb the sound of the system warn
ing alarm.
Warning message and warning
light
When the sensor cover or the sensor
lens is smudged with the foreign sub-
stances, such as snow or rain, the
FCA operation may temporarily stop.
In this case, the warning message
appears to warn the driver.
This is not a malfunction with the
FCA. To operate the FCA again,
remove the foreign substances.
OUM058283L
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 54
555
Driving your vehicle
Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and
clean the radar sensor cover before
operating the FCA system.
The FCA may not properly operate in
an area (e.g. open terrain), where
any substances are not detected
after turning ON the engine.
System malfunction
• When the FCA is not working prop-
erly, the FCA warning light ( )
will illuminate and the warning
message will appear for a few sec-
onds. After the message disap-
pears, the master warning light
( ) will illuminate. In this case,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
• The FCA warning message may
appear along with the illumination
of the ESC warning light.
OUM058284L
WARNING
The FCA is only a supplemental
system for the driver’s conven-
ience.
The driver still maintains
responsibility to control the
vehicle. Do not solely depend
on the FCA system. Rather,
maintain a safe braking dis-
tance, and, if necessary,
depress the brake pedal to
lower the driving speed.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 55
Driving your vehicle
565
• The FCA may unnecessarily pro-
duce warning messages and warn-
ing alarms. Due to the sensing lim-
itation, the FCA may not produce
warning messages or warning
alarm at all.
• When there is a malfunction with
the FCA, the braking control does
not operate upon detecting a colli-
sion risk even with other braking
systems normally operating.
• The FCA operates only for the
vehicle / pedestrian in front, while
driving forward. It does not operate
for any animals or vehicles in the
opposite direction.
• The FCA can not recognize cross-
traffic or parked vehicles present-
ing a sideprofile.
• If the vehicle in front stops sudden-
ly, you may have less control of the
brake system.
Therefore, always keep safe dis-
tance between your vehicle and
the vehicle in front of you.
• The FCA system may activate dur-
ing braking and the vehicle may
stop suddenly. And the load in the
vehicle may endanger passengers.
Therefore, always be mindful of the
load volume in the vehicle.
• The FCA system may not activate
if the driver applies the brake pedal
to avoid risk of collision.
• The FCA system does not operate
when the vehicle is in reverse. In
these cases, you must maintain a
safe braking distance, and if nec-
essary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce the driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
• The regular braking function will
operate normally even if There is a
problem with the FCA brake control
system or other functions. In this
case, the braking control will not
operate in the risk of a collision.
• The FCA system may not activate
according to driving condition, traf-
fic on the road, weather, road con-
dition, etc.
• The FCA system may not activate
to all types of vehicles.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 56
557
Driving your vehicle
Limitation of the system
The FCA is an assistant system for a
driver in a certain risky driving condi-
tion and it does not take every
responsibility for all risks from driving
condition.
The FCA monitors the driving situa-
tions through the radar and the cam-
era sensor. Thus, for a situation out
of the sensing range, the FCA may
not operate normally. The driver
should use caution in the following
situations. The FCA operation may
be limited.
Recognizing vehicles
The sensor may be limited when:
- The radar or the camera is con-
taminated with foreign substances.
- It heavily rains or snows.
- There is interruption by electric
waves.
- There is severe irregular reflection
from the radar.
- The vehicle in front has a narrow
body. (i.e. motor cycle and bicycle)
- The driver’s view is unclear due to
the backlight, the reflected light, or
darkness.
- The camera cannot contain the full
image of the vehicle in front.
- The vehicle in front is a special
vehicle, such as a heavily-loaded
truck or a trailer.
- The outside brightness is greatly
changed, such as entering/exiting
a tunnel.
- The vehicle driving is unstable.
- The radar/camera sensor recogni-
tion is limited.
- The driver's field of view is not well
illuminated (either too dark or too
much reflection or too much back-
light that obscures the field of view)
- There is severe irregular reflection
from the radar sensor
- The vehicle in front is driving errat-
ically
- The vehicle is driven near areas
containing metal substances such
as a construction zone, railroad,
etc.
- Backlight is reflected in the direc-
tion of the vehicle (including front
light from the vehicle ahead)
- Moisture on the windshield is not
completely removed or frozen.
- The weather is misty.
- The vehicle in front does not turn
ON the rear lights, does not have
rear lights, has asymmetric rear
lights, or has rear lights out of
angle.
- The vehicle is on unpaved or
uneven rough surfaces, or roads
with sudden gradient changes.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 57
Driving your vehicle
585
- The vehicle is moving under ground
level or inside a building.
- If a sudden change in the sensor
recognition takes place while driv-
ing over the speed bump,
- When the vehicle is severely shaken,
- When driving around circular inter-
section after the vehicle in front,
- If the front of the camera lens is
contaminated by front glass tinting,
film, water repellent coating, dam-
age on glass, foreign matter (stick-
er, insect, etc.)
- The radar or camera or camera
lens is damaged.
- If the headlights of the vehicle are
not used at night or in the tunnel
section, or the light is too weak
- If street light or the light of the vehi-
cle coming from the opposite is
reflected or when sunlight direction
is reflected by the water on the
road surface
- When the back light is projected in
the direction of the vehicle's motion
(including the headlights of vehi-
cles)
- Road sign, shadow on the road,
tunnel entrance, toll gate, partial
pavement
- Driving on a curve
The FCA performance decreases
while driving on a curve. The FCA
may not recognize the vehicle in front
even in the same lane.It may unnec-
essarily produce the warning mes-
sage and the warning alarm, or it
may not produce the warning mes-
sage and the warning alarm at all.
While driving on a curve, exercise
caution, and, if necessary, depress
the brake pedal.
OUM054040L
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 58
559
Driving your vehicle
The FCA system may recognize a
vehicle in the next lane when driving
on a curved road.
In this case, the system may unnec-
essarily alarm the driver and apply
the brake.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving. If
necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
Also, when necessary depress the
accelerator pedal to prevent the sys-
tem from unnecessarily decelerating
your vehicle. Always take a look
around the vehicle for your safety
before activating the FCA system.
- Driving on a slope
The FCA performance decreases
while driving upward or downward on
a slope, not recognizing the vehicle
in front in the same lane. It may
unnecessarily produce the warning
message and the warning alarm, or it
may not produce the warning mes-
sage and the warning alarm at all.
When the FCA suddenly recognizes
the vehicle in front while passing
over a slope, you may experience
sharp deceleration.
OUM054041L
OUM054042L
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:37 PM Page 59
Driving your vehicle
605
Always keep your eyes forward while
driving upward or downward on a
slope, and, if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain distance.
- Changing lanes
When a vehicle changes lanes in
front of you, the FCA system may not
immediately detect the vehicle, espe-
cially if the vehicle changes lanes
abruptly.In this case, you must main-
tain a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
When driving in stop-and-go traffic,
and a stopped vehicle in front of you
merges out of the lane, the FCA sys-
tem may not immediately detect the
new vehicle that is now in front of
you. In this case, you must maintain
a safe braking distance, and if nec-
essary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
OUM054043L OUM054046L
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 60
561
Driving your vehicle
- Recognizing the vehicle
Detecting the vehicle in front of you If
the vehicle in front of you has cargo
that extends rearward from the cab,
or when the vehicle in front of you
has higher ground clearance, addi-
tional special attention is required.
The FCA system may not be able to
detect the cargo extending from the
vehicle. In these instances, you must
maintain a safe braking distance
from the rearmost object, and if nec-
essary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain distance.
Recognizing pedestrians
The sensor may be limited when:
- The pedestrian is not fully detected
by the camera recognition system,
for example, if the pedestrian is
leaning over or is not fully walking
upright
- The pedestrian is moving very
quickly or appears abruptly in the
camera detection area
- The pedestrian is wearing clothing
that easily blends into the back-
ground, making it difficult to be
detected by the camera recogni-
tion system
- The outside lighting is too bright
(e.g.when driving in bright sunlight
or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g.
when driving on a dark rural road
at night)
- There is an item similar to a per-
son's body structure
- The pedestrian is small
- The pedestrian has impaired
mobility
- The sensor recognition is limited
- It is difficult to detect and distin-
guish the pedestrian from other
objects in the surroundings, for
example, when there is a group of
pedestrians or a large crowd
- If a sudden change in the sensor
recognition takes place while driv-
ing over the speed bump,
- When the vehicle is severely shak-
en,
- When driving around circular inter-
section after the vehicle in front,
- If the front of the camera lens is
contaminated by front glass tinting,
film, water repellent coating, dam-
age on glass, foreign matter (stick-
er, insect, etc.)
OUM054048L
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 61
Driving your vehicle
625
- The radar or camera or camera
lens is damaged.
- If the headlights of the vehicle are
not used at night or in the tunnel
section, or the light is too weak
- If street light or the light of the vehi-
cle coming from the opposite is
reflected or when sunlight is
reflected by the water on the road
surface
- When the back light is projected in
the direction of the vehicle's motion
(including the headlights of vehi-
cles)
- Road sign, shadow on the road,
tunnel entrance, toll gate, partial
pavement
- If the moisture on the front wind-
shield is not entirely removed or it
is frozen
- The weather is foggy
- The radar/camera sensor recogni-
tion is limited.
✽✽
NOTICE
The system may temporarily cancel
due to the strong electric waves.
• Pay great caution to the vehicle in
front, when it has heavy loading
extended rearward, or when it has
higher ground clearance.
• The FCA system is designed to
detect and monitor the vehicle
ahead or detect a pedestrian in the
roadway through radar signals and
camera recognition. It is not
designed to detect bicycles, motor-
cycles, or smaller wheeled objects
such as luggage bags, shopping
carts, or strollers.
• The FCA does not operate in a cer-
tain situation. Thus, never test-
operate the FCA against a person
or an object. It may cause a severe
injury or even death.
• When replacing or reinstalling the
windshield, front bumper or
radar/camera after removal, have
the vehicle inspected by an author-
ized Kia dealer.
WARNING - Testing the
FCA
The FCA does not operate in
certain situations. Thus, never
test-operate the FCA against a
person or an object. It may
cause a severe injury or even
death.
WARNING - FCA and
Towing
Cancel the FCA in the User
Settings on the LCD display,
before towing another vehicle.
While towing, the brake applica-
tion may adversely affect your
vehicle safety.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 62
563
Driving your vehicle
The cruise control system allows you
to program the vehicle to maintain a
constant speed without depressing
the accelerator pedal.
This system is designed to function
above approximately 20 mph (30
km/h).
If the cruise control is left on,
(CRUISE indicator light in the instru-
ment cluster illuminated) the cruise
control can be switched on acciden-
tally. Keep the cruise control system
off (CRUISE indicator light OFF)
when the cruise control is not in use,
to avoid inadvertently setting a speed.
Use the cruise control system only
when traveling on open highways in
good weather.
Do not use the cruise control when
driving in heavy or varying traffic, or
on slippery (rainy, icy or snow-cov-
ered) or winding roads or over 6%
up-hill or down-hill roads.
✽✽
NOTICE
• During normal cruise control
operation, when the SET switch is
activated or reactivated after
applying the brakes, the cruise
control will energize after approx-
imately 3 seconds. This delay is
normal.
• To activate cruise control, depress
the brake pedal at least once after
turning the ignition switch to the
ON position or starting the engine.
This is to check if the brake switch
which is important part to cancel
cruise control is in normal condi-
tion.
To set cruise control speed:
1.Press the CRUISE button on the
steering wheel to turn the system
on.The CRUISE indicator light in the
instrument cluster will illuminate.
2.Accelerate to the desired speed,
which must be more than 20 mph
(30 km/h).
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM
WARNING - Misuse of
Cruise Control
Do not use cruise control if the
traffic situation does not allow
you to drive safely at a constant
speed and with sufficient dis-
tance to the vehicle in front.
OUM058022CN
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 63
Driving your vehicle
645
3.Move the lever down (to SET-), and
release it at the desired speed.The
set speed in the instrument cluster
will display. Release the accelera-
tor at the same time. The desired
speed will automatically be main-
tained.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
slow down or speed up slightly while
going downhill.
To increase cruise control set
speed:
Follow either of these procedures:
• Move the lever up (to RES+) and
hold it.Your vehicle will accelerate.
Release the lever at the speed you
want.
• Move the lever up (to RES+) and
release it immediately. The cruising
speed will increase by 1.0 mph (2
km/h ) each time the lever is operat-
ed in this manner.
OUM058024L
OUM058023L
OUMA048551
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 64
565
Driving your vehicle
To decrease the cruising
speed:
Follow either of these procedures:
• Move the lever down (to SET-) and
hold it. Your vehicle will gradually
slow down.Release the lever at the
speed you want to maintain.
• Move the lever down (to SET-) and
release it immediately.The cruising
speed will decrease by 1.0 mph (2
km/h) each time the lever is operat-
ed in this manner.
To temporarily accelerate with
the cruise control on:
If you want to speed up temporarily
when the cruise control is on,
depress the accelerator pedal.
Increased speed will not interfere
with the cruise control operation or
change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator.
To cancel cruise control, do
one of the following:
• Depress the brake pedal.
• Shift into N (Neutral) with an auto-
matic transmission.
• Press the CANCEL switch.
• Decrease the vehicle speed lower
than the memory speed by 12 mph
(20 km/h).
• Decrease the vehicle speed to less
than approximately 15 mph (25
km/h).
OUM058025CNOUM058023L
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 65
Driving your vehicle
665
Each of these actions will cancel
cruise control operation (The set
speed in the instrument cluster will
go off), but it will not turn the system
off. If you wish to resume cruise con-
trol operation, move the lever up (to
RES+). You will return to your previ-
ously preset speed.
To resume cruising speed at
more than approximately 20
mph (30 km/h):
If any method other than the
CRUISE ON-OFF switch was used
to cancel cruising speed and the sys-
tem is still activated, the most recent
set speed will automatically resume
when you move the lever up.
It will not resume, however, if the
vehicle speed has dropped below
approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).
To turn cruise control off, do
one of the following:
• Press the CRUISE button (the
CRUISE indicator light in the
instrument cluster will go off).
• Turn the ignition off.
Both of these actions will cancel the
cruise control operation. If you want
to resume the cruise control opera-
tion, repeat the steps provided in “To
set cruise control speed” on the pre-
vious page.
OUM058024L
OUM058022CN
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 66
567
Driving your vehicle
SMART CRUISE CONTROL WITH STOP & GO SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
➀ Cruise indicator
➁ Set speed
➂ Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
The smart cruise control system
allows you to program the vehicle to
maintain constant speed and dis-
tance detecting the vehicle ahead
without depressing the accelerator or
brake pedal.
WARNING
- Smart cruise control sys-
tem Inadvertent Activation
• If the smart cruise control
systemis left on (CRUISE indi-
cator in the instrument cluster
illuminated), it can be activat-
ed inadvertently. Keep the
smart cruise control system
off (CRUISE indicator turn off)
when the smart cruise control
systemis not in use to avoid
setting a speed which the
driver is not aware of.
• The smart cruise control sys-
temis a supplemental system
and is not a substitute for safe
driving practices. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
always check the speed and
distance to the vehicle ahead.
(Continued)
OUMA058290
(Continued)
• Use the smart cruise control
system only when traveling
on open highways in good
weather.
• Do not use the smart cruise
control when it may not be
safe to keep the car at a con-
stant speed. For instance.
- Highway interchange and
tollgate
- Road surrounded by abnor-
mally multiple steel con-
structions (subway con-
struction, steel tunnel, etc)
- Parking lot
- Lanes beside guard rail on a
road
- Slippery road with rain, ice,
or snow covered
- Abrupt curved road
- Steep hills
- Windy roads
- Off roads
(Continued)
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 67
Driving your vehicle
685
(Continued)
- Roads under construction
- Rumble strip
- When driving near crash
barriers
- When driving on a sharp
curve
- When the vehicle sensing
ability decreases due to
vehicle modification result-
ing level difference of the
vehicle's front and rear
- When driving in heavy traffic
or when traffic conditions
make it difficult to drive at a
constant speed
- When driving on rainy, icy, or
snow covered roads
- When driving with limited
view (possibly due to bad
weather, such as fog, snow,
rain or sandstorm)
(Continued)
(Continued)
• The smart cruise control sys-
tem cannot recognize a
stopped vehicle, pedestrians
or an oncoming vehicle.
Always look ahead cautiously
to prevent unexpected and
sudden situations from occur-
ring.
• Pay particular attention to the
driving conditions whenever
using the smart cruise control
system.
• Be careful when driving
downhill using the SCC.
• Limited visibility (rain, snow,
smog, etc.)
• Cruise function should not be
used when the vehicle is
being towed to prevent any
damage.
• Always set the vehicle speed
under the speed limit in your
country.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Unexpected situations may
lead to possible accidents.
Pay attention continuously to
road conditions and driving
even when the smart cruise
control system is being oper-
ated.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 68
569
Driving your vehicle
Smart cruise control switch
CANCEL : Cancels cruise control
operation.
CRUISE :Turns cruise control sys-
tem on or off.
RES + : Resumes or increases
cruise control speed.
SET - :Sets or decreases cruise
control speed.
: Sets vehicle-to-vehicle distance
Speed setting
(smart cruise control system)
To set Smart Cruise Control Speed:
1. Press the CRUISE button, to turn
the system on. The CRUISE indi-
cator in the instrument cluster will
illuminate.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed.
• 20 mph (30 km/h) ~ 120 mph
(200 km/h) : when there is no
vehicle in front
• 0 mph (0 km/h) ~ 120 mph (200
km/h) : when there is a vehicle in
front
3. Move the lever down (to SET-),
and release it at the desired
speed. The set speed and vehicle
to vehicle distance on the LCD
screen will illuminate.
4. Release the accelerator pedal.
The desired speed will automati-
cally be maintained.
If there is a vehicle in front of you, the
speed may decrease to maintain the
distance to the vehicle ahead.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
slow down or speed up slightly while
going uphill or downhill.
OUM058023L
OUM058022CN
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 69
Driving your vehicle
705
Vehicle speed may decrease on an
upward slope and increase on a
ownward slope.
The speed will be set to 20 mph
when there is a vehicle ahead and
your vehicle speed is 0 ~ 20 mph.
To increase cruise control set
speed:
Follow either of these procedures:
• Move the lever up (to RES+), and
hold it. Your vehicle set speed will
increase by 5 mph (10 km/h).
Release the lever at the speed you
want.
• Move the lever up (to RES+), and
release it immediately.The cruising
speed will increase by 1 mph (1.0
km/h) each time you move the
lever up (to RES+) in this manner.
• Smart cruise control system will
operate to a maximum setting of 120
mph (200 km/h). However all local
speed limit laws must be followed.
To decrease the cruise control
set speed:
Follow either of these procedures:
• Move the lever down (to SET-), and
hold it. Your vehicle set speed will
decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h).
Release the lever at the speed you
want.
• Move the lever down (to SET-), and
release it immediately. The cruising
speed will decrease by 1 mph (1.0
km/h) each time you move the lever
down (to SET-) in this manner.
• You can set the cruise control to
above 20 mph (30 km/h).
OUM058024L OUM058023L
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 70
571
Driving your vehicle
To temporarily accelerate with the
cruise control on:
If you want to speed up temporarily
when the cruise control is on,
depress the accelerator pedal.
Increased speed will not interfere
with cruise control operation or
change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator.
If you move the lever down (to SET-)
at increased speed, the cruising
speed will be set again.
✽✽
NOTICE
Be careful when accelerating tem-
porarily, because the speed is not
regulated automatically at this time
even if there is a vehicle in front of
you.
Smart cruise control system will
be temporarily canceled when:
Cancelled manually
The smart cruise control system is
temporarily canceled when the brake
pedal is depressed or the CANCEL
button is pressed. The speed and
vehicle to vehicle distance indicator
on the cluster will disappear and the
CRUISE indicator is illuminated con-
tinuously.
Cancelled automatically
• The driver's door is opened.
• The shift lever is shifted to N
(Neutral), R (Reverse) or P(Parking).
• The EPB (electronic parking brake)
is applied.
• The vehicle speed is over 130 mph
(210 km/h)
• The ESC, ABS or TCS is operat-
ing.
• The ESC is turned off.
• The sensor or the cover is dirty or
blocked with foreign matter.
• When the vehicle is stopped for
over 5 minutes.
• The driver starts driving by pushing
the lever up (RES +) or down
(SET -) or depressing the acceler-
ator pedal approximately 3 sec-
onds after the vehicle is stopped by
the smart cruise control system
with no other vehicle ahead or a
vehicle stopped far away in front.
• The engine speed is in dangerous
range.
OUM058349CN
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 71
Driving your vehicle
725
• The smart cruise control system
has malfunctioned.
• The accelerator pedal is continu-
ously depressed for long time.
• When the braking control is operat-
ed for Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist(FCA)
• The vehicle is stopped for more
than 5 minutes.
• The driver starts driving by pushing
the toggle switch up (RES+)/down
(SET-) or depressing the accelera-
tor pedal, after the vehicle is
stopped by the Smart Cruise
Control system with no other vehi-
cle ahead.
• The vehicle stops and goes repeat-
edly for a long period of time.
• When the parking brake is locked.
• Engine has some problems.
Each of these actions will cancel the
smart cruise control system opera-
tion. (The set speed and vehicle-to-
vehicle distance on the LCD display
will go off.)
If the smart cruise control system is
cancelled automatically, the smart
cruise control system will not
resume even though the RES+ or
SET- lever is moved.
If the smart cruise control system is
cancelled by a reason not men-
tioned, have the system checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
If the system is automatically can-
celled, the warning chime will sound
and a message will appear for a few
seconds. You must adjust the vehicle
speed by depressing the accelerator
or brake pedal according to the road
conditions ahead and driving condi-
tion. Always check the road condi-
tions. Do not rely on the warning
chime.
OUM058291L
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 72
573
Driving your vehicle
To resume cruise control set
speed:
If any method other than the
CRUISE button was used to cancel
cruising speed and the system is still
activated, the cruising speed will
automatically resume when you
move the lever up/down (to RES+ or
SET-).
If you move the lever up (to RES+),
the speed will resume to the recently
set speed. It will only resume below
approximately 20 mph (30 km/h)
when a vehicle is in the front.
To turn cruise control off:
Press the CRUISE button. (the
CRUISE indicator in the instrument
cluster will go off).
When the Smart Cruise Control
System is not needed, press the
[CRUISE] switch and deactivate the
system.
WARNING - Following
Distance
• To avoid collisions, always be
aware of the selected speed
and vehicle to vehicle dis-
tance settings when activat-
ing your smart cruise control
system.
• Always maintain sufficient
braking distance and deceler-
ate your vehicle by applying
the brakes if necessary.
OUM058022CN
OUM058024L
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 73
Driving your vehicle
745
Vehicle to vehicle distance
setting (Smart cruise control
system)
To set vehicle to vehicle distance:
This function allows you to program
the vehicle to maintain relative dis-
tance to the vehicle ahead without
depressing the accelerator pedal or
brake pedal.
The vehicle to vehicle distance will
automatically activate when the
smart cruise control system is on.
Select the appropriate distance
according to road conditions and
vehicle speed.
Each time the button is pressed, the
vehicle to vehicle distance changes
as follows:
For example, if you drive at 56 mph
(90 km/h), the distance is maintained
as follows;
Distance 4 - approximately 172 feet
(52.5 m)
Distance 3 - approximately 130 feet
(40 m)
Distance 2 - approximately 106 feet
(32.5 m)
Distance 1 - approximately 82 feet
(25 m)
✽✽
NOTICE
The distance is set to the last set dis-
tance when the system is used for the
first time after starting the engine.
OUM058352L
Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2
Distance 1
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 74
575
Driving your vehicle
When the lane ahead is clear :
The vehicle speed will maintain the
set speed.
OUMA058402
OUMA058293
OUMA058295
OUMA058294
OUMA058296
When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane :
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:38 PM Page 75
Driving your vehicle
765
• The vehicle will maintain the set
speed, when the lane ahead is
clear.
• The vehicle will slow down or
speed up within selected speed to
maintain the selected distance,
when there is a vehicle ahead of
you in the lane. (A vehicle will
appear in front of your vehicle in
the LCD display only when there is
an actual vehicle in front of you)
• If the vehicle ahead speeds up,
your vehicle will travel at a steady
cruising speed after accelerating to
the selected speed.
• The warning chime sounds and
LCD display blinks if it is hard to
maintain the selected distance to
the vehicle ahead.
• If the warning chime sounds,
actively adjust the vehicle speed by
depressing the brake pedal
according to the road condition
ahead and driving condition.
• Even if the warning chime is not acti-
vated, always pay attention to the
driving conditions to prevent danger-
ous situations from occurring.
If the vehicle ahead (vehicle speed:
less than 20 mph (30 km/h)) moves
to the next lane, the warning chime
will sound and a message will
appear.
Adjust your vehicle speed for vehi-
cles or objects that can suddenly
appear in front of you by depressing
the brake pedal according to the
road condition ahead and driving
condition.
In heavy traffic
Use switch or pedal to accelerate
• In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if
the vehicle ahead of you starts
moving, your vehicle will start as
well. However, if the vehicle stops
for more than 3 seconds, you must
depress the accelerator pedal or
push up the toggle switch (RES+)
to start driving.
OUM058297L
OUM058298L
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 76
577
Driving your vehicle
• If you push the smart cruise control
toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) while
Auto Hold and smart cruise control
is operating the Auto Hold will be
released regardless of accelerator
pedal operation and the vehicle will
start to move. The AUTO HOLD
indicator changes from green to
white. (if equipped with EPB
(Electronic Parking Brake))
Radar to detect distance to the
vehicle ahead
The sensor detects distance to the
vehicle ahead.
If the sensor is covered with dirt or
other foreign matter, the vehicle to
vehicle distance control may not
operate correctly.
Always keep the sensor clean.
Radar check message
When the sensor lens cover is blocked
with dirt, snow, or debris, the Smart
Cruise Control System operation may
stop temporarily.If this occurs, a warn-
ing message will appear on the LCD
display. Remove any dirt, snow, or
debris and clean the radar sensor lens
cover before operating the Smart
Cruise Control System. The Smart
Cruise Control system may not prop-
erly activate, if the radar is totally con-
taminated, or if any substance is not
detected after turning ON the engine
(e.g. in an open terrain).
OUMA058054
OUM058299L
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 77
Driving your vehicle
785
Smart cruise control system mal-
function message
The message will appear when the
vehicle to vehicle distance control
system is not functioning normally.
Take your vehicle to an authorized
Kia dealer and have the system
checked.
• Always keep the sensor and
bumper clean.
• Use only a genuine Kia sensor
cover for your vehicle.
• Do not install accessories around
the sensor and do not replace the
bumper by yourself.It may interfere
with the sensor performance.
• Impact damage to the sensor or
sensor area may cause the sensor
to move slightly off position and
result in the smart cruise control
system not operating correctly
without any warning or indicator
from the cluster.If this occurs, have
your vehicle checked by an author-
ized Kia dealer as soon as possi-
ble.
• Use only a genuine Kia sensor
cover for your vehicle. Do not paint
anything on the sensor cover.
• If the front bumper becomes dam-
aged in the area around the radar
sensor, the Smart Cruise Control
System may not operate properly.
CAUTION - Sensor
Damage
To prevent sensor cover dam-
age from occurring, wash the
car with a soft cloth.
OUM058300L
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 78
579
Driving your vehicle
To adjust the sensitivity of
smart cruise control system
The sensitivity of vehicle speed
when following the front vehicle to
maintain the set distance can be
adjusted. Go to the User Settings
Mode (Driver Assistance) and select
SCC Reaction (Smart Cruise
Control). You may select one of the
three stages you prefer.
• Slow:
Vehicle speed following the front
vehicle to maintain the set distance
is slower than normal speed.
• Normal:
Vehicle speed following the front
vehicle to maintain the set distance
is normal
• Fast:
Vehicle speed following the front
vehicle to maintain the set distance
is faster than normal speed.
✽✽
NOTICE
The system remembers the last
selected mode.
To convert to cruise control
mode:
The driver may choose to only use
the cruise control mode (speed con-
trol function) by doing as follows:
1.Turn the smart cruise control sys-
tem on (the cruise indicator light
will be on but the system will not be
activated).
2.Push the distance to distance
switch for more than 2 seconds.
3.Choose between "Smart cruise
control (SCC) mode" and "Cruise
control (CC) mode".
When using the cruise control mode,
you must manually assess the dis-
tance to other vehicles as the system
will not automatically brake to slow
down for other vehicles.
When the system is canceled using
the CRUISE button or the CRUISE
button is used after the engine is
turned on, the Smart Cruise Control
mode will turn on.
OUM058301L
OUM058357L
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 79
Driving your vehicle
805
Limitations of the system
The smart cruise control system may
have limits to its ability to detect dis-
tance to the vehicle ahead due to
road and traffic conditions.
On curves
• On curves, the smart cruise control
system may not detect a moving
vehicle in your lane, and then your
vehicle could accelerate to the set
speed. Also, the vehicle speed will
rapidly slow down when the vehicle
ahead is recognized suddenly.
• Select the appropriate set speed
on curves and adjust your vehicle
speed by depressing the accelera-
tor or brake pedal according to the
road condition ahead and driving
condition.
• Your vehicle speed can be reduced
due to a vehicle in the adjacent
lane. Adjust your vehicle speed by
depressing the brake pedal
according to the road condition
ahead and driving condition. Apply
the accelerator pedal and select
the appropriate set speed. Check
to be sure that the road conditions
permit safe operation of the smart
cruise control system.
OUM054041L
OUM054040L
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 80
581
Driving your vehicle
On inclines
• During uphill or downhill driving, the
smart cruise control system may
not detect a moving vehicle in your
lane, and cause your vehicle to
accelerate to the set speed. Also,
the vehicle speed will rapidly slow
down when the vehicle ahead is
recognized suddenly.
• Select the appropriate set speed
on inclines and adjust your vehicle
speed by depressing the accelera-
tor or brake pedal according to the
road condition ahead.
Lane changing
• A vehicle which moves into your
lane from an adjacent lane cannot
be recognized by the sensor until it
is in the sensor's detection range.
• The sensor may not detect imme-
diately when a vehicle cuts in sud-
denly. Always pay attention to the
traffic, road and driving conditions.
• If a vehicle which moves into your
lane is slower than your vehicle,
your speed may decrease to main-
tain the distance to the vehicle
ahead.
• If a vehicle which moves into your
lane is faster than your vehicle,
your vehicle will accelerate to the
selected speed.
OUM054043LOUM054042L
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 81
Driving your vehicle
825
• Your vehicle may accelerate when
a vehicle ahead of you disappears.
• When you are warned that the
vehicle ahead of you is not detect-
ed, drive with caution.
Vehicle recognition
Some vehicles ahead in your lane
cannot be recognized by the sensor
as follows:
- Narrow vehicles such as motorcy-
cles or bicycles
- Vehicles offset to one side
- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-
decelerating vehicles
- Stopped vehicles
- Vehicles with small rear profile such
as trailers with no loads
A vehicle ahead cannot be recog-
nized correctly by the sensor if any of
following occurs:
- When the vehicle is pointing
upwards due to overloading in the
liftgate
- While making turns by steering
- When driving to one side of the lane
- When driving on narrow lanes or on
curves
Adjust your vehicle speed by
depressing the brake pedal accord-
ing to the road condition ahead and
driving condition.
OUM054045L
OUM054044L
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 82
583
Driving your vehicle
• When vehicles are at a standstill
and the vehicle in front of you
changes to the next lane, be care-
ful when your vehicle starts to
move because it may not recognize
the stopped vehicle in front of you.
In this case, you must maintain a
safe braking distance, and if nec-
essary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
• Always look out for pedestrians
when your vehicle is maintaining a
distance with the vehicle ahead.
• Always be cautious for vehicles
that are taller with higher clear-
ance, or vehicles carrying loads
that stick out of the back of the
vehicle.
OUM054047L
OUM054048LOUM054046L
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 83
Driving your vehicle
845
- After an engine start, please stop
for several seconds. If system ini-
tialization is not completed, the
smart cruise control system does
not normally operate.
- After an engine start, if any objects
are not detected or the sensor
cover is obscured with foreign sub-
stances, there is a possibility that
the smart cruise control system
system may not work.
- The following conditions may
cause a malfunction: over-loading
the liftgate, suspension modifica-
tion, tire replacement with unau-
thorized tires or tires with different
tread wear and pressure levels.
- The smart cruise control system
cannot guarantee the stop for
every emergency situation.
If an emergency stop is necessary,
you must apply the brakes.
- Keep a safe distance according to
road conditions and vehicle speed.
If the vehicle to vehicle distance is
too close during a high-speed driv-
ing, a serious collision may result.
WARNING - Inclines &
Towing
Do not use smart cruise control
system on steep inclines or
when towing another vehicle or
trailer since such extreme load-
ing can interfere with your vehi-
cle's ability to maintain the
selected speed.
WARNING
- Safe Use of smart cruise
control system
The smart cruise control system
can provide you with an addition-
al level of safety and fatigue
reduction. However you must
maintain careful observation of
the roadway in front and around
you and maintain control of your
vehicle and spacing around
other vehicles as you normally
would. For example, this will
require you to apply the brakes
as needed when coming upon a
slower moving vehicle, or when a
vehicle from another lane drives
quickly in front of you.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 84
585
Driving your vehicle
- The smart cruise control system
cannot recognize a stopped vehi-
cle, pedestrians or an oncoming
vehicle. Always look ahead cau-
tiously to prevent unexpected and
suddensituations from occurring.
- When other vehicles are changing
lanes in front of you frequently, the
smart cruise control system may
not operate appropriately. Always
look ahead cautiously to prevent
unexpected and sudden situations
from occurring.
- The smart cruise control system is
not a substitute for safedriving
practices but a convenience func-
tion only. It is the responsibility of
the driver to always check the
speed and the distance to the vehi-
cle ahead.
- Always be aware of the selected
speed and vehicle to vehicle dis-
tance.
- Always maintain sufficient braking
distance and decelerate your vehi-
cle by applying the brakes if neces-
sary.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harm-
ful interference, and
2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including inter-
ference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user’s authority to operate
the device.
Radio frequency radiation expo-
sure information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for
an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum distance
of 20 cm between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-locat-
ed or operating in conjunction with
any other antenna or transmitter.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 85
Driving your vehicle
865
The drive mode may be selected
according to the driver's preference
or road condition.
The mode changes whenever the
DRIVE MODE button is turned.
• SMART mode : SMART mode
automatically adjusts the driving
mode (ECO " COMFORT "
SPORT) in accordance with the
driver's driving habits.
• COMFORT mode : COMFORT
mode provides soft driving and
comfortable riding.
• SPORT mode : SPORT mode pro-
vides sporty but firm riding.
• ECO mode : ECO mode improves
fuel efficiency for eco-friendly driv-
ing.
If it is in ECO or SMART mode, the
each mode will be set when the
engine is restarted. (However, if it is
in COMFORT/SPORT mode, the
driving mode will be set to COM-
FORT mode when the engine is
restarted.)
SMART mode
DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM
OUM058359L
OUM058358L
OUM058360L
OUMA054036
OUMA058037
■ Type B
■ Type A
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 86
587
Driving your vehicle
SMART mode selects the
proper driving mode
among ECO, COMFORT
and SPORT by judging
the driver's driving habits
(i.e. mild or dynamic)
from the brake pedal
depression or the steer-
ing wheel operation.
• Press the DRIVE MODE button to
activate SMART mode. When
SMART mode is activated, the
indicator illuminates on the instru-
ment cluster.
• The indicator illuminates in blue,
when the driver's driving is catego-
rized to be mild. It illuminates in
white, when the driver's driving is
categorized to be normal. It illumi-
nates in red, when the driver's driv-
ing is categorized to be dynamic
during abrupt braking or sharp
curving.
• The vehicle starts in COMFORT
mode, when the engine was turned
OFF in SMART mode.
• SMART mode automatically con-
trols the vehicle driving, such as
gear shifting patterns, engine
torque, riding quality (if equipped
with the electronic suspension sys-
tem), and power distribution (if
equipped with the All-Wheel Drive
(AWD) system), in accordance with
the driver's driving habits.
✽✽
NOTICE
• When you mildly drive the vehicle
in SMART mode, the driving
mode changes to ECO mode to
improve fuel efficiency. However,
the actual fuel efficiency may dif-
fer in accordance with your driv-
ing situations (i.e. upward/down-
ward slope, vehicle
deceleration/acceleration).
• When you dynamically drive the
vehicle in SMART mode by
abruptly decelerating or sharply
curving, the driving mode changes
to SPORT mode. However, it may
adversely affect fuel economy.
SMART
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 87
Driving your vehicle
885
Various driving situations, which you
may encounter in SMART mode
• The driving mode automatically
changes to ECO mode after a cer-
tain period of time, when you gen-
tly depress the accelerator pedal
(Your driving is categorized to be
mild.).
• The driving mode automatically
changes from SMART ECO mode
to SMART COMFORT mode after
a certain period of time, when you
sharply or repetitively depress the
accelerator pedal.
• The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART COMFORT
mode with the same driving pat-
terns, when the vehicle starts to
drive on an upward slope of a cer-
tain angle. The driving mode auto-
matically returns to SMART ECO
mode, when the vehicle enters a
leveled road.
• The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT, when
you abruptly accelerate the vehicle
or repetitively operate the steering
wheel (Your driving is categorized
to be sporty.). In this mode, your
vehicle drives in a lower gear for
abrupt accelerating/decelerating
and increases the engine brake
performance.
• You may still sense the engine
brake performance, even when you
release the accelerator pedal in
SMART SPORT mode. It is
because your vehicle remains to
be in a lower gear over a certain
period of time for next acceleration.
Thus, it is a normal driving situa-
tion, not indicating any malfunc-
tion.
• The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT mode
only in harsh driving situations. In
most of the normal driving situa-
tions, the driving mode sets to be
either in SMART ECO mode or in
SMART COMFORT mode.
Limitation of SMART mode
The SMART mode may be limited in
following situations.(The OFF indica-
tor illuminates in those situations.)
• The driver manually moves the
shift lever : It deactivates SMART
mode. The vehicle drives, as the
driver manually moves the shift
lever.
• The cruise control is activated :
The cruise system may deactivate
the SMART mode. When a higher
system is set by the cruise system,
it starts to control vehicle speed
and deactivates SMART mode.
(SMART mode is not deactivated
just by activing the cruise system.)
• The transmission oil temperature is
either extremely low or extremely
high : The SMART mode can be
active in most of the normal driving
situations. However, an extremely
high/ low transmission oil tempera-
ture may temporarily deactivate the
SMART mode, because the trans-
mission condition is out of normal
operation condition.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 88
589
Driving your vehicle
SPORT mode
SPORT mode manages
the driving dynamics by
automatically adjusting
the steering effort, and
the engine and trans-
mission control logic for
enhanced driver per-
formance.
• When SPORT mode is selected by
pressing the DRIVE MODE button,
the SPORT indicator will illuminate.
• Whenever the engine is restarted,
the Drive Mode will revert back to
COMFORT mode. If SPORT mode
is desired, re-select SPORT mode
from the DRIVE MODE button.
• When SPORT mode is activated:
- The engine rpm will tend to
remain raised over a certain
length of time even after releas-
ing the accelerator
- Upshifts are delayed when accel-
erating
✽✽
NOTICE
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency
may decrease.
ECO mode
When the Drive Mode is
set to ECO mode, the
engine and transmission
control logic are changed
to maximize fuel efficiency.
• When ECO mode is selected by
pressing the DRIVE MODE button,
the ECO indicator will illuminate.
• If the vehicle is set to ECO mode,
when the engine is turned OFF
and restarted the Drive Mode set-
ting will remain in ECO mode.
✽✽
NOTICE
Fuel efficiency depends on the dri-
ver's driving habit and road condi-
tion.
ECO
SPORT
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 89
Driving your vehicle
905
When ECO mode is activated:
• The acceleration response may be
slightly reduced if the accelerator
pedal is depressed moderately.
• The air conditioner performance
may be limited.
• The shift pattern of the automatic
transmission may change.
• The engine noise may get louder.
The above situations are normal
conditions when ECO mode is acti-
vated to improve fuel efficiency.
Limitation of ECO mode operation:
If the following conditions occur while
ECO mode is operating, the system
operation is limited even though
there is no change in the ECO indi-
cator.
• When the coolant temperature is
low:
The system will be limited until
engine performance becomes nor-
mal.
• When driving up a hill:
The system will be limited to gain
power when driving uphill because
engine torque is restricted.
• When driving the vehicle with the
automatic transmission gear shift
lever in manual mode.
The system will be limited accord-
ing to the shift location.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 90
591
Driving your vehicle
The Lane Keeping Assist System
detects the lane markers on the road
with a front view camera at the front
windshield, and assists the driver’s
steering to help keep the vehicle in
the lanes.
When the system detects the vehicle
straying from its lane, it alerts the
driver with a visual and audible warn-
ing, while applying a slight counter-
steering torque, trying to prevent the
vehicle from moving out of its lane.
✽✽
NOTICE
• Driver is responsible for being
aware of surroundings and steer-
ing the vehicle for safe driving
practices.
• LKA SYSTEM helps prevent the
driver from moving out of the lane
unintentionally by assisting the
driver’s steering. However, the
system is just a convenience func-
tion and the steering wheel is not
always controlled. While driving,
the driver should pay attention to
the steering wheel.
• The operation of the LKA SYS-
TEM can be cancelled or not work
properly according to road condi-
tion and surroundings. Always be
cautious when driving.
LANE KEEPING ASSIST (LKA) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
Do not turn the steering wheel
suddenly when the vehicle is
being directed by the LKA sys-
tem. This can result in a sudden
loss of control and crash of the
vehicle.
OUMA058032
OUM054149
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 91
Driving your vehicle
925
• Do not disassemble a front view
camera temporarily for tinted win-
dow or attaching any types of coat-
ings and accessories. If you disas-
semble the camera and assemble
it again, take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked to need a calibra-
tion.
• When you replace the windshield
glass, front view camera or related
parts of the steering, take your
vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer
and have the system checked to
need a calibration.
• The system detects lane markers
and controls the steering wheel by
a front view camera, therefore, if
the lane markers are hard to
detect, the system may not work
properly. Always be cautious when
using the system.
• When the lane markers are hard to
detect, please refer to “Driver’s
Attention”.
• Do not remove or damage the
related parts of LKA SYSTEM.
• Do not place objects on the crash
pad that reflects light such as mir-
rors, white paper, etc. it may cause
malfunction of LKA SYSTEM if the
sunlight is reflected.
• You may not hear warning sound of
LKA SYSTEM because of the
excessive audio sound.
• If you continue to drive with your
hands off the steering wheel, the
LKA SYSTEM will stop controlling
the steering wheel after the hands
off alarm. After then, if you drive
with your hands on the steering
wheel, the control will be activated
again.
✽✽
NOTICE
• If the vehicle speed is high, steer-
ing torque for assistance will not
be enough to keep your vehicle
within the lane. If so, the vehicle
may move out of its lane. Obey
speed limit when using LKA SYS-
TEM.
• If you attach objects to the steer-
ing wheel, the system may not
assist steering.
• If you attach objects to the steer-
ing wheel, hands off alarm may
not work properly.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 92
593
Driving your vehicle
LKA SYSTEM operation
To activate/deactivate the LKA SYS-
TEM:
With the ignition switch in the ON
position, press the LKA SYSTEM
button located on the instrument
panel on the lower left hand side of
the driver.
The indicator in the cluster display
will initially illuminate white.
When the indicator (white) activated
in the previous ignition cycle, the
system turns on without any control.
If you press the LKA SYSTEM button
again, the indicator on the cluster
display will go off.
The color of indicator will change
depend on the condition of LKA
SYSTEM.
- White : Sensor does not detect the
lane marker or vehicle
speed is less than 40 mph
(64 km/h).
- Green : Sensor detects the lane
marker and system is able
to control the steering.
LKA SYSTEM activation
• To see the LKA SYSTEM screen
on the LCD display in the cluster,
Tab to the Assist mode ( ).
• For further details, refer to [menu
settings] in chapter 4, [crash pad].
• After LKA SYSTEM is activated, if
both lane markers are detected,
vehicle speed is over 40 mph (64
km/h) and all the activation condi-
tions are satisfied, a green steering
wheel indicator will illuminate and
the steering wheel will be controlled.
OUMA058031
WARNING
The Lane Keeping Assist
System is a system to help pre-
vent the driver from leaving the
lane. However, the driver should
not solely rely on the system
but always check the road con-
ditions when driving.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:39 PM Page 93
Driving your vehicle
945
• If the speed of the vehicle is over
40 mph (64 km/h) and the system
detects lane markers, the color
changes from gray to white.
When the conditions below are met,
LKA SYSTEM will be enable to
assist steering.
• Vehicle speed is above 40 mph (64
km/h).
• Both lane markers are detected by
LKA SYSTEM.
• The vehicle is between the lane
markers.
If LKA SYSTEM can assist steering,
a green steering wheel indicator will
illuminate.
Warning
• If the vehicle leaves a lane, the
lane marker you cross will blink on
the LCD display.
OUM048470L
OUM048482L
OUM048471L
OUM048473L
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 94
595
Driving your vehicle
• If the vehicle moves out its lane
because steering torque for assis-
tance is not enough, the line indi-
cator of deviation direction will
blink.
• If all the conditions to activate LKA
SYSTEM are not satisfied, the sys-
tem will convert to LDW system
(Lane Departure Warning) and
warn the driver only when the driv-
er crosses the lane lines.
If the driver takes hands off the steer-
ing wheel for several seconds while
the LKA is activated, the system will
warn the driver.
✽✽
NOTICE
• The warning message may appear
late according to road conditions.
Therefore, always have your
hands on the steering wheel while
driving.
• If you hold the steering wheel
lightly, the system would generate
hands off warning because LKAS
can treat the situation as you do
not grab the wheel.
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the steering wheel after
several seconds, the system will not
control the steering wheel and warn
the driver only when the driver cross-
es the lane markers.
However, if the driver has their hands
on the steering wheel again, the sys-
tem will start controlling the steering
wheel.
OUM048474L
OUM048475L
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 95
Driving your vehicle
965
• The driver is responsible for accu-
rate steering.
• Even though the steering is assist-
ed by the system, the driver may
control the steering wheel.
• Turn off the system and drive the
vehicle in below situations.
- In bad weather
- In bad road condition
- When the steering wheel needs
to be controlled by the driver fre-
quently.
• The steering wheel may feel heav-
ier when the steering wheel is
assisted by the system than when
it is not.
✽✽
NOTICE
• Even though the steering is assist-
ed by the system, the driver may
control the steering.
• The steering wheel may feel heav-
ier when the steering wheel is
assisted by the system than when it
is not.
The system will be cancelled when:
• You change lanes with the turn sig-
nal.
- Using the turn signal to change
lanes.
- If you change lanes without the
turn signal on, the steering wheel
might be controlled.
• LKA SYSTEM can transit to steer-
ing assist mode when the car is
near to middle of the lane after sys-
tem on or the lane was changed.
LKA SYSTEM can not assist steer-
ing if the vehicle follows lane mark-
er too close continuously before
transition to steering assist mode.
• The control of ESC (Electronic
Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle
Stability Management) is activated.
• The steering will not be assisted
when your drive fast on a sharp
curve.
• The steering will not be assisted
when vehicle speed is below 40
mph (64 km/h) and over 110 mph
(180 km/h).
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 96
597
Driving your vehicle
• The steering will not be assisted
when you change lanes fast.
• The steering will not be assisted
when you brake suddenly.
• The steering will not be assisted
when the lane is very wide or nar-
row.
• The steering will not be assisted
when only one side lane marker is
detected.
• There are more than two lane
markers such as a construction
area.
• Radius of a curve is too small.
• When you turn steering wheel sud-
denly, the LKA SYSTEM will be
disabled temporarily.
• Driving on a steep slope or hill.
DRIVER’S ATTENTION
The driver must be cautious in the
below situations may not work
properly when recognition of the
lane marker is poor or limited :
When lane and road condition is
poor
- It is difficult to distinguish the
lane marker from road when the
lane marker is covered with dust
or sand.
- It is difficult to distinguish the
color of the lane marker from
road.
- There is something looks like a
lane marker.
- The lane marker is indistinct or
damaged.
- The number of lanes increases/
decreases or the lane lines are
crossing (Driving through a toll
plaza/toll gate, merged/divided
lane).
- There are more than two lane
markers.
- The lane marker is very thick or
thin.
- The lane marker is not visible
due to snow, rain, stain, a puddle
or other factors.
- A shadow is on the lane marker
because of a median strip,
guardrail, noise barriers and
others.
- When the lane markers are com-
plicated or a structure substi-
tutes for the lines such as a
construction area.
- There are crosswalk signs or
other symbols on the road.
- The lane suddenly disappears
such as at the intersection.
- The lane marker in a tunnel is
covered with dirt or oil and etc.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 97
Driving your vehicle
985
When external condition is inter-
vened
- The brightness of outside
changes suddenly when enter-
ing/existing a tunnel or passing
under a bridge.
- The headlamps are not on at
night or in a tunnel, or light level
is low.
- There is a boundary structure in
the roadway.
- The light of street, sun, oncom-
ing vehicle and so on reflects
from the water on the road.
- When light shines brightly in the
reverse direction you drive.
- The distance from the vehicle
ahead is very short or the vehi-
cle ahead drives hiding the lane
line.
- You drive on a steep grade or a
sharp curve.
- The vehicle vibrates heavily.
- The temperature near inside mir-
ror is very high due to direct sun
light and etc.
When front visibility is poor
- The lens or windshield is cov-
ered by strange materials.
- The sensor cannot detect the
lane because of fog, heavy rain
or snow.
- The windshield is fogged by
humid air in the vehicle.
- Putting something on the crash
pad and etc.
LKA SYSTEM malfunction
If there is a problem with the system
a message will appear.If the problem
continues the LKA system fail indica-
tor will illuminate.
WARNING
The Lane Keeping Assist
System is a system to help pre-
vent the driver from leaving the
lane. However, the driver should
not solely rely on the system
but always take the necessary
actions for safe driving prac-
tices.
OUM048476L
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 98
599
Driving your vehicle
LKA system fail indicator
The LKA system fail indicator (yel-
low) will illuminate with an audible
warning if the LKA system is not
working properly. In this case, have
the system checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
When there is a problem with the sys-
tem do one of the following:
• Turn the system on after turning
the engine off and on again.
• Check if the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
• Check if the system is affected by
the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain,
etc.)
• Check if there is foreign matter on
the camera lens
If the problem is not solved, have the
system checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
LKA SYSTEM Function
Change
The driver can change LKA to Lane
Departure Warning System (LDW
system) or change the LKA SYSTEM
mode between Std. Lane Keeping
Assist and Active Lane Keep. Assist
from the User Settings Mode on the
LCD display.
The driver can choose them by plac-
ing the ignition switch to the ON posi-
tion and by selecting ‘User Settings’,
‘Driver Assistance’, and ‘Lane Safety’.
The system is automatically set to
Std. Lane Keeping Assist.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 99
Driving your vehicle
1005
Lane Departure Warning
LDW alerts the driver with a visual
and acoustic warning when the sys-
tem detects the vehicle leaving the
lane.In this mode, the steering wheel
will not be controlled.When the vehi-
cle’s front wheel contacts the inside
edge of lane line, LKA SYSTEM
issues the lane departure warning.
Std. Lane Keeping Assist
The Standard LKA mode guides the
driver to keep the vehicle within the
lanes. It rarely controls the steering
wheel, when the vehicle drives well
inside the lanes. However, it starts to
control the steering wheel, when the
vehicle is about to deviate from the
lanes.
Active Lane Keep. Assist
The active LKA mode provides more
frequent steering wheel control in
comparison with the Standard LKA
mode.Active LKA can reduce the dri-
ver’s fatigue to assist the steering for
maintaining the vehicle in the middle
of the lane.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 100
5101
Driving your vehicle
BLIND-SPOT COLLISION WARNING (BCW) (IF EQUIPPED)
The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW) system uses radar sensors in
the rear bumper to monitor and warn
the driver of an approaching vehicle
in the driver's blind spot area.
The system monitors the rear area of
the vehicle and provides information
to the driver with an audible alert and
a indicator on the outside rearview
mirrors
(1)Blind spot area
The BCW range varies relative to
vehicle speed. Note that if your
vehicle is traveling much faster
than the vehicles around you, the
warning will not occur.
(2)Closing at high speed
The BCW-Closing at high speed
feature will alert you when a vehi-
cle is approaching in an adjacent
lane at a high rate of speed.If the
driver activates the turn signal
when the system detects an
oncoming vehicle, the system
sounds an audible alert. Distance
from approaching vehicle can be
seen differently according to the
relative speed.
(3)RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning)
The RCCW feature monitors
approaching cross traffic from the
left and right side of the vehicle
when your vehicle is in reverse.
The feature will operate when the
vehicle is moving in reverse
below about 6 mph (10 km/h). If
oncoming cross traffic is detected
a warning chime will sound.
Distance from approaching vehi-
cle can be seen differently
according to the relative speed.
OUM056176L
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 101
Driving your vehicle
1025
BCW (Blind-Spot Collision
Warning)
Operating conditions
The indicator on the switch will illumi-
nate when the Blind-Spot Collision
Warning System (BCW) switch is
pressed with the engine start/stop
Button ON.
If vehicle speed exceeds 20 mph
(30 km/h), the system will activate.
If you press the switch again, the
switch indicator and system will be
turned off.
If the vehicle is turned off, the system
will remember the last settings upon
restart.
When the system is not used turn the
system off by turning off the switch.
When the system is turned on the
warning light will illuminate for 3 sec-
onds on the outside rearview mirror.
OUMA058027
WARNING
- BCW Limitations
• The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning System (BCW) is a
supplemental system. Do not
solely rely on the system and
always pay attention to drive
safely.
• The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning System may not
detect every object alongside
the vehicle and is not a sub-
stitute for proper and safe
lane changing procedures.
Always drive safely and use
caution when changing lanes.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 102
5103
Driving your vehicle
Warning type
The system will activate when:
1.The system is on.
2.Vehicle speed is above 20 mph
(30 km/h).
3. Other vehicles are detected in the
rear side.
If a vehicle is detected within the
boundary of the system, a warning
light will illuminate on the outside
rearview mirror.
If the detected vehicle is not in
detecting range, the warning will turn
off.
The second stage alarm will activate
when:
1.The first stage alert is on
2.The turn signal is on to change a
lane
When the second stage alert is acti-
vated, a warning light will blink on the
outside rearview mirror and an alarm
will sound.
If you move the turn signal switch to
the original position, the second
stage alert will be deactivated.
OUM054029
2nd stage
OUM054028
1st stage
WARNING
The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning System and Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
is not a substitute for proper and
safe lane changing procedures.
Always drive safely and use cau-
tion when changing lanes. The
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
System may not detect every
object alongside the vehicle.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 103
Driving your vehicle
1045
- The second stage alarm may be
deactivated.
• To activate the alarm:
Go to the User Settings Mode →
Driver Assistance and select
“Blind-Spot Collision Warning” on
the LCD display.
• To deactivate the alarm:
Go to the User Settings Mode →
Driver Assistance and deselect
“Blind-Spot Collision Warning” on
the LCD display.
✽✽
NOTICE
The alarm function helps alert the
driver. Deactivate this function only
when it is necessary
Detecting sensor
The sensors are located inside of the
rear bumper.
Always keep the rear bumper clean
for the system to work properly.
RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning)
When your vehicle moves backwards
from a parking position, the sensor
detects approaching vehicles to the
left or right side direction and gives
information to the driver.
OUMA058030
OYP054026K
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 104
5105
Driving your vehicle
Operating conditions
• Select RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning) in “User
Settings” under “Driver Assistance”
on the instrument cluster.The sys-
tem will turn on and standby to
activate.
• Select RCCW again, to turn the
system off.
• If the vehicle is turned off, the
RCCW system will remember the
last settings upon restart. Always
turn the RCCW system off when
not in use.
• The system operates when the
vehicle speed is below 6 mph
(10km/h) with the shift lever in R
(Reverse).
• The RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning) detecting range
is 1.6 feet ~ 65 feet based on the
side direction. If the approaching
vehicle speed is
2.5 mph (4 km/h) ~ 22 mph (36
km/h) within sensing range, it is
detected. However, the system
sensing range can vary based on
conditions. Always pay attention to
your surroundings.
Warning type
• If the vehicle detected by sensors
approaches your vehicle, the warn-
ing chime will sound and the warn-
ing light will blink on the outside
rearview mirror.
• If the detected vehicle is out of
detection range, moving away in the
opposite direction or moving slow,
or if the vehicle is right behind your
vehicle, if the direction of the other
vehicle is not heading towards your
vehicle, the warning is cancelled.
• The system may not operate prop-
erly due to other factors or circum-
stances. Always pay attention to
your surroundings.
OUM058312L
OYG056144L
OUM058311L
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 105
Driving your vehicle
1065
❈ If your vehicle's left or right side
bumper is blinded by a barrier or
vehicles, the system sensing abili-
ty may be deteriorated.
When the BCW system is being acti-
vated, the warning light on the out-
side rearview mirror will illuminate
whenever a vehicle is detected at the
rear side by the system. To avoid
accidents, do not focus only on the
warning light and neglect to see the
surrounding of the vehicle.
✽✽
NOTICE
• The system may not work proper-
ly if the bumper has been replaced
or if repair work has been done
near the sensor.
• The detection area differs accord-
ing to the road's width. If the road
is narrow the system may detect
other vehicles in the next lane.
• If the road is very wide the system
may not detect other vehicles.
• The system may turn off due to
strong electromagnetic interfer-
ence.
WARNING
• The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning System and Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning is not a substitute for
proper and safe lane chang-
ing procedures. Always drive
safely and use caution when
changing lanes. The Blind-
Spot Collision Warning
System may not detect every
object alongside the vehicle.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Drive safely even though the
vehicle is equipped with a BCW
(Blind-Spot Collision Warning)
system. Do not solely rely on
the system but check for your-
self before changing lanes.
The system may not alert the
driver in some conditions so
always check the surround-
ings while driving.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 106
5107
Driving your vehicle
Warning message
The message will appear to notify
the driver if there are foreign sub-
stances on the surface or inside the
rear bumper or it is hot near the rear
bumper. The light on the switch and
the system will be turned off auto-
matically.
Remove the foreign substance on
the rear bumper.
After the foreign substance is
removed, if you drive for approxi-
mately 10 minutes, the system will
work normally.
If the system does not work normally
even though the foreign substance,
trailer or carrier, or other equipment
is removed, take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
It is possible to get the message with
no foreign substance on the rear
bumper, for example, when driving in
sparse rural or open area, such as
desert, where there is insufficient
data for operation.
This message may also activate dur-
ing heavy rain or due to road spray.
In this case, the vehicle does not
need service.
When the cargo area or other equip-
ment is being used, turn all functions
of the system [OFF].
If the system does not work properly,
a warning message will appear and
the light on the switch will turn off.The
system will turn off automatically.
Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
OUM058310L
OUM058309L
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 107
Driving your vehicle
1085
Non-operating condition
Outside rearview mirror may not
alert the driver when:
- The outside rearview mirror housing
is damaged or covered with debris.
- The window is covered with debris.
- The windows are severely tinted.
DRIVER’S ATTENTION
The driver must be cautious in the
below situations, because the sys-
tem may not detect other vehicles
or objects in certain circumstances.
- The vehicle drives on a curved
road or through a tollgate.
- The sensor is polluted with rain,
snow, mud, etc.
- The rear bumper, in which the
sensor is located, is covered or
blocked with a foreign matter
such as a sticker, a bumper
guard, a bicycle stand, etc.
- The rear bumper is damaged, or
the sensor is out of the original
default position.
- The vehicle height gets lower or
higher due to heavy loading in a
liftgate, abnormal tire pressure,
etc.
- The vehicle drives in a bad
weather such as heavy rain or
snow.
(Continued)
(Continued)
- There is a fixed object near the
vehicle, such as a guardrail,
pedestrian, animal, tunnel, etc.
- A big vehicle is near such as a
bus or truck.
- A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
- A flat trailer is near.
- If the vehicle has started at the
same time as the vehicle next to
you and has accelerated.
- When the other vehicle passes
at a very fast speed.
- While changing lanes.
- When going down or up a steep
road where the height of the lane
is different.
- When the other vehicle
approaches very close.
- When a trailer or carrier is
installed.
- When the temperature of the
rear bumper is very high or low.
(Continued)
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 108
5109
Driving your vehicle
(Continued)
- When the sensors are blocked
by other vehicles, walls or park-
ing-lot pillars.
- When the detected vehicle also
moves back, as your vehicle
drives back.
- If there are small things like
Shopping cart, baby carriage and
pedestrians.
- If there is low height vehicle like
sport vehicle.
- When other vehicles are close to
your vehicle.
- When the vehicle in the next
lane moves two lanes away from
you OR when the vehicle two
lanes away moves to the next
lane from you.
- When driving through a narrow
road with many plants.
- When driving on wet surface.
(Continued)
(Continued)
- The vehicle is driven near areas
containing metal substances
such as a construction zone,
railroad, etc.
- When the surrounding vehicle
or structure is driving in a wide
area (desert, field, suburb etc.)
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harm-
ful interference, and
2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including inter-
ference that may cause undesired
operation.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 109
Driving your vehicle
1105
The Driver Attention Warning (DAW),
system is to warn the driver with any
hazardous driving situations upon
detecting the driver's fatigue level or
inattentive driving practices.
System setting and activation
System setting
• The Driver Attention Warning sys-
tem is set to be in the OFF posi-
tion, when your vehicle is first
delivered to you from the factory.
• To turn ON the Driver Attention
Warning system, turn on the
engine, and then select 'User
Settings → Assist → Driver
Attention Warning → Normal/Early'
on the LCD display.
• The driver can select the Driver
Attention Warning system mode.
- Off :The Driver Attention Warning
system is deactivated.
- Normal : The Driver Attention
Warning system alerts the driver
of his/her fatigue level or inatten-
tive driving practices.
- Early : The Driver Attention
Warning system alerts the driver
of his/her fatigue level or inatten-
tive driving practices faster than
Normal mode.
• The set-up of the Driver Attention
Warning system will be main-
tained, as selected, when the
engine is re-started.
DRIVER ATTENTION WARNING (DAW, IF EQUIPPED)
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 110
5111
Driving your vehicle
Display of the driver's attention
level
• The driver can monitor their driving
conditions on the LCD display.
- Select 'User Settings Mode' and
then 'Assist' on the LCD display.
(For more information, refer to
"LCD Display" in chapter 4.)
• The driver's attention level is dis-
played on the scale of 1 to 5. The
lower the number is, the more inat-
tentive the driver is.
• The number decreases when the
driver does not take a break for a
certain period of time.
• The number increases when the
driver attentively drives for a cer-
tain period of time.
• When the driver turns on the sys-
tem while driving, it displays ‘Last
Break time’and level reflected that.
Take a break
• The "Consider taking a break"
message appears on the LCD dis-
play and a warning sounds in order
to suggest the driver to take a
break, when the driver's attention
level is below 1.
• The Driver Attention Warning sys-
tem does not suggest the driver to
take a break, when the total driving
time is shorter than 10 minutes.
OUM048478L
OUM048477L
OUM048479L
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 111
Driving your vehicle
1125
Resetting the system
• The last break time is set to 00:00
and the driver's attention level is
set to 5 (very attentive) when the
driver resets the Driver Attention
Warning system.
• The driver attention warning sys-
tem resets in the following situa-
tions.
- The engine is turned OFF.
- The driver unfastens the seat belt
and then opens the driver’s door.
- Stop lasting more than 10 min-
utes.
• The driver attention warning sys-
tem operates again, when the driv-
er restarts driving.
System disabled
The Driver Attention Warning system
enters the ready status and displays
the 'Disabled' screen in the following
situations.
- The camera sensor keeps failing to
detect the lanes.
- Driving speed remains under
37mph (60 km/h) or over 112 mph
(180 km/h).
OUM048480L
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 112
5113
Driving your vehicle
System malfunction
When the “Check System” warning
message appears, the system is not
working properly. In this case, have
the vehicle inspected by an author-
ized Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
• It may suggest a break according
to the driver’s driving pattern or
habits even if the driver doesn’t
feel fatigued.
• The driver, who feels fatigued,
should take a break, even though
there is no break suggestion by the
Driver Attention Warning system.
✽✽
NOTICE
The Driver Attention Warning sys-
tem utilizes the camera sensor on the
front windshield for its operation.
To keep the camera sensor in the
best condition, you should observe
the followings:
- Do not disassemble camera tem-
porarily for tinted window or
attaching any types of coatings and
accessories. If you disassemble a
camera and assemble it again, take
your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer and have the system
checked to need a calibration.
- Do not locate any reflective
objects (i.e. white paper, mirror)
over the dashboard. Any light
reflection may cause a mal-func-
tion of the Driver Attention
Warning (DAW) system.
- Pay extreme caution to keep the
camera sensor out of water.
- Do not arbitrarily disassemble the
camera assembly, nor apply any
impact on the camera assembly.
• Playing the vehicle audio system
at high volume may offset the
Driver Attention Warning system
warning sounds
OUM048481L
WARNING
The Driver Attention Warning
system is not a substitute for
safe driving practices, but a
convenience function only. It is
the responsibility of the driver
to always drive cautiously to
prevent unexpected and sud-
den situations from occurring.
Pay attention to the road condi-
tions at all times.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 113
Driving your vehicle
1145
✽✽
NOTICE
The Driver Attention Warning sys-
tem may not properly operate with
limited alerting in the following situ-
ations:
• The lane detection performance is
limited. (For more information,
refer to “Lane Keeping Assist
System (LKA system)” in this
chapter.)
• The vehicle is violently driven or is
abruptly turned for obstacle
avoidance (e.g. construction area,
other vehicles, fallen objects,
bumpy road).
• Forward drivability of the vehicle
is severely undermined (possibly
due to wide variation in tire pres-
sures, uneven tire wear-out, toe-
in/toe-out alignment).
(Continued)
(Continued)
• The vehicle drives on a curvy road.
• The vehicle drives on a bumpy
road.
• The vehicle drives through a
windy area.
• The vehicle is controlled by the fol-
lowing driver assistance systems:
- Lane Keeping Assist System
(LKA system)
- forward collision-avoidance
assist (FCA) System.
- Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
System
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 114
5115
Driving your vehicle
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends
mainly on your style of driving, where
you drive and when you drive.
Each of these factors affects how
many miles (kilometers) you can get
from a gallon (liter) of fuel.To operate
your vehicle as economically as pos-
sible, use the following driving sug-
gestions to help save money in both
fuel and repairs:
• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a
moderate rate. Don't make "jack-
rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts
and maintain a steady cruising
speed. Don't race between stop-
lights. Try to adjust your speed to
the traffic so you don't have to
change speeds unnecessarily.
Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos-
sible. Always maintain a safe dis-
tance from other vehicles so you
can avoid unnecessary braking.
This also reduces brake wear.
• Drive at a moderate speed. The
faster you drive, the more fuel your
vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate
speed, especially on the highway,
is one of the most effective ways to
reduce fuel consumption.
• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This
can increase fuel consumption and
also increase wear on these com-
ponents. In addition, driving with
your foot resting on the brake pedal
may cause the brakes to overheat,
which reduces their effectiveness
and may lead to more serious con-
sequences.
• Take care of your tires. Keep them
inflated to the recommended pres-
sure. Incorrect inflation, either too
much or too little, results in unnec-
essary tire wear. Check the tire
pressures at least once a month.
• Be sure that the wheels are
aligned correctly. Improper align-
ment can result from hitting curbs
or driving too fast over irregular
surfaces. Poor alignment causes
faster tire wear and may also result
in other problems as well as
greater fuel consumption.
• Keep your vehicle in good condi-
tion. For better fuel economy and
reduced maintenance costs, main-
tain your vehicle in accordance
with the maintenance schedule in
section 7. If you drive your vehicle
in severe conditions, more frequent
maintenance is required (see sec-
tion 7 for details).
• Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi-
mum service, your vehicle should
be kept clean and free of corrosive
materials. It is especially important
that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be
allowed to accumulate on the
underside of the vehicle.This extra
weight can result in increased fuel
consumption and also contribute to
corrosion.
• Travel lightly. Don't carry unneces-
sary weight in your vehicle.Weight
reduces fuel economy.
• Don't let the engine idle longer
than necessary. If you are waiting
(and not in traffic), turn off your
engine and restart only when
you're ready to go.
ECONOMICAL OPERATION
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 115
Driving your vehicle
1165
• Remember, your vehicle does not
require extended warm-up. After
the engine has started, allow the
engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds
prior to placing the vehicle in gear.
In very cold weather, however, give
your engine a slightly longer warm-
up period.
• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.
Lugging is driving too slowly in a
very high gear resulting in engine
bucking. If this happens, shift to a
lower gear. Over-revving is racing
the engine beyond its safe limit.
This can be avoided by shifting at
the recommended speed.
• Use your air conditioning sparingly.
The air conditioning system is
operated by engine power so your
fuel economy is reduced when you
use it.
• Open windows at high speeds can
reduce fuel economy.
• Fuel economy is less in crosswinds
and headwinds. To help offset
some of this loss, slow down when
driving in these conditions.
Keeping a vehicle in good operating
condition is important both for econ-
omy and safety. Therefore, have an
authorized Kia dealer perform
scheduled inspections and mainte-
nance.
WARNING - Engine off
during motion
Never turn the engine off to
coast down hills or anytime the
vehicle is in motion. The power
steering and power brakes will
not function properly without
the engine running. In addition,
turning off the ignition while
driving could engage the steer-
ing wheel lock resulting in loss
of vehicle steering. Keep the
engine on and downshift to an
appropriate gear for engine
braking effect.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 116
5117
Driving your vehicle
Hazardous driving conditions
When hazardous driving conditions
are encountered such as water,
snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz-
ards, follow these suggestions:
• Drive cautiously and allow extra
distance for braking.
• Avoid sudden braking or steering.
• When braking with non-ABS
brakes pump the brake pedal with
a light up-and-down motion until
the vehicle is stopped.
Do not pump the brake pedal on a
vehicle equipped with ABS.
• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand,
use second gear. Accelerate slow-
ly to avoid spinning the drive
wheels.
• Use sand, rock salt, or other non-
slip material under the drive
wheels to provide traction when
stalled in ice, snow, or mud.
Reducing the risk of a rollover
This multi-purpose passenger vehi-
cle is defined as a Sports Utility
Vehicle (SUV). Utility vehicles have a
significantly higher rollover rate than
other types of vehicles. SUV's have
higher ground clearance and a nar-
rower track to make them capable of
performing in a wide variety of off-
road applications. Specific design
characteristics give them a higher
center of gravity than ordinary vehi-
cles. An advantage of the higher
ground clearance is a better view of
the road, which allows you to antici-
pate problems. They are not
designed for cornering at the same
speeds as conventional passenger
vehicles, any more than low-slung
sports vehicles are designed to per-
form satisfactorily in off-road condi-
tions.Due to this risk, driver and pas-
sengers are strongly recommended
to buckle their seat belts.In a rollover
crash, an unbelted person is signifi-
cantly more likely to die than a per-
son wearing a seat belt. There are
steps that a driver can make to
reduce the risk of a rollover.
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS
WARNING - Downshifting
Do not downshift with an auto-
matic transmission while driv-
ing on slippery surfaces. The
sudden change in tire speed
could cause the tires to skid
and result in an accident.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 117
Driving your vehicle
1185
If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or
abrupt maneuvers, do not load your
roof rack with heavy cargo, and
never modify your vehicle in any way.
WARNING - Rollover
As with other Sports Utility
Vehicle (SUV), failure to operate
this vehicle correctly may result
in loss of control,an accident or
vehicle rollover.
• Utility vehicles have a signifi-
cantly higher rollover rate
than other types of vehicles.
• Specific design characteris-
tics (higher ground clearance,
narrower track, etc.) give this
vehicle a higher center of
gravity than ordinary vehicles.
• A SUV is not designed for cor-
nering at the same speeds as
conventional vehicles.
• Avoid sharp turns or abrupt
maneuvers.
(Continued)
WARNING
Your vehicle is equipped with
tires designed to provide safe
ride and handling capability. Do
not use a size and type of tire
and wheel that is different from
the one that is originally
installed on your vehicle. It can
affect the safety and perform-
ance of your vehicle, which
could lead to steering failure or
rollover and serious injury.
When replacing the tires, be
sure to equip all four tires with
the tire and wheel of the same
size, type, tread, brand and
load-carrying capacity. If you
nevertheless decide to equip
your vehicle with any tire/wheel
combination not recommended
by Kia for off road driving, you
should not use these tires for
highway driving.
(Continued)
• In a rollover crash, an unbelt-
ed person is significantly
more likely to die than a per-
son wearing a seat belt. Make
sure everyone in the vehicle is
properly buckled up.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 118
5119
Driving your vehicle
Rocking the vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle
to free it from snow, sand, or mud,
first turn the steering wheel right and
left to clear the area around your
front wheels. Then, shift back and
forth between R (Reverse) and any
forward gear in vehicles equipped
with an automatic transmission. Do
not race the engine, and spin the
wheels as little as possible.If you are
still stuck after a few tries, have the
vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to
avoid engine overheating and possi-
ble damage to the transmission.
The ESC system should be turned
OFF prior to rocking the vehicle.
Smooth cornering
Avoid braking or gear changing in
corners, especially when roads are
wet. Ideally, corners should always
be taken under gentle acceleration.If
you follow these suggestions, tire
wear will be held to a minimum.
OUM054141L
CAUTION - Vehicle rocking
Prolonged rocking may cause
engine overheating, transmis-
sion damage or failure, and tire
damage.
CAUTION - Spinning tires
Do not spin the wheels, espe-
cially at speeds more than 35
mph (56 km/h). Spinning the
wheels at high speeds when the
vehicle is stationary could
cause a tire to overheat which
could result in tire damage that
may injure bystanders.
WARNING - Sudden
Vehicle Movement
Do not attempt to rock the vehi-
cle if people or objects are near-
by. The vehicle may suddenly
move forward or backwards as it
becomes unstuck.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 119
Driving your vehicle
1205
Driving at night
Because night driving presents more
hazards than driving in the daylight,
here are some important tips to
remember:
• Slow down and keep more dis-
tance between you and other vehi-
cles, as it may be more difficult to
see at night, especially in areas
where there may not be any street
lights.
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the
glare from other driver's head-
lights.
• Keep your headlights clean and
properly aimed. (On vehicles not
equipped with the automatic head-
light aiming feature.) Dirty or
improperly aimed headlights will
make it much more difficult to see
at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the head-
lights of oncoming vehicles. You
could be temporarily blinded, and it
will take several seconds for your
eyes to readjust to the darkness.
Driving in the rain
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous, especially if you’re not
prepared for the slick pavement.
Here are a few things to consider
when driving in the rain:
OUM058139LOUM054140
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 120
5121
Driving your vehicle
• A heavy rainfall will make it harder
to see and will increase the dis-
tance needed to stop your vehicle,
so slow down.
• Keep your windshield wiping
equipment in good shape.Replace
your windshield wiper blades when
they show signs of streaking or
missing areas on the windshield.
• If your tires are not in good condi-
tion, making a quick stop on wet
pavement can cause a skid and
possibly lead to an accident. Be
sure your tires are in good shape.
• Turn on your headlights to make it
easier for others to see you.
• Driving too fast through large pud-
dles can affect your brakes. If you
must go through puddles, try to
drive through them slowly.
• If you believe you may have gotten
your brakes wet, apply them lightly
while driving until normal braking
operation returns.
Driving in flooded areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
higher than the bottom of the wheel
hub. Drive through any water slowly.
Allow adequate stopping distance
because brake performance may be
affected.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them sev-
eral times while the vehicle is moving
slowly.
Driving off-road
Drive carefully off-road because your
vehicle may be damaged by rocks or
roots of trees. Become familiar with
the off-road conditions where you
are going to drive before you begin
driving.
Highway driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation pressures to
specification. Low tire inflation pres-
sures will result in overheating and
possible failure of the tires.
Avoid using worn or damaged tires
which may result in reduced traction
or tire failure.
Never exceed the maximum tire
inflation pressure shown on the tires.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 121
Driving your vehicle
1225
Fuel, engine coolant and engine
oil
High speed travel consumes more
fuel than urban motoring. Do not for-
get to check both the engine coolant
and engine oil.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may
result in overheating of the engine.
WARNING - Under/over
inflated tires
Always check the tires for proper
inflation before driving.
Underinflated or overinflated
tires can cause poor handling,
loss of vehicle control, and sud-
den tire failure leading to acci-
dents, injuries, and even death.
For proper tire pressures,refer to
“Tires and wheels” in section 8.
WARNING - Tire tread
Always check the tire tread
before driving your vehicle.
Worn-out tires can result in loss
of vehicle control. Worn-out tires
should be replaced as soon as
possible. For further information
and tread limits, refer to "Tires
and wheels" in section 7.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 122
5123
Driving your vehicle
Severe weather conditions in the
winter result in greater wear and
other problems. To minimize the
problems of winter driving, you
should follow these suggestions:
Snowy or icy conditions
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it
may be necessary to use snow tires
or to install tire chains on your tires.
If snow tires are needed, it is neces-
sary to select tires equivalent in size
and type of the original equipment
tires. Failure to do so may adversely
affect the safety and handling of your
vehicle. Furthermore, speeding,
rapid acceleration, sudden brake
applications, and sharp turns are
potentially very hazardous practices.
During deceleration, use engine
braking to the fullest extent. Sudden
brake applications on snowy or icy
roads may cause skids to occur.You
need to keep sufficient distance
between the vehicle in operation in
front of your vehicle. Also, apply the
brake gently. It should be noted that
installing tire chains on the tire will
provide a greater driving force, but
will not prevent side skids.
Tire chains are not legal in all states.
Check state laws before fitting tire
chains.
Snow tires
If you mount snow tires on your vehi-
cle, make sure they are radial tires of
the same size and load range as the
original tires. Mount snow tires on all
four wheels to balance your vehicle’s
handling in all weather conditions.
Keep in mind that the traction provid-
ed by snow tires on dry roads may
not be as high as your vehicle's orig-
inal equipment tires.You should drive
cautiously even when the roads are
clear. Check with the tire dealer for
maximum speed recommendations.
Do not install studded tires without
first checking local, state and munic-
ipal regulations for possible restric-
tions against their use.
WINTER DRIVING
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 123
Driving your vehicle
1245
Tire chains
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are
thinner, they can be damaged by
mounting some types of snow chains
on them. Therefore, the use of snow
tires is recommended instead of
snow chains. Do not mount tire
chains on vehicles equipped with
aluminum wheels; snow chains may
cause damage to the wheels.If snow
chains must be used, use wire-type
chains with a thickness of less than
0.59 in (15 mm). Damage to your
vehicle caused by improper snow
chain use is not covered by your
vehicle manufacturers warranty.
When using tire chains, attach them
to the drive wheels as follows.
FWD/AWD : Front wheels
Chain installation
When installing chains, follow the
manufacturer's instructions and
mount them as tightly as you can.
Drive slowly with chains installed. If
you hear the chains contacting the
body or chassis, stop and tighten
them. If they still make contact, slow
down until it stops. Remove the
chains as soon as you begin driving
on cleared roads.
When mounting snow chains, park
the vehicle on level ground away
from traffic. Turn on the vehicle
Hazard Warning flashers and place a
triangular emergency warning device
behind the vehicle if available.
Always place the vehicle in P (Park),
apply the parking brake and turn off
the engine before installing snow
chains.
CAUTION - Snow chains
Make sure the snow chains are
the correct size and type for
your tires. Incorrect snow
chains can cause damage to the
vehicle body and suspension
and may not be covered by your
vehicle manufacturer warranty.
OUMA058136
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 124
5125
Driving your vehicle
• The use of chains may adversely
affect vehicle handling.
• Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h)
or the chain manufacturer’s recom-
mended speed limit, whichever is
lower.
• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes, sharp turns, and other road
hazards, which may cause the
vehicle to bounce.
• Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel
braking.
Use high quality ethylene gly-
col coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the
cooling system. It is the only type of
coolant that should be used because
it helps prevent corrosion in the cool-
ing system, lubricates the water
pump and prevents freezing. Be sure
to replace or replenish your coolant
in accordance with the maintenance
schedule in section 7. Before winter,
have your coolant tested to assure
that its freezing point is sufficient for
the temperatures anticipated during
the winter.
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on
the battery system. Visually inspect
the battery and cables as described
in section 7. The level of charge in
your battery can be checked by an
authorized Kia dealer or a service
station.
Change to “winter weight” oil
if necessary
In some climates it is recommended
that a lower viscosity "winter weight"
oil be used during cold weather. See
section 8 for recommendations. If
you aren't sure what weight oil you
should use, consult an authorized
Kia dealer.
Check spark plugs and igni-
tion system
Inspect your spark plugs as
described in section 7 and replace
them if necessary. Also check all
ignition wiring and components to be
sure they are not cracked, worn or
damaged in any way.
CAUTION - Snow chains
• Chains that are the wrong size
or improperly installed can
damage your vehicle's brake
lines, suspension, body and
wheels.
• Stop driving and retighten the
chains any time you hear them
hitting the vehicle.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 125
Driving your vehicle
1265
To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing,
squirt an approved de-icer fluid or
glycerine into the key opening. If a
lock is covered with ice, squirt it with
an approved de-icing fluid to remove
the ice.If the lock is frozen internally,
you may be able to thaw it out by
using a heated key. Handle the heat-
ed key with care to avoid injury.
Use approved window washer
anti-freeze in system
To keep the water in the window
washer system from freezing, add an
approved window washer anti-freeze
solution in accordance with instruc-
tions on the container.Window wash-
er anti-freeze is available from an
authorized Kia dealer and most auto
parts outlets. Do not use engine
coolant or other types of anti-freeze
as these may damage the paint fin-
ish.
Don’t let your parking brake
freeze
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged
position.This is most likely to happen
when there is an accumulation of
snow or ice around or near the rear
brakes or if the brakes are wet. If
there is a risk the parking brake may
freeze, apply it only temporarily while
you put the gear shift lever in P
(Park, automatic transmission) and
block the rear wheels so the vehicle
cannot roll.Then release the parking
brake.
Don't let ice and snow accu-
mulate underneath
Under some conditions, snow and
ice can build up under the fenders
and interfere with the steering.When
driving in severe winter conditions
where this may happen, you should
periodically check underneath the
vehicle to be sure the movement of
the front wheels and the steering
components are not obstructed.
Carry emergency equipment
Depending on the severity of the
weather, you should carry appropri-
ate emergency equipment. Some of
the items you may want to carry
include tow straps or chains, flash-
light, emergency flares, sand, shov-
el, jumper cables, window scraper,
gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blan-
ket, etc.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 126
5127
Driving your vehicle
If you are considering towing with
your vehicle, you should first check
with your country's Department of
Motor Vehicles to determine their
legal requirements.
Since laws vary the requirements for
towing trailers, cars, or other types of
vehicles or apparatus may differ. Ask
an authorized Kia dealer for further
details before towing.
You may require an additional wiring
harness connector to install a trailer
hitch. Please contact an authorized
Kia dealer for more details.
Your vehicle can tow a trailer.* To
identify what the vehicle trailering
capacity is for your vehicle, you
should read the information in
“Weight of the trailer” that appears
later in this section.
Remember that trailering is different
than just driving your vehicle by itself.
Trailering means changes in han-
dling, durability, and fuel economy.
Successful, safe trailering requires
correct equipment, and it has to be
used properly.
This section contains many time-
tested, important trailering tips and
safety rules. Many of these are
important for your safety and that of
your passengers. Please read this
section carefully before you pull a
trailer.
Load-pulling components such as
the engine, transmission, wheel
assemblies, and tires are forced to
work harder against the load of the
added weight.The engine is required
to operate at relatively higher speeds
and under greater loads. This addi-
tional burden generates extra heat.
The trailer also adds considerably to
wind resistance, increasing the
pulling requirements.
TRAILER TOWING
CAUTION - Trailer
installation
Follow instructions in this sec-
tion when pulling a trailer.
Pulling a trailer improperly can
damage your vehicle and result
in costly repairs not covered by
your warranty.
WARNING - Towing a
trailer
Always check your towing
equipment to confirm correct
equipment size and installation
before use. Using incompatible
or incorrectly installed trailer
equipment can effect the vehi-
cle operation and endanger you
and your passengers.
WARNING - Weight limits
Before towing, make sure the
total trailer weight, GCW (gross
combination weight), GVW
(gross vehicle weight), GAW
(gross axle weight) and trailer
tongue load are all within the
limits.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 127
Driving your vehicle
1285
Hitches
It's important to have the correct
hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large
trucks going by, and rough roads are
a few reasons why you’ll need the
right hitch. Here are some rules to
follow:
• Will you have to make any holes in
the body of your vehicle when you
install a trailer hitch? If you do, then
be sure to seal the holes later
when you remove the hitch.
If you don’t seal them, deadly car-
bon monoxide (CO) from your
exhaust can get into your vehicle,
as well as dirt and water.
• The bumpers on your vehicle are
not intended for hitches. Do not
attach rental hitches or other
bumper-type hitches to them. Use
only a frame-mounted hitch that
does not attach to the bumper.
• Kia trailer hitch accessory is avail-
able at an authorized Kia dealer.
Safety chains
You should always attach chains
between your vehicle and your trail-
er. Cross the safety chains under the
tongue of the trailer so that the
tongue will not drop to the road if it
becomes separated from the hitch.
Instructions about safety chains may
be provided by the hitch manufactur-
er or by the trailer manufacturer.
Follow the manufacturer’s recom-
mendation for attaching safety
chains. Always leave just enough
slack so you can turn with your trail-
er. And, never allow safety chains to
drag on the ground.
Trailer brakes
If your trailer is equipped with a brak-
ing system, make sure it conforms to
your state’s regulations and that it is
properly installed and operating cor-
rectly.
If your trailer weight exceeds the
maximum allowed weight without
trailer brakes, then the trailer will also
require its own brakes as well. Be
sure to read and follow the instruc-
tions for the trailer brakes so you’ll be
able to install, adjust and maintain
them properly.
• Don’t tap into or modify your vehi-
cle's brake system.
WARNING - Trailer brakes
Do not use a trailer with its own
brakes unless you are absolute-
ly certain that you have proper-
ly set up the brake system.This
is not a task for amateurs. Use
an experienced, competent
trailer shop for this work.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 128
5129
Driving your vehicle
Driving with a trailer
Towing a trailer requires a certain
amount of experience. Before setting
out for the open road, you must get
to know your trailer. Acquaint your-
self with the feel of handling and
braking with the added weight of the
trailer. And always keep in mind that
the vehicle you are driving is now a
good deal longer and not nearly so
responsive as your vehicle is by
itself.
Before you start, check the trailer
hitch and platform, safety chains,
electrical connector(s), lights, tires
and mirror adjustment. If the trailer
has electric brakes, start your vehicle
and trailer moving and then apply the
trailer brake controller by hand to be
sure the brakes are working.This lets
you check your electrical connection
at the same time.
During your trip, check occasionally
to be sure that the load is secure,
and that the lights and any trailer
brakes are still working.
Following distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the
vehicle ahead as you would when
driving your vehicle without a trailer.
This can help you avoid situations
that require heavy braking and sud-
den turns.
Passing
You’ll need more passing distance
up ahead when you’re towing a trail-
er. And, because of the increased
vehicle length, you’ll need to go
much farther beyond the passed
vehicle before you can return to your
lane. Due to the added load to the
engine when going uphill the vehicle
may also take longer to pass than it
would on flat ground.
Backing up
Hold the bottom of the steering
wheel with one hand. Then, to move
the trailer to the left, just move your
hand to the left.To move the trailer to
the right, move your hand to the
right. Always back up slowly and, if
possible, have someone guide you.
Making turns
When you’re turning with a trailer,
make wider turns than normal. Do
this so your trailer won’t strike soft
shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees,
or other objects near the edge of the
road. Avoid jerky or sudden maneu-
vers. Signal well in advance before
turning or lane changes.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 129
Driving your vehicle
1305
Turn signals when towing a trailer
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle
has to have a different turn signal
flasher and extra wiring. The green
arrows on your instrument panel will
flash whenever you signal a turn or
lane change. Properly connected,
the trailer lights will also flash to alert
other drivers you’re about to turn,
change lanes, or stop.
When towing a trailer, the green
arrows on your instrument panel will
flash for turns even if the bulbs on the
trailer are burned out. Thus, you may
think drivers behind you are seeing
your signals when, in fact, they are
not. It’s important to check occasion-
ally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still
working. You must also check the
lights every time you disconnect and
then reconnect the wires.
Do not connect a trailer lighting sys-
tem directly to your vehicle’s lighting
system. Use only an approved trailer
wiring harness.
An authorized Kia dealer can assist
you in installing the wiring harness.
Driving on grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower
gear before you start down a long or
steep downgrade. If you don’t shift
down, you might have to use your
brakes so much that they would get
hot and no longer operate efficiently.
On a long uphill grade, shift down
and reduce your speed to around 45
mph (70 km/h) to reduce the possi-
bility of engine and transmission
overheating.
If your trailer weighs more than the
maximum trailer weight without trail-
er brakes and you have an automat-
ic transmission, you should drive in D
(Drive) when towing a trailer.
Operating your vehicle in D (Drive)
when towing a trailer will minimize
heat build up and extend the life of
your transmission.
CAUTION
Always use an approved trailer
wiring harness. Failure to use
an approved trailer wiring har-
ness could result in damage to
the vehicle electrical system.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 130
5131
Driving your vehicle
Towing up hill
• When towing a trailer on steep
grades (in excess of 6%) pay close
attention to the engine coolant
temperature gauge to ensure the
engine does not overheat.
If the needle of the coolant temper-
ature gauge moves across the dial
towards “H” (HOT), pull over and
stop as soon as it is safe to do so,
and allow the engine to idle until it
cools down.You may proceed once
the engine has cooled sufficiently.
• You must decide driving speed
depending on trailer weight and
uphill grade to reduce the possibil-
ity of engine and transmission
overheating.
Parking on hills
Generally, if you have a trailer
attached to your vehicle, you should
not park your vehicle on a hill.People
can be seriously or fatally injured,
and both your vehicle and the trailer
can be damaged if they unexpected-
ly roll downhill.
However, if you ever have to park
your trailer on a hill, here's how to do
it:
1.Pull the vehicle into the parking
space. Turn the steering wheel in
the direction of the curb (right if
headed downhill, left if headed up
hill).
2.If the vehicle has an automatic
transmission, place the vehicle in P
(Park).
3.Set the parking brake and shut off
the engine.
4.Place chocks under the trailer
wheels on the down hill side of the
wheels.
5.Start the vehicle, hold the brakes,
shift to neutral, release the parking
brake and slowly release the
brakes until the trailer chocks
absorb the load.
6.Reapply the brakes, reapply the
parking brake and shift the vehicle
to P (Park) for automatic transmis-
sion.
7.Shut off the vehicle and release the
vehicle brakes but leave the park-
ing brake set.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 131
Driving your vehicle
1325
When you are ready to leave after
parking on a hill
1.With the automatic transmission in
P (Park), apply your brakes and
hold the brake pedal down while
you:
• Start your engine;
• Shift into gear; and
• Release the parking brake.
2. Slowly remove your foot from the
brake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear
of the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick up
and store the chocks.
Maintenance when trailer tow-
ing
Your vehicle will need service more
often when you regularly pull a trail-
er. Important items to pay particular
attention to include engine oil, auto-
matic transmission fluid, axle lubri-
cant and cooling system fluid. Brake
condition is another important item to
frequently check. Each item is cov-
ered in this manual, and the Index
will help you find them quickly. If
you’re trailering, it’s a good idea to
review these sections before you
start your trip.
Don’t forget to also maintain your
trailer and hitch. Follow the mainte-
nance schedule that accompanied
your trailer and check it periodically.
Preferably, conduct the check at the
start of each day’s driving. Most
importantly, all hitch nuts and bolts
should be tight.
• When towing check transmission
fluid more frequently.
CAUTION - Air condition
Do not use the A/C while using
your vehicle to tow uphill. Due
to higher load during trailer
usage, overheating might occur
on hot days or during uphill
driving.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 132
5133
Driving your vehicle
If you do decide to pull a trailer
Here are some important points if
you decide to pull a trailer:
• Consider using a sway control.You
can ask a hitch dealer about sway
control.
• Do not do any towing with your
vehicle during its first 1,200 miles
(2,000 km) in order to allow the
engine to properly break in. Failure
to heed this caution may result in
serious engine or transmission
damage.
• When towing a trailer, be sure to
consult an authorized Kia dealer
for further information on additional
requirements such as a towing kit,
etc.
• Always drive your vehicle at a mod-
erate speed (less than 60 mph
(100 km/h)).
• On a long uphill grade, do not
exceed 45 mph (70 km/h) or the
posted towing speed limit,
whichever is lower.
• The chart contains important con-
siderations that have to do with
weight:
Item Theta II 2.4 Lambda II 3.3
Maximum
trailer
weight
Without brake
System
1,650 (750) 1,650 (750)
With brake
System
2,000 (907) 2,000 (907)
With trailer
package
-
2WD : 3,500 (1,587)
4WD : 5,000 (2,267)
Maximum tongue weight 280 (127) 350 (159)
To identify what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle, you should
read the information in “Weight of the Trailer” that appears later in this sec-
tion.
[lbs.(kg)]
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 133
Driving your vehicle
1345
Weight of the trailer
What is the maximum safe weight of
a trailer? It should never weigh more
than the maximum trailer weight with
trailer brakes. But even that can be
too heavy.
It depends on how you plan to use
your trailer. For example, speed, alti-
tude, road grades, outside tempera-
ture and how often your vehicle is
used to pull a trailer are all important.
The ideal trailer weight can also
depend on any special equipment
that you have on your vehicle.
Weight of the trailer tongue
The tongue load of any trailer is an
important weight to measure
because it affects the total gross
vehicle weight (GVW) of your vehi-
cle. This weight includes the curb
weight of the vehicle, any cargo you
may carry in it, and the people who
will be riding in the vehicle.And if you
will tow a trailer, you must add the
tongue load to the GVW because
your vehicle will also be carrying that
weight.
The trailer tongue should weigh a
maximum of 10% of the total loaded
trailer weight, within the limits of the
maximum permissible trailer tongue
load. After you've loaded your trailer,
weigh the trailer and then the tongue,
separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they aren’t, you may be
able to correct them simply by mov-
ing some items around in the trailer.
C190E01JM
Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight
C190E02JM
Gross Axle Weight
Gross Vehicle Weight
WARNING - Trailer
Always follow the loading
instructions provided with your
trailer. Improper loading can
effect vehicle operation and
result in an accident.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:40 PM Page 134
5135
Driving your vehicle
VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT
The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire pressures recom-
mended for your vehicle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity
weight.
OUMA054204/OUMA054205/OUMA054206/OUMA054207/OUMA054208/OUMA054209
Tire and loading information label
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:41 PM Page 135
Driving your vehicle
1365
Vehicle capacity weight:
5 persons : 930 lbs. (420kg)
7 persons : 1,120 lbs. (506kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-
mum combined weight of occupants
and cargo.If your vehicle is equipped
with a trailer, the combined weight
includes the tongue load.
Seating capacity:
Total - 5 persons
(Front seat : 2 persons,
Rear seat : 3 persons)
- 7 persons
(Front seat : 2 persons,
Rear seat : 5 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a
driver, your vehicle may carry.
However, the seating capacity may
be reduced based upon the weight of
all of the occupants, and the weight
of the cargo being carried or towed.
Do not overload the vehicle as there
is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and cargo,
the vehicle can carry.
Towing capacity:
* 2.4 L Engine
Without trailer brakes
: 1,650 lbs. (750 kg)
With trailer brakes
: 2,000 lbs. (907 kg)
With trailer package
: N/A
* 3.3L Engine
Without trailer brakes
: 1,650 lbs. (750 kg)
With trailer brakes
: 2,000 lbs. (907 kg)
With trailer package
: 2WD : 3,500 lbs. (1,587 kg)
4WD : 5,000 lbs. (2,267 kg)
Towing capacity is the maximum
trailer weight including its cargo
weight, your vehicle can tow.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:41 PM Page 136
5137
Driving your vehicle
Cargo capacity:
The cargo capacity of your vehicle
will increase or decrease depending
on the weight and the number of
occupants and the tongue load, if
your vehicle is equipped with a trailer.
Steps for determining correct
load limit
1.Locate the statement “The com-
bined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg
or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle's plac-
ard.
2.Determine the combined weight of
the driver and passengers that will
be riding in your vehicle.
3.Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4.The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and lug-
gage load capacity. For example, if
the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs.
and there will be five 150 lb pas-
sengers in your vehicle, the
amount of available cargo and lug-
gage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5.Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle.That weight may not
safely exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity calcu-
lated in Step 4.
6.If your vehicle will be towing a trail-
er, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult
this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and
luggage load capacity of your vehi-
cle.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:41 PM Page 137
Driving your vehicle
1385
Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight
and seating positions.The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's
capacity weight.
C190F01JM
Item Description Total
A
Vehicle Capacity 1400 lbs
Weight (635 kg)
Subtract Occupant
B Weight
300 lbs
150 lbs (68 kg) × 2
(136 kg)
C
Available Cargo and
1100 lbs
Luggage weight (499 kg)
Example 1
ABC
C190F02JM
Item Description Total
A
Vehicle Capacity 1400 lbs
Weight (635 kg)
Subtract Occupant
B Weight
750 lbs
150 lbs (68 kg) × 5
(340 kg)
C
Available Cargo and
650 lbs
Luggage weight (295 kg)
ABC
Example 2
C190F03JM
Item Description Total
A
Vehicle Capacity 1400 lbs
Weight (635 kg)
Subtract Occupant
B Weight
860 lbs
172 lbs (78 kg) × 5
(390 kg)
C
Available Cargo and
540 lbs
Luggage weight (245 kg)
ABC
Example 3
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:41 PM Page 138
5139
Driving your vehicle
Certification label
The certification label is located on
the driver's door sill at the center pil-
lar.
This label shows the maximum
allowable weight of the fully loaded
vehicle. This is called the GVWR
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The
GVWR includes the weight of the
vehicle, all occupants, fuel and
cargo.
This label also tells you the maxi-
mum weight that can be supported
by the front and rear axles, called
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
To find out the actual loads on your
front and rear axles, you need to go
to a weigh station and weigh your
vehicle.Your dealer can help you with
this. Be sure to spread out your load
equally on both sides of the center-
line.
The label will help you decide how
much cargo and installed equipment
your vehicle can carry.
If you carry items inside your vehicle
- like suitcases, tools, packages, or
anything else - they are moving as
fast as the vehicle.If you have to stop
or turn quickly, or if there is a crash,
the items will keep going and can
cause an injury if they strike the driv-
er or a passenger.
OEN056020
WARNING - Over loading
Never exceed the GVWR for
your vehicle, the GAWR for
either the front or rear axle and
vehicle capacity weight.
Exceeding these ratings can
affect your vehicle’s handling
and braking ability.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:41 PM Page 139
Driving your vehicle
1405
✽✽
NOTICE
Overloading your vehicle may cause
damage. Repairs would not be cov-
ered by your warranty. Do not over-
load your vehicle.
WARNING - Loose cargo
Do not travel with unsecured
blunt objects in the passenger
compartment of your vehicle
(e.g. suit cases or unsecured
child seats). These items may
strike occupant during a sud-
den stop or crash.
WARNING - Over loading
Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can
cause heat buildup in your vehi-
cle's tires and possible tire fail-
ure, increased stopping dis-
tances and poor vehicle han-
dling all of which may result in a
crash.
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:41 PM Page 140
5141
Driving your vehicle
This section will guide you in the
proper loading of your vehicle and/or
trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle
weight within its design rating capa-
bility, with or without a trailer.
Properly loading your vehicle will
provide maximum return of the vehi-
cle design performance. Before load-
ing your vehicle, familiarize yourself
with the following terms for determin-
ing your vehicle's weight ratings, with
or without a trailer, from the vehicle's
specifications and the certification
label:
Base curb weight
This is the weight of the vehicle
including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not
include passengers, cargo, or option-
al equipment.
Vehicle curb weight
This is the weight of your new vehicle
when you picked it up from your deal-
er plus any aftermarket equipment.
Cargo weight
This figure includes all weight added
to the Base Curb Weight, including
cargo and optional equipment.
GAW (Gross axle weight)
This is the total weight placed on
each axle (front and rear) - including
vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GAWR
(Gross axle weight rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight that can be carried by a single
axle (front or rear). These numbers
are shown on the certification label.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its GAWR.
GVW (Gross vehicle weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus
actual Cargo Weight plus passen-
gers.
GVWR
(Gross vehicle weight rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(including all options, equipment,
passengers and cargo). The GVWR
is shown on the certification label
located on the driver’s door sill.
VEHICLE WEIGHT GLOSSARY
UMA PE USA 5.QXP 12/22/2017 3:41 PM Page 141
What to do in an emergency
Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
• Hazard warning flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
In case of an emergency while driving. . . . . . . . . . 6-3
• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing. . . . . . . 6-3
• If you have a flat tire while driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
• If the engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
If the engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
• If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 6-4
• If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-4
Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
• Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
• Push-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
If the engine overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . . . . . . 6-9
• Check tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
• Low tire pressure telltale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
• Low tire pressure position telltale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
• Changing a tire with TPMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
• This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
• Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
• Removing and storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
• Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
• Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
6
UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 1
What to do in an emergency
26
ROAD WARNING
Hazard warning flashers
The hazard warning flashers serves
as a warning to other drivers to exer-
cise extreme caution when
approaching, overtaking, or passing
your vehicle.
It should be used whenever emer-
gency repairs are being made or
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.
Depress the flashers switch with the
ignition switch in any position. The
flashers switch is located in the cen-
ter facia panel. All turn signal lights
will flash simultaneously.
• The hazard warning flashers oper-
ates whether your vehicle is run-
ning or not.
• The turn signals do not work when
the hazard flashers is on.
• Care must be taken when using
the hazard warning flashers while
the vehicle is being towed.
OUMA048542
UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 2
63
What to do in an emergency
If the engine stalls at a cross-
road or crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or
crossing, set the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position and then push the
vehicle to a safe place.
If you have a flat tire while
driving
If a tire goes flat while you are driv-
ing:
1.Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and let the vehicle slow
down while driving straight ahead.
Do not apply the brakes immedi-
ately or attempt to pull off the road
as this may cause a loss of con-
trol. When the vehicle has slowed
to such a speed that it is safe to do
so, brake carefully and pull off the
road. Drive off the road as far as
possible and park on a firm level
ground. If you are on a divided
highway, do not park in the median
area between the two traffic lanes.
2.When the vehicle is stopped, turn
on your emergency hazard flash-
ers, set the parking brake and put
the transmission in P (Park).
3. Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on
the side of the vehicle that is away
from traffic.
4.When changing a flat tire, follow
the instruction provided later in
this section.
If the engine stalls while driv-
ing
1.Reduce your speed gradually,
keeping a straight line. Move cau-
tiously off the road to a safe place.
2.Turn on your emergency flashers.
3.Try to start the engine again. If
your vehicle will not start, contact
an authorized Kia dealer or seek
other qualified assistance.
✽✽
NOTICE
If there was a check engine light and
loss of power or stall and if safe to do
so, wait at least 10 seconds to restart
the vehicle after it stalls. This may
reset the car so it will no longer run
at low power condition.
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING
UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 3
What to do in an emergency
46
IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START
If engine doesn't turn over or
turns over slowly
1. Be sure the shift lever is in N
(Neutral) or P (Park) and the
emergency brake is set.
2. Check the battery connections to
be sure they are clean and tight.
3.Turn on the interior light.If the light
dims or goes out when you oper-
ate the starter, the battery is dis-
charged.
4. Check the starter connections to
be sure they are securely tight-
ened.
5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. See instructions for "Jump
starting".
If engine turns over normally
but does not start
1. Check the fuel level.
2.With the ignition switch in the
LOCK position, check all connec-
tors at the ignition coils and spark
plugs. Reconnect any that may be
disconnected or loose.
3. Check the fuel line in the engine
compartment.
4. If the engine still does not start,
call an authorized Kia dealer or
seek other qualified assistance.
WARNING - Push/
Pull start
Do not push or pull the vehicle
to start it. Push or pull starting
may cause the catalytic con-
verter to overload and create a
fire hazard.
UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 4
65
What to do in an emergency
EMERGENCY STARTING
Connect cables in numerical order
and disconnect in reverse order.
Jump starting
Jump starting can be dangerous if
done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid
harm to yourself or damage to your
vehicle or battery, follow these jump
starting procedures. If in doubt, we
strongly recommend that you have a
competent technician or towing serv-
ice jump start your vehicle.
CAUTION - Push/Pull start
to 12 Volt Battery
Use only a 12-volt jumper sys-
tem. You can damage a 12-volt
starting motor, ignition system,
and other electrical parts
beyond repair by use of a 24-
volt power supply (either two
12-volt batteries in series or a
24-volt motor generator set).
WARNING - Battery
Never attempt to check the elec-
trolyte level of the battery as
this may cause the battery to
rupture or explode.
WARNING - Frozen
batteries
Do not attempt to jump start the
vehicle if the discharged battery
is frozen or if the electrolyte
level is low as the battery may
rupture or explode.
OUM068046L
UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 5
What to do in an emergency
66
Jump starting procedure
1.Make sure the booster battery is
12-volt and that its negative termi-
nal is grounded.
2.If the booster battery is in another
vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to
come in contact.
3.Turn off all unnecessary electrical
loads.
4.Connect the jumper cables in the
exact sequence shown in the illus-
tration. First connect one end of a
jumper cable to the positive termi-
nal of the discharged battery (1),
then connect the other end to the
positive terminal of the booster
battery (2).
Proceed to connect one end of the
other jumper cable to the negative
terminal of the booster battery (3),
then the other end to a solid, sta-
tionary, metallic point (for example,
the engine lifting bracket) away
from the battery (4). Do not con-
nect it to or near any part that
moves when the engine is cranked.
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the correct
battery terminals or the correct
ground. Do not lean over the bat-
tery when making connections.
WARNING - Sulfuric acid
risk
When jump starting your vehicle
be careful not to get acid on
yourself, your clothing or on the
vehicle. Automobile batteries
contain sulfuric acid.This is poi-
sonous and highly corrosive.
WARNING - Battery
Keep all flames or sparks away
from the battery. The battery
produces hydrogen gas which
will explode if exposed to flame
or sparks.
WARNING - Battery
cables
Do not connect the jumper cable
from the negative terminal of the
booster battery to the negative
terminal of the discharged bat-
tery. This can cause the dis-
charged battery to overheat and
crack, releasing battery acid.
Make sure to connect one end of
the jumper cable to the negative
terminal of the booster battery,
and the other end to a metalic
point, far away from the battery.
UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 6
67
What to do in an emergency
5.Start the engine of the vehicle with
the booster battery and let it run at
2,000 rpm, then start the engine of
the vehicle with the discharged
battery.
If the cause of your battery discharg-
ing is not apparent, you should have
your vehicle checked by an author-
ized Kia dealer.
Push-starting
Vehicles equipped with automatic
transmission lock system cannot be
push-started.
Follow the directions in this section
for jump-starting.
WARNING - Tow starting
vehicle
Never tow a vehicle to start it
because the sudden surge for-
ward when the engine starts
could cause a collision with the
tow vehicle.
UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 7
What to do in an emergency
86
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
If your temperature gauge indicates
overheating, you experience a loss
of power, or hear loud pinging or
knocking, the engine will probably be
too hot. If this happens, you should:
1.Pull off the road and stop as soon
as it is safe to do so.
2.Place the shift lever in P (Park) and
set the parking brake.If the air con-
ditioning is on, turn it off.
3.If engine coolant is running out
under the vehicle or steam is com-
ing out from underneath the hood,
stop the engine. Do not open the
hood until the coolant has stopped
running or the steaming has
stopped. If there is no visible loss
of engine coolant and no steam,
leave the engine running and
check to be sure the engine cool-
ing fan is operating.If the fan is not
running, turn the engine off.
4.Check to see if the water pump
drive belt is missing. If it is not
missing, check to see that it is
tight. If the drive belt seems to be
satisfactory, check for coolant leak-
ing from the radiator, hoses or
under the vehicle. (If the air condi-
tioning had been in use, it is nor-
mal for cold water to be draining
from it when you stop).
5.If the water pump drive belt is bro-
ken or engine coolant is leaking
out, stop the engine immediately
and call the nearest authorized Kia
dealer for assistance.
6.If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to nor-
mal.Then, if coolant has been lost,
carefully add coolant to the reser-
voir to bring the fluid level in the
reservoir up to the halfway mark.
7.Proceed with caution, keeping
alert for further signs of overheat-
ing. If overheating happens again,
call an authorized Kia dealer for
assistance.
Serious loss of coolant indicates
there is a leak in the cooling system
and this should be checked as soon
as possible by an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING - Under the
hood
While the engine is running,
keep hair, hands and clothing
away from moving parts such
as the fan and drive belts to pre-
vent injury.
WARNING - Radiator cap
Do not remove the radiator cap
when the engine is hot. This
may result in coolant being
blown out of the opening and
cause serious burns.
UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 8
69
What to do in an emergency
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)
(1) Low tire pressure telltale /
TPMS malfunction indicator
(2) Low tire pressure position telltale
(Shown on the LCD display)
Check tire pressure
• You can check the tire pressure in
the information mode on the clus-
ter.
- Refer to “User settings mode” in
chapter 4.
• Tire pressure is displayed 1~2 min-
utes later after driving.
• If tire pressure is not displayed
when the vehicle is stopped, “Drive
to display” message displays. After
driving, check the tire pressure.
• You can change the tire pressure
unit in the user settings mode on
the cluster.
- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to “User set-
tings mode” in chapter 4).
OUMA058403
OUM068038L
OUM068037L
CAUTION
• The tire pressure may change
due to factors such as parking
condition, driving style, and
altitude above sea level.
• Low tire pressure warning
may sound when a tire’s pres-
sure unit is equal or higher
than nearby tires. This is a
normal occurrence, which is
due to the change in tire pres-
sure along with tire tempera-
ture.
• The tire pressure shown on
the dashboard may differ from
the tire pressure measured by
tire pressure gauge.
UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 9
What to do in an emergency
106
Each tire, including the spare (if pro-
vided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation
pressure recommended by the vehi-
cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-
ard or tire inflation pressure label. (If
your vehicle has tires of a different
size than the size indicated on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation pres-
sure label, you should determine the
proper tire inflation pressure for
those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
that illuminates a low tire pressure
telltale when one or more of your
tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pres-
sure telltale illuminates, you should
stop and check your tires as soon as
possible, and inflate them to the
proper pressure. Driving on a signifi-
cantly under-inflated tire causes the
tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure. Under inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and
may affect the vehicle’s handling and
stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire mainte-
nance, and it is the driver’s responsi-
bility to maintain correct tire pres-
sure, even if under-inflation has not
reached the level to trigger illumina-
tion of the TPMS low tire pressure
telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped
with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
indicate when the system is not
operating properly. The TPMS mal-
function indicator is combined with
the low tire pressure telltale. When
the system detects a malfunction,
the telltale will flash for approximate-
ly one minute and then remain con-
tinuously illuminated. This sequence
will continue upon subsequent vehi-
cle start-ups as long as the malfunc-
tion exists. When the malfunction
indicator is illuminated, the system
may not be able to detect or signal
low tire pressure as intended.TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety
of reasons, including the installation
of replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or alter-
nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS
to continue to function properly.
UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 10
611
What to do in an emergency
✽✽
NOTICE
If the TPMS, Low Tire Pressure
indicator does not illuminate for 3
seconds when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position or engine
is running, or if they remain illumi-
nated after coming on for approxi-
mately 3 seconds, take your vehicle
to your nearest authorized Kia deal-
er and have the system checked.
Low tire pressure
telltale
Low tire pressure position tell-
tale
When the tire pressure monitoring
system warning indicators are illumi-
nated, one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated.
If the telltale illuminates, immediately
reduce your speed, avoid hard cor-
nering and anticipate increased stop-
ping distances. You should stop and
check your tires as soon as possible.
Inflate the tires to the proper pres-
sure as indicated on the vehicle’s
placard or tire inflation pressure label
located on the driver’s side center pil-
lar outer panel. If you cannot reach a
service station or if the tire cannot
hold the newly added air, replace the
low pressure tire with the spare tire.
Then the TPMS malfunction indicator
and the Low Tire Pressure telltale
may turn on and illuminate after
restarting and about 20 minutes of
continuous driving before you have
the low pressure tire repaired and
replaced on the vehicle.
In winter or cold weather, the low tire
pressure telltale may be illuminated if
the tire pressure was adjusted to the
recommended tire inflation pressure
in warm weather. It does not mean
your TPMS is malfunctioning
because the decreased temperature
leads to a proportional lowering of
tire pressure.
OUM068038L
UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 11
What to do in an emergency
126
When you drive your vehicle from a
warm area to a cold area or from a
cold area to a warm area, or the out-
side temperature is greatly higher or
lower, you should check the tire infla-
tion pressure and adjust the tires to
the recommended tire inflation pres-
sure.
When filling tires with more air, con-
ditions to turn off the low tire pres-
sure telltale may not be met. This is
because a tire inflator has a margin
of error in performance. The low tire
pressure telltale will be turned off if
the tire pressure is above the recom-
mended tire inflation pressure.
TPMS (Tire Pressure
Monitoring System)
malfunction indicator
The low tire pressure telltale will illu-
minate after it blinks for approximate-
ly one minute when there is a prob-
lem with the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System. If the system is
able to correctly detect an underinfla-
tion warning at the same time as sys-
tem failure then it will illuminate both
the TPMS malfunction and low tire
pressure position telltales e.g. if
Front Left sensor fails, the TPMS
malfunction indicator illuminates, but
if the Front Right, Rear Left, or Rear
Right tire is under-inflated, the low
tire pressure position telltales may
illuminate together with the TPMS
malfunction indicator.
Have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer as soon as
possible to determine the cause of
the problem.
• The TPMS malfunction indicator
may be illuminated if the vehicle is
moving around electric power sup-
ply cables or radios transmitters
such as at police stations, govern-
ment and public offices, broadcast-
ing stations, military installations,
airports, or transmitting towers,
etc. This can interfere with normal
operation of the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS).
• The TPMS malfunction indicator
may be illuminated if snow chains
are used or some separate elec-
tronic devices such as notebook
computer, mobile charger, remote
starter or navigation etc., are used
in the vehicle. This can interfere
with normal operation of the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS).
WARNING - Low pressure
damage
Do not drive on low pressure
tires. Significantly low tire pres-
sure can cause the tires to over-
heat and fail making the vehicle
unstable resulting in increased
braking distances and a loss of
vehicle control.
UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 12
613
What to do in an emergency
Changing a tire with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire
Pressure telltale will come on. Have
the flat tire repaired by an authorized
Kia dealer as soon as possible or
replace the flat tire with the spare
tire.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor mounted inside the
tire behind the valve stem.You must
use TPMS specific wheels. It is rec-
ommended that you always have
your tires serviced by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Even if you replace the low pressure
tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire
Pressure telltale will remain on until
the low pressure tire is repaired and
placed on the vehicle.
After you replace the low pressure
tire with the spare tire, the TPMS
malfunction indicator may illuminate
after a few minutes because the
TPMS sensor mounted on the spare
wheel is not initiated.
Once the low pressure tire is reinflat-
ed to the recommended pressure
and installed on the vehicle or the
TPMS sensor mounted on the
replaced spare wheel is initiated by
an authorized Kia dealer, the TPMS
malfunction indicator and the low tire
pressure telltale will turn off within a
few minutes of driving.
If the indicator does not turn off after
a few minutes of driving, please visit
an authorized Kia dealer.
If an original mounted tire is replaced
with the spare tire, the TPMS sensor
on the replaced spare wheel should
be initiated and the TPMS sensor on
the original mounted wheel should
be deactivated. If the TPMS sensor
on the original mounted wheel locat-
ed in the spare tire carrier still acti-
vates, the tire pressure monitoring
system may not operate properly.
Have the tire with TPMS serviced or
replaced by an authorized Kia deal-
er.
CAUTION - Repair Agents
Never use a puncture-repairing
agent not approved by Kia to
repair and/or inflate a low pres-
sure tire. The tire sealant not
approved by Kia may damage
the tire pressure sensor.
UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 13
What to do in an emergency
146
You may not be able to identify a low
tire by simply looking at it. Always
use a good quality tire pressure
gauge to measure the tire's inflation
pressure. Please note that a tire that
is hot (from being driven) will have a
higher pressure measurement than a
tire that is cold (from sitting station-
ary for at least 3 hours and driven
less than 1 mile (1.6 km) during that
3 hour period).
Allow the tire to cool before measur-
ing the inflation pressure. Always be
sure the tire is cold before inflating to
the recommended pressure.
A cold tire means the vehicle has
been sitting for 3 hours and driven for
less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3
hour period.
Do not use any tire sealant if your
vehicle is equipped with a Tire
Pressure Monitoring System.The liq-
uid sealant can damage the tire
pressure sensors.
• The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire damage
caused by external factors such as
nails or road debris.
• If you feel any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator, apply the brakes grad-
ually and with light force, and slow-
ly move to a safe position off the
road.
✽✽
NOTICE - Protecting TPMS
Tampering with, modifying, or dis-
abling the Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS) components may
interfere with the system's ability to
warn the driver of low tire pressure
conditions and/or TPMS malfunc-
tions. Tampering with, modifying,
or disabling the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) compo-
nents may void the warranty for
that portion of the vehicle.
UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 14
615
What to do in an emergency
This device complies with Part
15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harm-
ful interference, and
2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including inter-
ference that may cause undesired
operation.
UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 15
What to do in an emergency
166
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE
Jack and tools
The jack and wheel lug nut wrench
are stored in the luggage compart-
ment.
Open the panel indicated in the illus-
tration and locate the following tools:
(1) Jack handle
(2) Jack
(3) Wheel lug nut wrench
(4) Socket
Jacking instructions
The jack is provided for emergency
tire changing only.
To prevent the jack from “rattling”
while the vehicle is in motion, store it
in the luggage compartment insert
provided.
Follow jacking instructions to reduce
the possibility of personal injury.
• Always move the vehicle complete-
ly off the road and onto the shoul-
der before trying to change a tire.
The jack should be used on a firm
level ground. If you cannot find a
firm, level place off the road, call a
towing service company for assis-
tance.
• Be sure to use the correct front and
rear jacking positions on the vehi-
cle; never use the bumpers or any
other part of the vehicle for jack
support.
• Do not allow anyone to remain in
the vehicle while it is on the jack.
• Make sure any children present
are in a secure place away from
the road and from the vehicle to be
raised with the jack.
WARNING - Changing
tires
Never attempt vehicle repairs in
the traffic lanes of a public road
or highway.
OUM064003
WARNING - Tire Jack
Do not place any portion of your
body under a vehicle that is
only supported by a jack since
the vehicle can easily roll off the
jack. Use vehicle support
stands.
UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 16
617
What to do in an emergency
Removing and storing the
spare tire
Your spare tire is stored underneath
your vehicle, directly below the cargo
area.
To remove the spare tire:
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Find the spare tire fixing bolt cover
and remove the cover (1).
If necessary, separate the tool
case only after removing the
clamp (2).
3. Connect the socket and wheel lug
nut wrench.
4. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to
loosen the bolt enough to lower
the spare tire.
Turn the wrench counterclockwise
until the spare tire is resting on the
ground.
WARNING
- Running vehicle on jack
Do not start or run the engine of
the vehicle while the vehicle is
on the jack as this may cause
the vehicle to fall off the jack.
OUM064004
OUM064005
UMA PE USA 6.qxp 1/11/2018 3:11 PM Page 17
What to do in an emergency
186
5. After the spare tire is resting on
the ground, continue to turn the
wrench counterclockwise to cre-
ate more slack in the line, and pull
the tire out from underneath the
vehicle. Do not continue rotating
the wrench after feeling increased
resistance from completely lower-
ing the cable, otherwise the spare
tire carrier may be damaged.
6. Remove the retainer (1) from the
center of the spare tire.
To store the spare tire:
1. Lay the tire on the ground with the
valve stem facing up.
2. Place the wheel under the vehicle
and install the retainer (1) through
the wheel center.
3. Turn the wrench clockwise until
you feel or hear a click from the
spare tire being fully seated in the
stowed position.
OUM064007
WARNING
Ensure the spare tire retainer is
properly aligned with the center
of the spare tire to prevent the
spare tire from “rattling”.
Otherwise, it may cause the
spare tire to fall off the carrier
and lead to an accident.
OUM064006
UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 18
619
What to do in an emergency
Changing tires
1. Park on a level surface and apply
the parking brake firmly.
2. Place the transmission shift lever
in P (Park) with automatic trans-
mission.
3. Activate the hazard warning flash-
ers.
4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,
jack and spare tire from the vehi-
cle.
5. Block both the front and rear of the
wheel that is diagonally opposite
from the jack position.
• To prevent vehicle movement while
changing a tire, always set the
parking brake fully, and always
block the wheel diagonally oppo-
site the wheel being changed.
• We recommend that the wheels of
the vehicle be blocked, and that no
person remain in a vehicle that is
being jacked.
OUMA068035
OUMA064034
UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 19
What to do in an emergency
206
6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-
terclockwise one turn each, but do
not remove any nut until the tire
has been raised off the ground.
7. Place the jack at the front (1) or
rear (2) jacking position closest to
the tire you are changing. Place
the jack at the designated loca-
tions under the frame.The jacking
positions are plates welded to the
frame with two tabs and a raised
dot to index with the jack.
8. Insert the wheel lug nut wrench
into the jack and turn it clockwise,
raising the vehicle until the tire just
clears the ground. This measure-
ment is approximately 1 in. (30
mm).
Before removing the wheel lug
nuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-
ble and that there is no chance for
movement or slippage.
OUM064008
OUM064021
OUM064009
OUM064010
UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 20
621
What to do in an emergency
9. Loosen the wheel nuts and
remove them with your fingers.
Slide the wheel off the studs and
lay it flat so it cannot roll away. To
put the wheel on the hub, pick up
the spare tire, line up the holes
with the studs and slide the wheel
onto them. If this is difficult, tip the
wheel slightly and get the top hole
in the wheel lined up with the top
stud. Then jiggle the wheel back
and forth until the wheel can slide
over the other studs.
Wheels may have sharp edges.
Handle them carefully to avoid possi-
ble severe injury. Before putting the
wheel into place, be sure that there
is nothing on the hub or wheel (such
as mud, tar, gravel, etc.) that pre-
vents the wheel from fitting solidly
against the hub.
10.To install the wheel, hold it on the
studs, put the wheel nuts on the
studs and tighten them finger
tight.Jiggle the tire to be sure it is
completely seated, then tighten
the nuts as much as possible
with your fingers again.
11. Insert the wrench into the jack
and lower the vehicle to the
ground by turning the wheel nut
wrench counterclockwise.
WARNING - Installing a
wheel
Make sure the wheel makes
good contact with the hub when
installed. If the contact of the
mounting surface between the
wheel and hub is not good, the
wheel nuts could come loose
and cause the loss of a wheel.
Loss of a wheel may result in
loss of control of the vehicle.
UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 21
What to do in an emergency
226
Then position the wrench as shown
in the drawing and tighten the wheel
nuts. Be sure the socket is seated
completely over the nut.Do not stand
on the wrench handle or use an
extension pipe over the wrench han-
dle. Go around the wheel tightening
every nut following the numerical
sequence shown in the image until
they are all tight.Then double-check
each nut for tightness.After changing
wheels, have an authorized Kia deal-
er tighten the wheel nuts to their
proper torque as soon as possible.
Wheel nut tightening torque:
79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m)
If you have a tire gauge, remove the
valve cap and check the air pressure.
If the pressure is lower than recom-
mended, drive slowly to the nearest
service station and inflate to the cor-
rect pressure. If it is too high, adjust
it until it is correct. Always reinstall
the valve cap after checking or
adjusting the tire pressure. If the cap
is not replaced, dust and dirt may get
into the tire valve and air may leak
from the tire. If you lose a valve cap,
buy another and install it as soon as
possible.
After you have changed the wheels,
always secure the flat tire in its place
and return the jack and tools to their
proper storage locations.
Note that most lug nuts do not have
metric threads. Be sure to use
extreme care in checking for thread
style before installing aftermarket lug
nuts or wheels.If in doubt, consult an
authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION - Reusing lug
nuts
Make certain during wheel
removal that the same nuts that
were removed are reinstalled -
or, if replaced, that nuts with
metric threads and the same
chamfer configuration are used.
Your vehicle has metric threads
on the wheel studs and nuts.
Installation of a non-metric
thread nut on a metric stud will
not secure the wheel to the hub
properly and will damage the
stud so that it must be replaced.
OUMA068011
UMA PE USA 6.qxp 1/2/2018 6:23 PM Page 22
623
What to do in an emergency
To prevent the jack, wheel lug nut
wrench and spare tire from rattling
while the vehicle is in motion, store
them in the luggage compartment
insert provided.
Check the inflation pressures as
soon as possible after installing the
spare tire. Adjust it to the specified
pressure, if necessary. Refer to
“Tires and wheels” in section 8.
Important - use of compact spare
tire
Your vehicle is equipped with a com-
pact spare tire. This compact spare
tire takes up less space than a regu-
lar-size tire.This tire is smaller than a
conventional tire and is designed for
temporary use only.
• You should drive carefully when
the compact spare is in use. The
compact spare should be replaced
by the proper conventional tire and
rim at the first opportunity.
• The operation of this vehicle is not
recommended with more than one
compact spare tire in use at the
same time.
The compact spare should be inflat-
ed to 60 psi (420 kPa).
✽✽
NOTICE
Check the inflation pressure after
installing the spare tire. Adjust it to
the specified pressure, as necessary.
WARNING - Wheel studs
If the studs are damaged, they
may lose their ability to retain
the wheel.This could lead to the
loss of the wheel and a collision
resulting in serious injuries.
WARNING
The compact spare tire is for
emergency use only. Do not
operate your vehicle on this
compact spare at speeds over
50 mph (80 km/h). The original
tire should be repaired or
replaced as soon as possible to
avoid failure of the spare possi-
bly leading to personal injury or
death.
UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 23
What to do in an emergency
246
When using a compact spare tire,
observe the following precautions:
• Under no circumstances should
you exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); a
higher speed could damage the
tire.
• Ensure that you drive slow enough
for the road conditions to avoid all
hazards.Any road hazard, such as
a pothole or debris, could serious-
ly damage the compact spare.
• Any continuous road use of this tire
could result in tire failure, loss of
vehicle control, and possible per-
sonal injury.
• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-
mum load rating or the load-carry-
ing capacity shown on the sidewall
of the compact spare tire.
• Avoid driving over obstacles. The
compact spare tire diameter is
smaller than the diameter of a con-
ventional tire and reduces the
ground clearance approximately 1
inch (25 mm), which could result in
damage to the vehicle.
• Do not take this vehicle through an
automatic carwash while the com-
pact spare tire is installed.
• Do not use tire chains on the com-
pact spare tire. Because of the
smaller size, a tire chain will not fit
properly. This could damage the
vehicle and result in loss of the
chain.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
on any other vehicle because this
tire has been designed especially
for your vehicle.
• The compact spare tire’s tread life is
shorter than a regular tire. Inspect
your compact spare tire regularly
and replace worn compact spare
tires with the same size and design,
mounted on the same wheel.
• The compact spare tire should not
be used on any other wheels, nor
should standard tires, snow tires,
wheel covers or trim rings be used
with the compact spare wheel. If
such use is attempted, damage to
these items or other vehicle com-
ponents may occur.
• Do not use more than one compact
spare tire at a time.
• Do not tow a trailer while the com-
pact spare tire is installed.
UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:50 AM Page 24
625
What to do in an emergency
Jack label
1. Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3.When using the jack, set your
parking brake.
4.When using the jack, stop the
engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
6.The designated locations under
the frame
7.When supporting the vehicle, the
base plate of jack must be vertical
under the lifting point.
8. Move the shift lever to the P posi-
tion on vehicles with automatic
transmission.
9.The jack should be used on firm
level ground.
10. Jack manufacturer
11. Production date
12. Representative company and
address
OHYK064001
OHYK064005
OHYK064002
• Type A
■ Example
• Type B
• Type C
❈ The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For
more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:51 AM Page 25
What to do in an emergency
266
TOWING
Towing service
If emergency towing is necessary,
we recommend having it done by an
authorized Kia dealer or a commer-
cial tow-truck service. Proper lifting
and towing procedures are neces-
sary to prevent damage to the vehi-
cle. The use of wheel dollies or
flatbed is recommended.
For trailer towing guidelines informa-
tion, refer to “Trailer towing” in sec-
tion 5.
On AWD vehicles, your vehicle must
be towed with a wheel lift and dollies
or flatbed equipment with all the
wheels off the ground.
On FWD vehicles, it is acceptable to
tow the vehicle with the rear wheels
on the ground (without dollies) and
the front wheels off the ground.
If any of the loaded wheels or sus-
pension components are damaged
or the vehicle is being towed with the
front wheels on the ground, use a
towing dolly under the front wheels.
When being towed by a commercial
tow truck and wheel dollies are not
used, the front of the vehicle should
always be lifted, not the rear.
OUM064022
dolly
dolly
WARNING - Side and
curtain Air bag
If your vehicle is equipped with
side and curtain air bag, set the
ignition switch to LOCK or ACC
position when the vehicle is
being towed.
The side and curtain air bag
may deploy when the ignition is
ON, and the rollover sensor
detects the situation as a
rollover.
CAUTION
The AWD vehicle should never
be towed with the wheels on the
ground. This can cause serious
damage to the transmission or
the AWD system.
UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:51 AM Page 26
627
What to do in an emergency
When towing your vehicle in an
emergency without wheel dollies :
1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC
position.
2. Place the transmission shift lever
in N (Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
CAUTION - Towing gear
position
Failure to place the transmis-
sion shift lever in N (Neutral)
may cause internal damage to
the transmission.
CAUTION - Towing
• Do not tow the vehicle back-
wards with the front wheels on
the ground as this may cause
damage to the vehicle.
• Do not tow with sling-type
equipment. Use wheel lift or
flatbed equipment.
OUM064013
OUM064012
UMA PE USA 6.qxp 12/20/2017 11:51 AM Page 27
Maintenance
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
• Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
• Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
• Owner maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Scheduled maintenance service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 7-16
Checking fluid levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
• Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
• Changing the engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
• Checking the coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
• Changing the coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
• Checking the brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
• Checking the washer fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
• Checking the parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Air cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
• Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
• Filter inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
• Blade inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
• Blade replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
• For best battery service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
• Battery recharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
• Recharging battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
• Reset items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
• Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
• Recommended cold tire inflation pressures . . . . . . . 7-39
• Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
• Checking tire inflation pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
• Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
• Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
• Tire replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
• Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
• Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
• Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
• Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
• All season tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
• Summer tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
• Snow tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
• Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
• Radial-ply tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
• Low aspect ratio tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
7
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:49 PM Page 1
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53
• Inner panel fuse replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
• Engine compartment fuse replacement. . . . . . . . . . . 7-57
• Fuse/relay panel description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60
Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-71
• Bulb replacement precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-71
• Light bulb position (Front). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73
• Light bulb position (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74
• Light bulb position (Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
• Headlamp (Low beam) bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
• Headlamp (High beam) bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76
• Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
• Position lamp (LED type) replacement
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
• Side marker (front) (LED type) bulb replacement. . 7-79
• Headlamp (LED type) replacement
(Headlamp Type B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79
• Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-80
• Front fog lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80
• Stop and tail lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . 7-81
• Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . 7-82
• Side marker (rear) (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . 7-84
• Side marker (rear) (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-85
• Tail lamp (inside) (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . 7-85
• Back up lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . . . . 7-86
• Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-87
• High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb
replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-87
• License plate lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-88
• Map lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . 7-88
• Map lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . 7-89
• Room lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-89
• Personal lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. . . . . . 7-90
• Glove box lamp replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-90
• Luggage lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . . . . 7-91
• Luggage lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . . . 7-91
• Vanity mirror lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement. . 7-92
• Vanity mirror lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. . 7-92
Appearance care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-93
• Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-93
• Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-98
Emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-102
• Crankcase emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-102
• Evaporative emission control (including ORVR:
Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system . . . . 7-102
• Exhaust emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-103
California perchlorate notic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-105
7
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:49 PM Page 2
73
Maintenance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
OUM074100L
■■
Gasoline Engine (Theta II 2.4L) - GDI
❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Engine oil filler cap
3. Brake fluid reservoir
4. Air cleaner
5. Fuse box
6. Positive battery terminal
7. Negative battery terminal
8. Radiator cap
9. Engine oil dipstick
10.Windshield washer fluid reservoir
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:49 PM Page 3
Maintenance
47
OUMA078255
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Engine oil filler cap
3. Brake fluid reservoir
4. Air cleaner
5. Fuse box
6. Positive battery terminal
7. Negative battery terminal
8. Engine oil dipstick
9.Windshield washer fluid reservoir
10. Radiator cap
■■
Gasoline engine (Lambda II 3.3L) – GDI
* The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 4
75
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care
to prevent damage to your vehicle
and injury to yourself whenever per-
forming any maintenance or inspec-
tion procedures.
Should you have any doubts con-
cerning the inspection or servicing of
your vehicle, we strongly recom-
mend that you have an authorized
Kia dealer perform this work.
An authorized Kia dealer has factory
trained technicians and genuine Kia
parts to service your vehicle proper-
ly.For expert advice and quality serv-
ice, see an authorized Kia dealer.
Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi-
cient servicing may result in opera-
tional problems with your vehicle that
could lead to vehicle damage, an
accident, or personal injury.
Owner’s responsibility
✽✽
NOTICE
Maintenance Service and Record
Retention are the owner's responsi-
bility.
You should retain documents that
show proper maintenance has been
performed on your vehicle in accor-
dance with the scheduled mainte-
nance service charts shown on the
following pages. You need this infor-
mation to establish your compliance
with the servicing and maintenance
requirements of your vehicle war-
ranties.
Detailed warranty information is pro-
vided in your Warranty & Consumer
Information manual.
Repairs and adjustments required as
a result of improper maintenance or
a lack of required maintenance are
not covered.
We recommend you have your vehi-
cle maintained and repaired by an
authorized Kia dealer. An authorized
Kia dealer meets Kia’s high service
quality standards and receives tech-
nical support from Kia in order to pro-
vide you with a high level of service
satisfaction.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 5
Maintenance
67
✽✽
NOTICE - NHTSA Safety
Corrosion Alert
The National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA) has
issued a general warning to all vehi-
cle owners of all brands regarding
the risks associated with vehicle
underbody corrosion. From your
initial purchase, take the following
steps to prevent unsafe corrosion
damage to your vehicle:
• Wash the undercarriage of your
vehicle regularly during the win-
ter and whenever your vehicle has
been exposed to such salts or
chemicals.
• Do a thorough washing of the
undercarriage at the end of the
winter.
• Use professional service techni-
cians or governmental inspection
stations to annually inspect for
corrosion.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Immediately seek an inspection of
your vehicle if you become visual-
ly aware of corrosion flaking or
scaling or if you become aware of
a change in vehicle performance,
such as soft or spongey brakes,
fluids leaking, impairment of
directional control, suspension
noises or rattling metal straps.
NHTSA further advises that after
a vehicle is 7 years old, it is essen-
tial that you take these indicated
maintenance steps to ensure that
you protect yourself from unsafe
corrosion conditions.
Owner maintenance precau-
tions
Improper or incomplete service may
result in problems.This section gives
instructions only for the maintenance
items that are easy to perform.
As explained earlier in this section,
several procedures can be done only
by an authorized Kia dealer with spe-
cial tools.
✽✽
NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance dur-
ing the warranty period may affect
warranty coverage. For details, read
the separate Warranty & Consumer
Information manual provided with
the vehicle. If you're unsure about
any servicing or maintenance proce-
dure, have it done by an authorized
Kia dealer.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 6
77
Maintenance
WARNING - Maintenance
work
Do not wear jewelry or loose
clothing while working under
the hood of your vehicle with
the engine running. These can
become entangled in moving
parts, if you must run the engine
while working under the hood,
make certain that you remove
all jewelry (especially rings,
bracelets, watches, and neck-
laces) and all neckties, scarves,
and similar loose clothing
before getting near the engine
or cooling fans.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 7
Maintenance
87
OWNER MAINTENANCE
The following lists are vehicle checks
and inspections that should be per-
formed by the owner or an author-
ized Kia dealer at the frequencies
indicated to help ensure safe,
dependable operation of your vehi-
cle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your deal-
er as soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance Checks
are generally not covered by war-
ranties and you may be charged for
labor, parts and lubricants used.
Owner maintenance schedule
When you stop for fuel:
• Check the engine oil level.
• Check the coolant level in the
coolant reservoir.
• Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
• Look for low or under-inflated tires.
While operating your vehicle:
• Note any changes in the sound of
the exhaust or any smell of
exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
• Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice any increased steer-
ing effort or looseness in the steer-
ing wheel, or change in its straight-
ahead position.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly
turns slightly or “pulls” to one side
when traveling on smooth, level
road.
• When stopping, listen and check
for unusual sounds, pulling to one
side, increased brake pedal travel
or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transmission
occurs, check the transmission
fluid level.
• Check the automatic transmission
P (Park) function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal).
WARNING - Hot coolant
Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. Scalding hot
coolant and steam may blow
out under pressure.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 8
79
Maintenance
At least monthly:
• Check the coolant level in the
engine coolant reservoir.
• Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the stoplights, turn
signals and hazard warning flash-
ers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare.
At least twice a year
(i.e., every Spring and Fall):
• Check the radiator, heater and air
conditioning hoses for leaks or
damage.
• Check the windshield washer
spray and wiper operation. Clean
the wiper blades with clean cloth
dampened with washer fluid.
• Check the headlight alignment.
• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps.
• Check the lap/shoulder belts for
wear and function.
• Check for worn tires and loose
wheel lug nuts.
At least once a year:
• Clean the body and door drain
holes.
• Lubricate the door hinges and
checks, and hood hinges.
• Lubricate the door and hood locks
and latches.
• Lubricate the door rubber weather-
strips.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Inspect and lubricate the automat-
ic transmission linkage and con-
trols.
• Clean the battery and terminals.
• Check the brake fluid level.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 9
Maintenance
107
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE
Follow the Normal Maintenance
Schedule if the vehicle is usually
operated where none of the following
conditions apply. If any of the follow-
ing conditions apply, follow the
Maintenance Under Severe Usage
Conditions.
• Repeated driving short distance of
less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal
temperature or less than 10 miles
(16 km)in freezing temperature
• Extensive engine idling or low
speed driving for long distances
• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
unpaved, graveled or salt-spread
roads
• Driving in areas using salt or other
corrosive materials or in very cold
weather
• Driving in heavy dust condition
• Driving in heavy traffic area
• Driving on uphill, downhill, or
mountain road repeatedly
• Towing a trailer or using a camper,
or roof rack
• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other
commercial use of vehicle towing
• Driving over 106 mile/h(170 km/h)
• Frequently driving in stop-and-go
condition
If your vehicle is operated in any of
the prior listed conditions, you should
inspect, replace or refill more fre-
quently, using the severe usage
maintenance schedule instead of the
normal usage maintenance sched-
ule.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 10
711
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models
The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance.
Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty.Where both mileage and time are shown, the
frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5
Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Drive belts *
1
At first, inspect at 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months,
after that, inspect every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months
Engine oil and engine oil
filter
Theta II 2.4L GDI R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Lambda II 3.3L GDI R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Fuel additives *
2
Add every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months
Air cleaner filter I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I
Spark plugs
Theta II 2.4L GDI Replace every 97,500 miles (156,000 km)
Lambda II 3.3L GDI Replace every 97,500 miles (156,000 km)
Valve clearance *
3
Theta II 2.4L GDI Inspect every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months
Lambda II 3.3L GDI Inspect every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*
1
:The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced.
*
2
: If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your
authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
*
3
: Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized Kia dealer perform the
operation.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 11
Maintenance
127
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5
Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Rotate tires Rotate every 7,500 miles (12,000 km)
Climate control air filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Vacuum hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Coolant (Engine)
At first, replace at 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 10 years,
after that, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months
Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Brake discs and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Suspension ball joints I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner compressor/refrigerant I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Propeller shaft (AWD) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Exhaust system I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models(CONT.)
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 12
713
Maintenance
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5
Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Cooling system - - - I - I - I - I - I - I -
Automatic transmission fluid No check, No service required
Rear axle oil (AWD) *
5
- - - I - - - I - - - I - - -
Transfer case oil (AWD) *
5
- - - I - - - I - - - I - - -
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap - I - I - I - I - I - I - I -
Fuel tank air filter *
4
- I - I - I - I - I - I - I -
Fuel lines, hoses and connections - - - I - - - I - - - I - - -
Parking brake (Foot Type) - I - I - I - I - I - I - I -
Brake fluid - I - I - I - I - I - I - I -
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Normal Maintenance Schedule - Non Turbo Models (CONT.)
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*
4
: Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance sched-
ule depends on fuel quality.
*
5
:Transfer case oil and rear axle oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 13
Maintenance
147
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - Non Turbo Models
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer
to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary
MAINTENANCE ITEM
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
DRIVING
CONDITION
Engine oil and
engine oil filter
Theta II 2.4L GDI
R
Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6
months
A, B, C, D, E,
F, G, H, I, J, K
Lambda II 3.3L GDI
R
Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6
months
A, B, C, D, E,
F, G, H, I, J, K
Air cleaner filter R More frequently C, E
Spark plugs
R
More frequently A, B, F, G, H, I, K
Automatic transmission fluid
R
Every 60,000 miles (96,000 km)
A, C, D, E,
F, G, H, I, J
Brake discs and pads, calipers and rotors I More frequently C, D, E, G, H
Parking brake (Foot Type) I More frequently C, D, G, H
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G
Suspension ball joints I More frequently C, D, E, F, G
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 14
715
Maintenance
Severe driving conditions
A-Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km)
in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freez-
ing temperature
B-Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis-
tances
C-Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-
spread roads
D-Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in
very cold weather
E-Driving in heavy dust condition
F-Driving in heavy traffic area
G-Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly
H-Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack
I -Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle
towing
J -Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)
K-Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
MAINTENANCE ITEM
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
DRIVING
CONDITION
Drive shafts and boots I More frequently
C, D, E, F,
G, H, I, J
Rear axle oil (AWD)
R
Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km) C, E, G, H, I, J
Transfer case oil (AWD)
R
Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km) C, E, G, H, I, J
Climate control air filter
R
More frequently C, E, G
Propeller shaft I More frequently
C, D, E, F,
G, H, I, J
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 15
Maintenance
167
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Engine oil and filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in
the maintenance schedule. If the
vehicle is being driven in severe con-
ditions, more frequent oil and filter
changes are required.
Drive belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil
saturation and replace if necessary.
Drive belts should be checked peri-
odically for proper tension and
adjusted as necessary.
Fuel filter (for gasoline)
This gasoline powered vehicle is
equipped with a lifetime fuel filter that
is integrated with the fuel tank.
Regular maintenance or replace-
ment is not needed but depends on
fuel quality. If there are any fuel relat-
ed problems like fuel flow restriction,
surging, loss of power, hard starting
problem etc, fuel filter inspection or
replacement may be needed.
The fuel filter be Inspected or
replaced by an authorized Kia deal-
er.
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-
nections
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
connections for leakage and dam-
age. Have an authorized Kia dealer
replace any damaged or leaking
parts immediately.
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap
should be inspected at the intervals
specified in the maintenance sched-
ule.Make sure that a new vapor hose
or fuel filler cap is installed correctly.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 16
717
Maintenance
Vacuum crankcase ventilation
hoses (if equipped)
Inspect the surface of hoses for evi-
dence of heat and/or mechanical
damage. Hard and brittle rubber,
cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and
excessive swelling indicate deterio-
ration. Particular attention should be
pay particular attention to the hose
surfaces nearest to high heat
sources, such as the exhaust mani-
fold.
Inspect the hose routing to assure
that the hoses do not come in con-
tact with any heat source, sharp
edges or moving components which
might cause heat damage or
mechanical wear. Inspect all hose
connections, such as clamps and
couplings, to make sure they are
secure, and that no leaks are pres-
ent. Hoses should be replaced
immediately if there is any evidence
of deterioration or damage.
Air cleaner filter
A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is
recommended when the filter is
replaced.
Spark plugs
Make sure to install new spark plugs
of the correct heat range.
Valve clearance (if equipped)
Inspect for excessive valve noise
and/or engine vibration and adjust if
necessary. An authorized Kia dealer
should perform this procedure.
Cooling system
Check the cooling system compo-
nents, such as the radiator, coolant
reservoir, hoses and connections for
leakage and damage. Replace any
damaged parts.
Coolant
The coolant should be changed at
the intervals specified in the mainte-
nance schedule.
Automatic transmission fluid
Automatic transmission fluid should
not be checked under normal usage
conditions.
But in severe conditions, the fluid
should be changed at an authorized
Kia dealer in accordance to the
scheduled maintenance at the begin-
ning of this chapter.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 17
Maintenance
187
✽✽
NOTICE
Automatic transmission fluid color
is usually red.
As the vehicle is driven, the auto-
matic transmission fluid will begin
to look darker.
This is normal, and you should not
judge the need to replace the fluid
based upon the changed color.
Brake hoses and lines
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and
any leakage. Replace any deteriorat-
ed or damaged parts immediately.
✽✽
NOTICE - NHTSA Safety
Corrosion Alert
NHTSA has warned all vehicle own-
ers of all brands that they must
maintain their vehicles in a manner
which will prevent brake hose and
brake line failures due to corrosion
when such vehicles are exposed to
winter road salt and related chemi-
cals. While serious corrosion condi-
tions typically only manifest them-
selves as safety issues after 7 years of
vehicle use, the corrosion process
starts immediately and thus under-
body cleaning maintenance must
commence from your vehicle's first
exposure to road salts and chemi-
cals. NHTSA urges vehicle owners to
take the following steps to prevent
corrosion:
(Continued)
(Continued)
1. Wash the undercarriage of your
vehicle regularly throughout the
winter and do a thorough washing
in the spring to remove road salt
and other de-icing chemicals.
2. Monitor the brake system for
signs of corrosion by having regu-
lar professional inspections and
watching for signs of problems,
including loss of brake fluid,
unusual leaks and soft or spongy
feel in the brake pedal.
3. Replace the entire brake pipe
assembly if you find severe corro-
sion that causes scaling or flaking
of brake components.
CAUTION
Use only specified automatic
transmission fluid. The use of a
non-specified fluid could result
in a transmission malfunction
and failure. (Refer to
"Recommended lubricants and
capacities" in chapter 8.)
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 18
719
Maintenance
Brake fluid
Check the brake fluid level in the
brake fluid reservoir.The level should
be between “MIN” and “MAX” marks
on the side of the reservoir. Use only
hydraulic brake fluid conforming to
DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.
Parking brake
Inspect the parking brake system
including the parking brake lever (or
pedal) and cables.
Brake discs, pads, calipers
and rotors
Check the pads for excessive wear,
discs for run out and wear, and
calipers for fluid leakage.
Exhaust pipe and muffler
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,
muffler and hangers for cracks, dete-
rioration, or damage.Start the engine
and listen carefully for any exhaust
gas leakage. Tighten connections or
replace parts as necessary.
Suspension mounting bolts
Check the suspension connections
for looseness or damage. Retighten
to the specified torque.
Steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint
With the vehicle stopped and engine
off, check for excessive free-play in
the steering wheel.
Check the linkage for bends or dam-
age. Check the dust boots and ball
joints for deterioration, cracks, or dam-
age. Replace any damaged parts.
Drive shafts and boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and
clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
damage.Replace any damaged parts
and, if necessary, repack the grease.
Air conditioning refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and
connections for leakage and damage.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 19
Maintenance
207
CHECKING FLUID LEVELS
When checking engine oil, engine
coolant, brake fluid, and washer fluid,
always be sure to clean the area
around any filler plug, drain plug, or
dipstick before checking or draining
any lubricant or fluid. This is espe-
cially important in dusty or sandy
areas and when the vehicle is used
on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug
and dipstick areas will prevent dirt
and grit from entering the engine and
other mechanisms that could be
damaged.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 20
721
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL
Checking the engine oil level
1. Be sure the vehicle is on level
ground.
2. Start the engine and allow it to
reach normal operating tempera-
ture.
3.Turn the engine off and wait for a
few minutes (about 5 minutes) for
the oil to return to the oil pan.
4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,
and re-insert it fully.
5. Pull the dipstick out again and
check the level. The level should
be between F and L.
If it is near or at L, add enough oil to
bring the level to F. Do not overfill.
Use a funnel to help prevent oil
from being spilled on engine com-
ponents.
Use only the specified engine oil.
(Refer to “Recommended lubricants
and capacities” in chapter 8.)
WARNING - Radiator
hose
Be very careful not to touch the
radiator hose when checking or
adding the engine oil as it may
be hot enough to burn you.
CAUTION - Replacing
engine oil
Do not overfill the engine oil. It
may damage the engine.
OUMA078256
OUMA078257
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 21
Maintenance
227
Changing the engine oil and
filter
Have engine oil and filter changed by
an authorized Kia dealer according
to the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this chapter.
CALIFORNIA PROPO-
SITION 65 WARNING
Engine oil contains chemicals
known to the State of California
to cause cancer, birth defects
and reproductive harm. Used
engine oil may cause irritation
or cancer of the skin if left in
contact with the skin for pro-
longed periods of time. Always
protect your skin by washing
your hands thoroughly with
soap and warm water as soon
as possible after handling used
oil.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 22
723
Maintenance
ENGINE COOLANT
The high-pressure cooling system
has a reservoir filled with year round
antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is
filled at the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year: at
the beginning of the winter season,
and before traveling to a colder cli-
mate.
Checking the coolant level
• Turn the engine off and wait until it
cools down. Use extreme care
when removing the radiator cap.
Wrap a thick towel around it, and
turn it counterclockwise slowly to
the first stop. Step back while the
pressure is released from the cool-
ing system.
When you are sure all the pressure
has been released, press down on
the cap, using a thick towel, and
continue turning counterclockwise
to remove it.
• Even if the engine is not operating,
do not remove the radiator cap or
the drain plug while the engine and
radiator are hot. Hot coolant and
steam may still blow out under
pressure, causing serious injury.
WARNING
Removing radiator
cap
Never attempt to remove the
radiator cap while the engine is
operating or hot. Doing so
could result in serious personal
injury from escaping hot
coolant or steam.
CAUTION - Radiator cap
Never attempt to remove the
radiator cap while the engine is
operating or hot. Doing so
might lead to cooling system
and engine damage.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 23
Maintenance
247
Check the condition and connections
of all cooling system hoses and
heater hoses. Replace any swollen
or deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled
between F and L marks on the side
of the coolant reservoir when the
engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
specified coolant to provide protec-
tion against freezing and corrosion.
Bring the level to F, but do not over-
fill. If frequent additions are required,
see an authorized Kia dealer for a
cooling system inspection.
Recommended engine coolant
• When adding coolant, use only
deionized water or soft water for
your vehicle and never mix hard
water in the coolant filled at the fac-
tory. An improper coolant mixture
can result in serious malfunction or
engine damage.
• The engine in your vehicle has alu-
minum engine parts and must be
protected by an ethylene-glycol-
based coolant to prevent corrosion
and freezing.
• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the spec-
ified coolant.
• Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less
than 35% antifreeze. This would
reduce the effectiveness of the
solution.
OUMA074221
WARNING - Cooling fan
Use caution when working near
the blade of the cooling fan.The
electric motor (cooling fan) is
controlled by engine coolant
temperature, refrigerant pres-
sure and vehicle speed. it may
sometimes operate even when
the engine is not running.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 24
725
Maintenance
For mixture percentage, refer to the
following table.
Changing the coolant
Have the coolant changed by an
authorized Kia dealer according to
the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this chapter.
Put a thick cloth around the radiator
cap before refilling the coolant in
order to prevent the coolant from
overflowing into engine parts such as
the alternator.
Ambient
Temperature
Mixture Percentage
(volume)
Antifreeze Water
5°F (-15°C)
35 65
-13°F (-25°C)
40 60
-31°F (-35°C)
50 50
-49°F (-45°C)
60 40
WARNING
Radiator cap
Do not remove the radiator cap
when the engine and radiator
are hot. Scalding hot coolant
and steam may blow out under
pressure which may result in
serious injury.
OUM074048L
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 25
Maintenance
267
BRAKE FLUID
Checking the brake fluid level
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX (Maximum) and MIN
(Minimum) marks on the side of the
reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap
and adding brake fluid, clean the
area around the reservoir cap thor-
oughly to prevent brake fluid contam-
ination.
If the level is low, add fluid to the
MAX (Maximum) level. The level will
fall with accumulated mileage.This is
a normal condition associated with
the wear of brake linings. If the fluid
level is excessively low, have the
brake system checked by an author-
ized Kia dealer.
Use only the specified brake fluid.
(Refer to “Recommended lubricants
or capacities” in chapter 8.)
Never mix different types of fluid.
In the event the brake system
requires frequent additions of fluid,
the vehicle should be inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
When changing and adding brake
fluid, handle it carefully. Do not let it
come in contact with your eyes. If
brake fluid should come in contact
with your eyes, immediately flush
them with a large quantity of fresh
tap water. Have your eyes examined
by a doctor as soon as possible.
Brake fluid, which has been exposed
to open air for an extended time
should never be used as its quality
cannot be guaranteed. It should be
disposed of properly.
CAUTION - Proper fluid
Only use brake fluid in brake
system. Small amounts of
improper fluids (such as engine
oil) can cause damage to the
brake system.
CAUTION - Brake fluid
Do not allow brake fluid to con-
tact the vehicle's body paint, as
paint damage will result.
OUMA078258
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 26
727
Maintenance
WASHER FLUID
Checking the washer fluid
level
The reservoir is translucent so that
you can check the level with a quick
visual inspection.
Check the fluid level in the washer
fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces-
sary. Plain water may be used if
washer fluid is not available.
However, use washer solvent with
antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-
mates to prevent freezing.
WARNING - Flammable
Fluid
Do not allow the washer fluid to
come in contact with open
flames or sparks.The windshield
washer fluid reservoir is flamma-
ble under certain circumstances.
This can result in a fire.
WARNING - Coolant
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when
sprayed on the windshield
and may cause loss of vehicle
control.
WARNING - Windshield
fluid
Do not drink the windshield
washer fluid. The windshield
washer fluid is poisonous to
humans and animals.
ODMNMC2019
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 27
Maintenance
287
Checking the parking brake
Check whether the stroke is within
specification when the parking brake
pedal is depressed with 66 lb, 294 N
(30 kg) of force. Also, the parking
brake alone should securely hold the
vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the
stroke is more or less than specified,
have the parking brake adjusted by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Stroke : 8~9 notch
PARKING BRAKE
OCM050015
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 28
729
Maintenance
Filter replacement
It must be replaced when necessary,
and should not be washed.
You can clean the filter when inspect-
ing the air cleaner element.
Clean the filter by using compressed
air.
1. Pull out the air cleaner cover. 2. Unlock by turning the locking lever
upward.
3. Pull the air cleaner filter to replace.
4. Lock the cover with the reverse
order.
AIR CLEANER
OUM074007
OUM074008 OUMA074009
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 29
Maintenance
307
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in extreme-
ly dusty or sandy areas, replace the
element more often than the usual
recommended intervals. (Refer to
“Maintenance under severe usage
conditions” in this chapter.)
CAUTION - Air filter main-
tenance
• Do not drive with the air clean-
er removed; this will result in
excessive engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner
filter, be careful that dust or
dirt does not enter the air
intake, or damage may result.
• Use a Kia genuine part. Use of
non-genuine parts could dam-
age the air flow sensor.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 30
731
Maintenance
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)
Filter inspection
The climate control air filter should
be replaced according to the mainte-
nance schedule. If the vehicle is
operated in severely air-polluted
cities or on dusty rough roads for a
long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced earlier.
When you replace the climate control
air filter, replace it performing the fol-
lowing procedure, and be careful to
avoid damaging other components.
1. Open the glove box and remove
the support strap (1).
2.With the glove box open, remove
the stoppers on both sides.
OUM074011 OUM074012
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 31
Maintenance
327
3. Remove the climate control air fil-
ter case by pulling out right side of
the cover.
4. Replace the climate control air filter.
5. Reassemble in the reverse order
of disassembly.
When replacing the climate control
air filter install it properly. Otherwise,
the system may produce noise and
the effectiveness of the filter may be
reduced.
OYP074008KOUM074013
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 32
733
Maintenance
WIPER BLADES
Blade inspection
Commercial hot waxes applied by
automatic vehicle washes have been
known to make the windshield diffi-
cult to clean.
Contamination of either the wind-
shield or the wiper blades with for-
eign matter can reduce the effective-
ness of the windshield wipers.
Common sources of contamination
are insects, tree sap, and hot wax
treatments used by some commer-
cial vehicle washes. If the blades are
not wiping properly, clean both the
window and the blades with a good
cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse
thoroughly with clean water.
Blade replacement
When the wipers no longer clean
adequately, the blades may be worn
or cracked, and require replacement.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, do not attempt
to move the wipers manually.
Using any aftermarket wiper blades
could result in wiper malfunction and
failure.
1JBA5122
CAUTION -Wiper blades
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or other
solvents on or near them.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 33
Maintenance
347
Front windshield wiper blade
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the
wiper blade assembly to expose
the plastic locking clip.
2. Compress the clip and slide the
blade assembly downward.
3. Lift it off the arm.
4. Install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
Rear window wiper blade
1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out
the wiper blade assembly.
1LDA5023
CAUTION - Wiper arms
Do not allow the wiper arm to
fall against the windshield,
since it may chip or crack the
windshield.
1JBA7037
1JBA7038
OHM078062
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 34
735
Maintenance
2. Install the new blade assembly by
inserting the center part into the
slot in the wiper arm until it clicks
into place.
3. Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, have an
authorized Kia dealer replace the
wiper blade.
OHM078063
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 35
Maintenance
367
BATTERY
For best battery service
• Keep the battery securely mount-
ed.
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connec-
tions clean, tight, and coated with
petroleum jelly or terminal grease.
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from
the battery immediately with a
solution of water and baking soda.
• If the vehicle is not going to be
used for an extended time, discon-
nect the battery cables.
Always read the following
instructions carefully when
handling a battery.
If any electrolyte gets into
your eyes, flush your eyes
with clean water for at least
15 minutes and get immedi-
ate medical attention.
If electrolyte gets on your
skin, thoroughly wash the
contacted area. If you feel
pain or burning sensation,
get medical attention imme-
diately.
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local law(s)
or regulation.
Never attempt to recharge the bat-
tery when the battery cables are con-
nected.
WARNING - Risk of
explosion
Keep lit cigarettes and
all other flames or
sparks away from the
battery.
The battery contains
hydrogen -- a highly
combustible gas which
will explode if it comes
in contact with a flame
or spark.
Keep batteries out of the
reach of children
because batteries con-
tain highly corrosive
SULFURIC ACID and
electrolytes. Do not
allow battery acid to
contact your skin, eyes,
clothing or paint finish.
Wear eye protection
when charging or work-
ing near a battery.
Always provide ventila-
tion when working in an
enclosed space.
OUMA078259
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 36
737
Maintenance
✽✽
NOTICE
If you connect unauthorized elec-
tronic devices to the battery, the bat-
tery may be discharged. Never use
unauthorized devices.
Battery recharging
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
calcium-based battery.
• If the battery becomes discharged
in a short time (because, for exam-
ple, the headlamps or interior
lamps lamps were left on while the
vehicle was not in use), recharge it
by slow charging (trickle) for 10
hours.
• If the battery gradually discharges
because of high electric load while
the vehicle is being used, recharge
it at 20-30A for two hours.
CALIFORNIA PROPO-
SITION 65 WARNING
Battery posts, terminals, and
related accessories contain
lead and lead compounds,
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer, birth
defects and reproductive harm.
Batteries also contain other
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer.
Wash hands after handling.
WARNING - Risk of elec-
trocution
Never touch the electrical igni-
tion system while the vehicle is
running. This system works
with high voltage which can
"shock" you.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 37
Maintenance
387
Recharging battery
When recharging the battery,
observe the following precautions:
• The battery must be removed from
the vehicle and placed in an area
with good ventilation.
• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or
flame near the battery.
• Watch the battery during charging,
and stop or reduce the charging
rate if the battery cells begin
gassing (boiling) violently or if the
temperature of the electrolyte of
any cell exceeds 120°F (49°C).
• Wear eye protection when check-
ing the battery during charging.
• Disconnect the battery charger in
the following order.
1.Turn off the battery charger main
switch.
2. Unhook the negative clamp from
the negative battery terminal.
3. Unhook the positive clamp from
the positive battery terminal.
• Before performing maintenance or
recharging the battery, turn off all
accessories and stop the engine.
• The negative battery cable must be
removed first and installed last
when the battery is disconnected.
Reset items
Items should be reset after the bat-
tery has been discharged or the bat-
tery has been disconnected.
• Auto up/down window
(See chapter 4)
• Sunroof (See chapter 4)
• Trip computer (See chapter 4)
• Climate control system
(See chapter 4)
• Integrated Memory System
(See chapter 3)
• Audio (See chapter 4)
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 38
739
Maintenance
TIRES AND WHEELS
Tire care
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain recommended tire
inflation pressures and stay within
the load limits and weight distribution
recommended for your vehicle.
Recommended cold tire infla-
tion pressures
All tire pressures (including the
spare) should be checked when the
tires are cold.“Cold Tires” means the
vehicle has not been driven for at
least three hours or driven less than
one mile (1.6 km).
Recommended pressures must be
maintained for the best ride, vehicle
handling, and minimum tire wear.
For recommended inflation pressure,
refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter
8.
All specifications (sizes and pres-
sures) can be found on a label
attached to the driver’s side center
pillar.
WARNING - Tire under
inflation
Inflate your tire consistent with
the instructions provided in this
manual. Severe under inflation
can lead to severe heat build-
up, causing blowouts, tread
separation and other tire fail-
ures that can result in the loss
of vehicle control. This risk is
much higher on hot days and
when driving for long periods at
high speeds.
OUM074049L
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 39
Maintenance
407
• Underinflation also results in
excessive wear, poor handling and
reduced fuel economy. Wheel
deformation also is possible. Keep
your tire pressures at the proper
levels. If a tire frequently needs
refilling, have it checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Overinflation produces a harsh
ride, excessive wear at the center
of the tire tread, and a greater pos-
sibility of damage from road haz-
ards.
• Warm tires normally exceed rec-
ommended cold tire pressures by 4
to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not
release air from warm tires to
adjust the pressure or the tires will
be underinflated.
• Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation
valve caps. Without the valve cap,
dirt or moisture could get into the
valve core and cause air leakage.If
a valve cap is missing, install a
new one as soon as possible.
Tire pressure
Always observe the following:
• Check tire pressure when the tires
are cold. (After vehicle has been
parked for at least three hours or
hasn't been driven more than one
mile (1.6 km) since startup.)
• Check the pressure of your spare
tire each time you check the pres-
sure of other tires.
• Never overload your vehicle. Be
careful not to overload a vehicle
luggage rack if your vehicle is
equipped with one.
Checking tire inflation pres-
sure
Check your tires once a month or
more.
Also, check the tire pressure of the
spare tire.
How to check
Use a good quality gauge to check
tire pressure. You cannot tell if your
tires are properly inflated simply by
looking at them. Radial tires may
look properly inflated even when
they're underinflated.
Check the tire's inflation pressure
when the tires are cold. - "Cold"
means your vehicle has been sitting
for at least three hours or driven no
more than 1 mile (1.6 km).
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 40
741
Maintenance
Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve stem.Press the tire gauge firm-
ly onto the valve to get a pressure
measurement.If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recommended
pressure on the tire and loading
information label, no further adjust-
ment is necessary. If the pressure is
low, add air until you reach the rec-
ommended amount.
If you overfill the tire, release air by
pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the
tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be
sure to put the valve caps back on
the valve stems. They help prevent
leaks by keeping out dirt and mois-
ture.
• Inspect your tires frequently for
proper inflation as well as wear and
damage. Always use a tire pres-
sure gauge.
• Tires with too much or too little
pressure wear unevenly causing
poor handling, loss of vehicle con-
trol, and sudden tire failure leading
to accidents, injuries, and even
death. The recommended cold tire
pressure for your vehicle can be
found in this manual and on the tire
label located on the driver's side
center pillar.
• Remember to check the pressure
of your spare tire.Kia recommends
that you check the spare every
time you check the pressure of the
other tires on your vehicle.
Tire rotation
To equalize tread wear, it is recom-
mended that the tires be rotated
every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or
sooner if irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage.Abnormal wear is
usually caused by incorrect tire pres-
sure, improper wheel alignment, out-
of-balance wheels, severe braking or
severe cornering. Look for bumps or
bulges in the tread or side of tire.
Replace the tire if you find either of
these conditions. Replace the tire if
fabric or cord is visible.After rotation,
be sure to bring the front and rear tire
pressures to specification and check
lug nut tightness.
Refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter
8.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:50 PM Page 41
Maintenance
427
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are rotated.
Rotate radial tires that have an
asymmetric tread pattern only from
front to rear and not from right to left.
Wheel alignment and tire bal-
ance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may need
to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
WARNING - Mixing tires
• Do not use the compact spare
tire (if equipped) for tire rota-
tion.
• Do not mix bias ply and radial
ply tires under any circum-
stances. This may cause
unusual handling characteris-
tics.
CAUTION - Wheel weight
Improper wheel weights can
damage your vehicle's alu-
minum wheels. Use only
approved wheel weights.
CBGQ0707A
S2BLA790A
Without a spare tire
Directional tires (if equipped)
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 42
743
Maintenance
Tire replacement
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
indicator will appear as a solid band
across the tread.This shows there is
less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread
left on the tire.Replace the tire when
this happens.
Do not wait for the band to appear
across the entire tread before replac-
ing the tire.
The ABS works by comparing the
speed of the wheels. The tire size
affects wheel speed.When replacing
tires, all 4 tires must use the same
size originally supplied with the vehi-
cle.Using tires of a different size can
cause the ABS (Anti-lock Brake
System) and ESC (Electronic
Stability Control) to work irregularly.
✽✽
NOTICE
• We recommend that when replac-
ing tires, use the same which were
originally supplied with the vehi-
cle. If not, driving performance
could be altered.
• When replacing tires (or wheels),
it is recommended to replace the
two front or two rear tires (or
wheels) as a pair.
Replacing just one tire can serious-
ly affect your vehicle's handling.
Compact spare tire replacement
A compact spare tire has a shorter
tread life than a regular size tire.
Replace it when you can see the
tread wear indicator bars on the tire.
The replacement compact spare tire
should be the same size and design
tire as the one provided with your
new vehicle and should be mounted
on the same compact spare tire
wheel. The compact spare tire is not
designed to be mounted on a regular
size wheel, and the compact spare
tire wheel is not designed for mount-
ing a regular size tire.
OEN076053
Tread wear indicator
CAUTION - Wheels
Wheels that do not meet Kia
specifications may fit poorly
and result in damage to the
vehicle or unusual handling and
poor vehicle control.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 43
Maintenance
447
Wheel replacement
When replacing the metal wheels for
any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width
and offset.
A wheel that is not the correct size
may adversely affect wheel and
bearing life, braking and stopping
abilities, handling characteristics,
ground clearance, body-to-tire clear-
ance, snow chain clearance,
speedometer and odometer calibra-
tion, headlamp aim and bumper
height.
Tire traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires, tires that are
improperly inflated or on slippery
road surfaces. Tires should be
replaced when tread wear indicators
appear. Slow down whenever there
is rain, snow or ice on the road to
reduce the possibility of losing con-
trol of the vehicle.
Tire maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, correct
wheel alignment helps to decrease
tire wear. If you find a tire is worn
unevenly, have your dealer check the
wheel alignment.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort and
tire life. Additionally, a tire should
always be rebalanced if it is removed
from the wheel.
Tire sidewall labeling
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental charac-
teristics of the tire and also provides
the Tire Identification Number (TIN)
for safety standard certification. The
TIN can be used to identify the tire in
case of a recall.
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or Brand name is
shown.
I030B04JM
1
1
2
3
4
5,6
7
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 44
745
Maintenance
2.Tire size designation
A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire
size designation. You will need this
information when selecting replace-
ment tires for your vehicle. The fol-
lowing explains what the letters and
numbers in the tire size designation
mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
example only; your tire size designa-
tor could vary depending on your
vehicle.)
P235/65R17 108T
P - Applicable vehicle type (tires
marked with the prefix “P’’ are
intended for use on passenger
vehicles or light trucks; however,
not all tires have this marking).
235 - Tire width in millimeters.
65 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s chapter
height as a percentage of its
width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
17 - Rim diameter in inches.
108 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tire can carry.
T - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this chapter
for additional information.
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with impor-
tant information that you need if you
ever have to replace one.The follow-
ing explains what the letters and
numbers in the wheel size designa-
tion mean.
Example wheel size designation:
7.0JX17
7.0 - Rim width in inches.
J - Rim contour designation.
17 - Rim diameter in inches.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 45
Maintenance
467
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the dif-
ferent speed ratings currently being
used for passenger vehicle tires.The
speed rating is part of the tire size
designation on the sidewall of the
tire.This symbol corresponds to that
tire's designed maximum safe oper-
ating speed.
3. Checking tire life (TIN :Tire
Identification Number)
Any tires that are over 6 years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
(including the spare tire) should be
replaced by new ones. You can find
the manufacturing date on the tire
sidewall (possibly on the inside of the
wheel), displaying the DOT Code.
The DOT Code is a series of num-
bers on a tire consisting of numbers
and English letters. The manufactur-
ing date is designated by the last four
digits (characters) of the DOT code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT means a
plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four num-
bers indicate week and year manu-
factured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1618 represents
that the tire was produced in the 16th
week of 2018.
S 112 mph (180 km/h)
T 118 mph (190 km/h)
H 130 mph (210 km/h)
V 149 mph (240 km/h)
Z Above 149 mph (240 km/h)
Maximum Speed
Speed
Rating
Symbol
WARNING - Tire age
Replace tires within the recom-
mended time frame. Failure to
replace tires as recommended
can result in sudden tire failure,
which could lead to a loss of
control and an accident.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 46
747
Maintenance
4.Tire ply composition and mate-
rial
The number of layers or plies of rub-
ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the
materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
The letter "R" means radial ply con-
struction; the letter "D" means diago-
nal or bias ply construction; and the
letter "B" means belted-bias ply con-
struction.
5. Maximum permissible inflation
pressure
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire.Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure. Refer
to the Tire and Loading Information
label for recommended inflation
pressure.
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that
can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle,
always use a tire that has the same
load rating as the factory installed
tire.
7. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maxi-
mum section width.
For example:
TREADWEAR 200
TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
Tires degrade over time, even when
they are not being used. Regardless
of the remaining tread, we recom-
mend that tires be replaced after
approximately six (6) years of normal
service. Heat caused by hot climates
or frequent high loading conditions
can accelerate the aging process.
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a compara-
tive rating based on the wear rate of
the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified govern-
ment test course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one-and-a-
half times (1½) as well on the gov-
ernment course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the
side-walls of passenger vehicle tires.
The tires available as standard or
optional equipment on your vehicle
may vary with respect to grade.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 47
Maintenance
487
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
grades represent the tire’s ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on spec-
ified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction perform-
ance.
The traction grade assigned to this
tire is based on straight-ahead brak-
ing traction tests, and does not
include acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction char-
acteristics.
Temperature -A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C representing the
tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled condi-
tions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. The grade C cor-
responds to a level of performance
which all passenger vehicle tires
must meet under the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher
levels of performance on the labora-
tory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
Tire terminology and definitions
Air Pressure: The amount of air
inside the tire pressing outward on
the tire. Air pressure is expressed in
pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo-
pascal (kPa).
Accessory Weight: This means the
combined weight of optional acces-
sories. Some examples of optional
accessories are, automatic transmis-
sion, power seats, and air condition-
ing.
Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a
tire's height to its width.
Belt: A rubber coated layer of cords
that is located between the plies and
the tread. Cords may be made from
steel or other reinforcing materials.
Bead: The tire bead contains steel
wires wrapped by steel cords that
hold the tire onto the rim.
Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in
which the plies are laid at alternate
angles less than 90 degrees to the
centerline of the tread.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 48
749
Maintenance
Cold Tire Pressure: The amount of
air pressure in a tire, measured in
pounds per square inch (psi) or kilo-
pascals (kPa) before a tire has built
up heat from driving.
Curb Weight: This means the weight
of a motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment including the
maximum capacity of fuel, oil and
coolant, but without passengers and
cargo.
DOT Markings: A code molded into
the sidewall of a tire signifying that
the tire is in compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation motor
vehicle safety standards. The DOT
code includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric des-
ignator which can also identify the
tire manufacturer, production plant,
brand and date of production.
GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the Front Axle.
GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the Rear axle.
Intended Outboard Sidewall: The
side of an asymmetrical tire, that
must always face outward when
mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit for
air pressure.
Light truck(LT) tire: A tire designat-
ed by its manufacturer as primarily
intended for use on lightweight trucks
or multipurpose passenger vehicles.
Load ratings: The maximum load
that a tire is rated to carry for a given
inflation pressure
Load Index: An assigned number
ranging from 1 to 279 that corre-
sponds to the load carrying capacity
of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure: The
maximum air pressure to which a
cold tire may be inflated. The maxi-
mum air pressure is molded onto the
sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating: The load
rating for a tire at the maximum per-
missible inflation pressure for that tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:
The sum of curb weight; accessory
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight: The
number of occupants a vehicle is
designed to seat multiplied by 150
pounds (68 kg).
Occupant Distribution: Designated
seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall: The side
of a asymmetrical tire that has a par-
ticular side that faces outward when
mounted on a vehicle. The outward
facing sidewall bears white lettering
or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is higher or
deeper than the same moldings on
the inner facing sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire
used on passenger cars and some
light duty trucks and multipurpose
vehicles.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 49
Maintenance
507
Ply: A layer of rubber-coated parallel
cords
Pneumatic tire: A mechanical
device made of rubber, chemicals,
fabric and steel or other materials,
that, when mounted on an automo-
tive wheel, provides the traction and
contains the gas or fluid that sustains
the load.
Production options weight: The
combined weight of installed regular
production options weighing over 5
lb.(2.3 kg) in excess of the standard
items which they replace, not previ-
ously considered in curb weight or
accessory weight, including heavy
duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack,
heavy duty battery, and special trim.
Recommended Inflation Pressure:
Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-
ed tire inflation pressure and shown
on the tire placard.
Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in
which the ply cords that extend to the
beads are laid at 90 degrees to the
centerline of the tread.
Rim: A metal support for a tire and
upon which the tire beads are seat-
ed.
Sidewall: The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating: An alphanumeric
code assigned to a tire indicating the
maximum speed at which a tire can
operate.
Traction: The friction between the
tire and the road surface. The
amount of grip provided.
Tread: The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with the road.
Treadwear Indicators: Narrow
bands, sometimes called "wear
bars," that show across the tread of a
tire when only 1/16 inch of tread
remains.
UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards, a tire information
system that provides consumers with
ratings for a tire's traction, tempera-
ture and treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire manufacturers
using government testing proce-
dures. The ratings are molded into
the sidewall of the tire.
Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-
ber of designated seating positions
multiplied by 150 lbs.(68 kg) plus the
rated cargo and luggage load.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire: Load on an individual tire due
to curb and accessory weight plus
maximum occupant and cargo
weight.
Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:
Load on an individual tire that is
determined by distributing to each
axle its share of the curb weight,
accessory weight, and normal occu-
pant weight and driving by 2.
Vehicle Placard: A label permanent-
ly attached to a vehicle showing the
original equipment tire size and rec-
ommended inflation pressure.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 50
751
Maintenance
All season tires
Kia specifies all season tires on
some models to provide good per-
formance for use all year round,
including snowy and icy road condi-
tions. All season tires are identified
by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud
and Snow) on the tire sidewall.Snow
tires have better snow traction than
all season tires and may be more
appropriate in some areas.
Summer tires
Kia specifies summer tires on some
models to provide superior perform-
ance on dry roads. Summer tire per-
formance is substantially reduced in
snow and ice. Summer tires do not
have the tire traction rating M+S
(Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall.
if you plan to operate your vehicle in
snowy or icy conditions, Kia recom-
mends the use of snow tires or all
season tires on all four wheels.
Snow tires
If you equip your vehicle with snow
tires, they should be the same size
and have the same load capacity as
the original tires. Snow tires should
be installed on all four wheels; other-
wise, poor handling may result.
Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28
kPa) more air pressure than the
pressure recommended for the stan-
dard tires on the tire label on the dri-
ver's side of the center pillar, or up to
the maximum pressure shown on the
tire sidewall, whichever is less.
Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120
km/h) when your vehicle is equipped
with snow tires.
Tire chains
Tire chains, if necessary, should be
installed on the front wheels.
Be sure that the chains are installed
in accordance with the manufactur-
er's instructions.
To minimize tire and chain wear, do
not continue to use tire chains when
they are no longer needed.
• When driving on roads covered
with snow or ice, drive at less than
20 mph (30 km/h).
• Use the SAE “S”class or wire chains.
• If you hear noise caused by chains
contacting the body, retighten the
chain to avoid contact with the
vehicle body.
• To prevent body damage, retighten
the chains after driving 0.3~0.6
miles (0.5~1.0 km).
• Do not use tire chains on vehicles
equipped with aluminum wheels.
In unavoidable circumstance, use
a wire type chain.
• Use wire chains less than 0.59
inches (15 mm) to prevent damage
to the chain’s connection.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 51
Maintenance
527
Radial-ply tires
Radial-ply tires provide improved
tread life, road hazard resistance and
smoother high speed ride. The radi-
al-ply tires used on this vehicle are of
belted construction, and are selected
to complement the ride and handling
characteristics of your vehicle.
Radial-ply tires have the same load
carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias
belted tires of the same size, and use
the same recommended inflation
pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires
with bias-ply or bias belted tires is
not recommended. Any combina-
tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias
belted tires when used on the same
vehicle will seriously deteriorate
vehicle handling.The best rule to fol-
low is:Identical radial-ply tires should
always be used as a set of four.
Longer wearing tires can be more
susceptible to irregular tread wear. It
is very important to follow the tire
rotation interval shown in this chap-
ter to achieve the tread life potential
of these tires. Cuts and punctures in
radial-ply tires are repairable only in
the tread area, because of sidewall
flexing. Consult your tire dealer for
radial-ply tire repairs.
CAUTION
• It is not easy to recognize tire
damage with your own eyes.
But if there is the slightest
hint of tire damage, even
though you cannot see the tire
damage with your own eyes,
have the tire checked or
replaced because the tire
damage may cause air leak-
age from the tire.
• If the tire is damaged by driv-
ing on a rough road, off road,
pothole, manhole, or curb
stone, it will not be covered by
the warranty.
• You can find out the tire infor-
mation on the tire sidewall.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 52
753
Maintenance
FUSES
A vehicle’s electrical system is pro-
tected from electrical overload dam-
age by fuses.
This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, one
located in the driver’s side panel bol-
ster, the other in the engine compart-
ment near the battery.
If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-
sories, or controls do not work, check
the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse
has blown, the element inside the
fuse will melt.
If the electrical system does not
work, first check the driver’s side
fuse panel.
Always replace a blown fuse with
one of the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem.Avoid
using the system involved and imme-
diately consult an authorized Kia
dealer.
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade
type for lower amperage rating, car-
tridge type, and multi fuse for higher
amperage ratings.
OUM074043L
Normal
■ Blade type
■ Cartridge type
■ Multi fuse
Blown
NN
NN
oo
oo
rr
rr
mm
mm
aa
aa
ll
ll
BB
BB
ll
ll
oo
oo
ww
ww
nn
nn
Normal
Blo
wn
■ BFT
NN
NN
oo
oo
rr
rr
mm
mm
aa
aa
ll
ll
BB
BB
ll
ll
oo
oo
ww
ww
nn
nn
WARNING - Fuse replace-
ment
• Never replace a fuse with any-
thing but another fuse of the
same rating.
• A higher capacity fuse could
cause damage and possibly a
fire.
• Never install a wire or alu-
minum foil instead of the
proper fuse - even as a tempo-
rary repair. It may cause
extensive wiring damage and
a possible fire.
• Do not arbitrarily modify or
add-on electric wiring to the
vehicle.
CAUTION
Do not use a screwdriver or any
other metal object to remove
fuses because it may cause a
short circuit and damage the
system.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 53
Maintenance
547
✽✽
NOTICE
• When replacing a fuse, turn the
ignition “OFF” and turn off
switches of all electrical devices
then remove battery (-) terminal.
• The actual fuse/relay panel label
may differ from equipped items.
WARNING - Electrical Fire
Always ensure replacements
fuses and relays are securely
fastened when installed. Failure
to do so can result in a vehicle
fire.
CAUTION
• When replacing a blown fuse
or relay, make sure the new
fuse or relay fits tightly into
the clips. Failure to tightly
install the fuse or relay may
cause damage to the wiring
and electric systems.
• Do not remove fuses, relays
and terminals fastened with
bolts or nuts.The fuses, relays
and terminals may not be fas-
tened correctly which may
cause vehicle damage.
CAUTION
• Do not input any other objects
except fuses or relays into
fuse/relay terminals such as a
screwdriver or wiring. It may
cause contact failure and sys-
tem malfunction.
• Do not plug in screwdrivers or
aftermarket wiring into the ter-
minal originally designed for
fuse and relays only.The elec-
trical system and wiring of the
vehicle interior may be dam-
aged or burned due to contact
failure.
• If you directly connect the
wire on the taillight or replace
the bulb which is over the reg-
ulated capacity to install trail-
ers etc., the inner junction
block can get burned.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 54
755
Maintenance
✽✽
NOTICE - Remodeling
Prohibited
Do not rewire your vehicle in any
way as doing so may affect the per-
formance of several safety features
in your vehicle. Rewiring your vehi-
cle may also void your warranty and
cause you to be responsible for any
subsequent vehicle damage which
may result.
✽✽
NOTICE - Window tinting pre-
caution
Window tint (especially metallic
film) might cause communication
errors or poor radio reception, and
malfunctioning automatic lighting
system due to reflections from the
mirror tint inside the vehicle. The
solution used might also leak into
the electronic components, causing
malfunctions or damage.
Inner panel fuse replacement
1.Turn the ignition switch and all
other switches off.
2. Open the fuse panel cover.
If the switch is located in the “OFF”
position, a caution indicator will be
displayed in the cluster.
CAUTION
Visually inspect the battery cap
to ensure it is securely closed.
If the battery cap is not securely
closed, moisture may enter the
system and damage the electri-
cal components.
WARNING
- Electrical wiring repairs
All electrical repairs should be
performed by authorized Kia
dealerships using approved Kia
parts. Using other wiring com-
ponents, especially when retro-
fitting AVN or theft alarm sys-
tem, remote engine control, car
phone or radio may cause vehi-
cle damage and increase the
risk of a vehicle fire.
OUMA074015
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 55
Maintenance
567
3. Pull the suspected fuse straight
out. Use the removal tool provided
on the engine compartment fuse
panel cover.
4. Check the removed fuse;replace it
if it is blown.
Spare fuses are provided in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips.
If it fits loosely, consult an authorized
Kia dealer.
If you do not have a spare, use a
fuse of the same rating from a circuit
you may not need for operating the
vehicle, such as the power outlet
fuse.
If the head lamp, turn signal lamp,
stop signal lamp, fog lamp, DRL, tail
lamp, HMSL do not work and the
fuses are OK, check the fuse panel
in the engine compartment. If a fuse
is blown, it must be replaced.
✽✽
NOTICE
If the headlamp, fog lamp, turn sig-
nal lamp, or tail lamp malfunction
even without any problem to the
lamps, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer for assis-
tance.
Fuse switch
Always, put the fuse switch at the ON
position.
If you move the switch to the OFF
position, some items such as audio
and digital clock must be reset and
transmitter (or smart key) may not
work properly. When the switch is
Off, the caution indicator will be dis-
played on the instrument cluster.
Always place the fuse switch in the
ON position while driving the vehicle.
OUM074016
OUMA074017
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 56
757
Maintenance
✽✽
NOTICE
• Set all switches to ON before driv-
ing.
• If the vehicle is going to be unused
for over 1 month, set all switches
to OFF to prevent the batteries
from draining.
Engine compartment fuse
replacement
1.Turn the ignition switch and all
other switches off.
2. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling the
cover up. When the blade type
fuse is disconnected, remove it by
using the clip designed for chang-
ing fuses located in the engine
compartment fuse box. Upon
removal, securely insert reserve
fuse of the same rating.
3. Check the removed fuse;replace it
if it is blown. To remove or insert
the fuse, use the fuse puller in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
4. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult
an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION - Fuse Panel
Covers
The contact points of the
switches may wear out with
excessive use. Please refrain
from excessive use of the
switches (except for long-term
parking for over 1 month).
CAUTION
Always securely install the fuse
panel cover in the engine com-
partment to protect against
electrical failure which may
occur from water contact.
Listen for the audible clicking
sound to ensure fuse panel
cover is securely fastened.
OUM074018
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 57
Maintenance
587
Multi fuse
If the main fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1.Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-
ture above.
4. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
5. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
✽✽
NOTICE
Do not disassemble nor assemble the
multi fuse when it is secured with
nuts and bolts. Incorrect or partial
assembly torque may cause a fire.
Have the vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Main fuse
If the main fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1.Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
OUM074020
OUMA074044
OUMA078260
■ Type B
■ Type A
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 58
759
Maintenance
3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-
ture above.
4. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
5. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
✽✽
NOTICE
The electronic system may not func-
tion correctly even when the engine
room and internal fuse box’s indi-
vidual fuses are not disconnected. In
such case the cause of the problem
may be disconnection of the main
fuse (BFT type), which is located
inside the positive battery terminal
(+) cap.
Since the main fuse is designed more
intricately than other parts, have the
vehicle checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
CAUTION
Visually inspect the battery cap
to ensure it is securely closed.
If the battery cap is not securely
closed, moisture may enter the
system and damage the electri-
cal components.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 59
Maintenance
607
Fuse/relay panel description
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,
you can find the fuse/relay label
describing fuse/relay name and
capacity.
✽✽
NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in
this manual may be applicable to
your vehicle. It is accurate at the
time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer
to the fuse panel label.
OUMA078261
OUMA074021
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 60
761
Maintenance
Description Fuse rating Protected component
AIR BAG IND. 10A Cluster, A/C Control Module
A/CON 3 30A Blower Motor
A/CON 2 7.5A A/C Control Module (Auto)
START 7.5A E/R Junction Block (Start Relay), Transmission Range Switch
AIR BAG 15A SRS Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor
MODULE 2 10A
Crash Pad Switch, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, 4WD ECM, Lane Departure Warning Module, Console
Switch, Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH/RH, Rear Parking Assist Buzzer, Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH/RH
(Center), Blind Spot Detection Radar LH/RH, Electronic Parking Brake Module, Front Parking Assist Sensor
LH/RH, Front Parking Assist Sensor LH/RH
ACC 10A
Power Outlet Relay, BCM, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Surround View Monitoring Unit, Smart Key
Control Module, AMP, USB Charger, Phone Wireless Charger
MODULE 4 10A Head Lamp Leveling Device Actuator LH/RH, MUT
BRAKE SWITCH 7.5A Smart Key Control Module, Stop Lamp Switch
MODULE 3 10A
A/C Control Module, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Electro Chromic Mirror, Driver IMS Control Module, ATM
Shift Lever Indicator, Rear Seat Warmer LH, Front Air Ventilation Control Module, Front Seat Warmer
Control Module, Dynamic Bending Light Unit
MODULE 1 10A BCM, Stop Lamp Switch, Driver/Passenger Doormodule, Sport Mode Switch
MODULE 8 15A Smart Key Control Module, Immobilizer Module
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 61
Maintenance
627
Description Fuse rating Protected component
A/CON (RR) 15A ICM Relay Box (Rear Blower Motor Relay)
SUNROOF 2 20A Sunroof Control Module (Roller)
SUNROOF 1 20A Sunroof Control Module (Glass)
CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster
GATEWAY 10A Gateway (MCU IG1)
IMMO. 10A Smart Key Control Module, Immobilizer Module
IG1 15A E/R Junction Block (Fuse - MDPS 3, MODULE, TCU 1), PCB Block (Fuse - ABS 3, SENSOR 6, ECU 1)
MULTIMEDIA 15A USB Charger, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit
MEMORY 2 10A
Instrument Cluster, A/C Control Module, Rear A/C Control Module, Electro Chromic Mirror,
Driver/Passenger Door Module, Passenger Power Window Switch, Driver IMS Control Module
DOOR LOCK 20A Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, Tail Gate Relay, DRIVER/PASSENGER/RL/RR DOOR MODULE
MODULE 9 10A Start/Stop Button Switch, Smart Key Control Module
WASHER 15A BCM, Multifunction Switch
AEB 10A FCA (Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist) Unit
MDPS 7.5A MDPS UNIT (COLUMN TYPE), Steering Angle Sensor
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 62
763
Maintenance
Description Fuse rating Protected component
HEATED
STEERING
15A BCM
WIPER (RR) 15A Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor
A/CON 1 7.5A A/C Control Module, E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay), ICM Relay Box (Rear Blower Motor Relay)
HEATED MIRROR 10A A/C Control Module, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror
MODULE 5 10A BCM, Smart Key Control Module
MODULE 6 7.5A
Surround View Monitoring Unit, Rear A/C Control Module, Rear Seat Warmer LH, Front Air Ventilation
Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module, AC Inverter Module, Crash Pad Switch
S/HEATER (RR) 15A Rear Seat Warmer LH
S/HEATER (FRT) 20A Front Air Ventilation Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module
P/WINDOW (RH) 25A
Rear Safety Power Window RH, Rear Power Window Switch RH, Passenger Safety Power Window Module,
Passenger Door Module, Passenger Power Window Switch
AMP 1 25A AMP
MODULE 7 7.5A Gateway (MCU B+), Key Solenoid, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, MUT
INTERIOR LAMP 10A
Glove Box Lamp, Ignition Key Ill. & Door Warning Switch, Driver Foot Lamp, Vanity Lamp LH/RH Switch,
Cargo Lamp, Center Room Lamp, Overhead Console Lamp, Rear Personal Lamp LH/RH
FUEL LID 10A Fuel Filler & Tail Gate Switch
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 63
Maintenance
647
Description Fuse rating Protected component
P/SEAT (DRV) 30A Driver IMS Control Module, Driver Seat Manual Switch
P/SEAT (PASS) 30A Passenger Seat Manual Switch
AMP 2 25A AMP
P/WINDOW (LH) 25A
Rear Safety Power Window LH, Rear Power Window Switch LH, Driver Safety Power Window Module,
Driver Door Module
MODULE 10 10A BCM, RAIN SENSOR
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 64
765
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
OUMA078262
OUM074023
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 65
Maintenance
667
Description Fuse rating Protected component
MULTI
FUSE
MDPS 1 100A MDPS Unit (Rack Type)
MDPS 2 80A MDPS Unit (Column Type)
COOLING
FAN 1
80A Cooling Fan 1 Relay
B+1 60A IGPM (Fuse - S/HEATER (RR), P/SEAT (DRV), P/SEAT (PASS), P/WINDOW (LH))
B+2 60A
IGPM (Fuse - S/HEATER (FRT), P/WINDOW (RH), FULE LID, AMP 1, AMP 2, MUDULE 7, MODULE
10)
B+3 60A
IGPM (IPS 1, Fuse - Leak Current Autocut Device Fuse - MULTIMEDIA, MEMORY 2), INTERIOR
LAMP
B+5 50A IGPM (IPS 0/IPS 1/IPS 2/IPS 3/IPS 4/IPS 5/IPS 6/IPS 7/IPS 8, Fuse - S/ROOF 1)
FUSE
B+4 40A IGPM (Fuse - DOOR LOCK, MUDULE 8, MODULE 9, BRAKE SWITCH, A/CON (RR), S/ROOF 2)
ABS 2 20A ESC Module
ABS 1 40A ESC Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
INVERTER 30A AC Inverter Module
POWER TAIL
GATE
30A Power Tail Gate Module
TRAILER 30A Trailer Power Outlet
BLOWER 40A Blower Relay
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 66
767
Maintenance
Description Fuse rating Protected component
FUSE
AMS 10A Battery Sensor
TCU 2 15A TCU
EPB 1 15A Electronic Parking Brake Module
EPB 2 15A Electronic Parking Brake Module
4WD 20A 4WD ECM
ECU 2 15A PCM
TCU 3 15A TCU
MDPS 3 7.5A MDPS Unit (Rack Type)
TCU 1 10A Transmission Range Switch
B/UP LAMP 7.5A IGPM(B/UP LAMP SIGNAL INPUT)
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 67
Maintenance
687
Description Fuse rating Protected component
ABS 3 7.5A ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
ECU 1 10A PCM
IG 2 40A RLY. 4 (Start Relay), PDM (IG2) Relay, Ignition Switch
POWER
OUTLET 1
20A Front Power Outlet & Cigarette Lighter
SENSOR 6 7.5A GCU
POWER
OUTLET 2
20A Front Power Outlet
MODULE 7.5A Smart Cruise Control Radar
ECU 4 20A [Theta II 2.4L Engine] PCM (E-CVVT Relay)
WIPER 1 25A Wiper Low Relay
DEICER 15A Front Deicer Relay
ECU 5 20A [Theta II 2.4L Engine] PCM (E-CVVT Relay)
IG 1 40A PDM (IG1) Relay, PDM (ACC) Relay, Ignition Switch
SENSOR 4 10A
[Theta II 2.4L Engine] Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down)
[Lambda II 3.3L Engine] PCM, Oxygen Sensor #1/#2/#3/#4
SENSOR 5 15A [Theta II 2.4L Engine] PCM
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 68
769
Maintenance
Description Fuse rating Protected component
WIPER 2 7.5A Wiper Parking Signal
POWER
OUTLET 3
20A Rear Power Outlet
SENSOR 1 20A
[Theta II 2.4L Engine] Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4 [Lambda II 3.3L Engine] Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6,
Condecser #1/#2
SENSOR 3 10A [Theta II 2.4L Engine] Fuel Pump Relay [Lambda II 3.3L Engine] Fuel Pump Relay, PCM
POWER
OUTLET 4
20A Luggage Power Outlet
REAR
HEATED
40A Rear Defogger Relay
SENSOR 2 10A
[Theta II 2.4L Engine] E/R Junction Block (Cooling Fan 1 Relay), Oil Control Valve (Exhaust), Purge Control
Solenoid Valve, Canister Close Valve, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve
[Lambda II 3.3L Engine] E/R Junction Block (Cooling Fan 1 Relay), Variable Intake Solenoid Valve #1/#2, Purge
Control Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve #1/#2/#3/#4 (Intake/Exhaust), PCM, Canister close valve, A/CON
Compressor Relay
FUEL PUMP 20A Fuel Pump Relay
HORN 15A Horn Relay
B/ALARM
HORN
15A Burglar Alarm Horn Relay
A/C 10A A/CON Compressor
SPARE 1 15A DUMMY
SENSOR 7 20A NOx SENSOR
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 69
Maintenance
707
Relay NO. Relay Name Type
E31 Blower Relay MICRO
E32 START #2 Relay MICRO
E33 Cooling Fan #1 Relay MINI
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 70
771
Maintenance
LIGHT BULBS
Bulb replacement precaution
Please keep extra bulbs on hand
with appropriate wattage ratings in
case of emergencies.
Refer to “Bulb Wattage” in chapter 8.
When changing lamps, first turn off
the engine at a safe place, firmly
apply the parking brake and detach
the battery’s negative (-) terminal.
Use only bulbs of the specified
wattage.
• Lamp part malfunction due to
net-work failure
The headlamp, taillight, and fog light
may light up when the head lamp
switch is turned ON, and not light up
when the taillight or for light switch is
turned ON. This may be cause by
network failure or vehicle electrical
control system malfunction. If there is
a problem, we recommend the sys-
tem be serviced by an authorized Kia
dealer.
• Lamp part malfunction due to elec-
trical control system stabilization
A normally functioning lamp may
flicker momentarily. This momentary
occurrence is due to stabilization
function of the vehicle's electrical on
control system. If the lamp soon
returns to normal, the vehicle does
not require service.
However, if the lamp goes out after
the momentary flickering, or the flick-
ering continues, we recommend the
system be serviced by an authorized
Kia dealer.
WARNING - Working on
the lights
Prior to working on the light,
firmly apply the parking brake,
ensure that the ignition switch
is turned to the LOCK position
and turn off the lights to avoid
sudden movement of the vehi-
cle and burning your fingers or
receiving an electric shock.
CAUTION - Light replace-
ment
Be sure to replace the burned-
out bulb with one of the same
wattage rating. Otherwise, it
may cause damage to the fuse
or electric wiring system.
CAUTION - Headlamp
Lens
To prevent damage, do not
clean the headlamp lens with
chemical solvents or strong
detergents.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 71
Maintenance
727
✽✽
NOTICE
• If the light bulb or lamp connector
is removed while the lamp is still
on, the fuse box's electronic sys-
tem may log it as a malfunction.
Therefore, a lamp malfunction
incident may be recorded as a
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in
the fuse box.
• It is normal for an operating lamp
to flicker momentarily. This is due
to a stabilization function of the
vehicle’s electronic control device.
If the lamp lights up normally
after momentarily blinking, then
it is functioning as normal.
However, if the lamp continues to
flicker several times or turns off
completely, there may be an error
in the vehicle’s electronic control
device. Please have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia
dealer immediately.
✽✽
NOTICE
We recommend that the headlight
aiming be adjusted after an accident
or after the headlight assembly is rein-
stalled at an authorized Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
After driving in heavy rain or wash-
ing, headlamp and taillamp lenses
could appear frosty. This condition is
caused by the temperature differ-
ence between the lamp inside and
outside. This is similar to the conden-
sation on your windows inside your
vehicle during the rain and doesn’t
indicate a problem with your vehicle.
If the water leaks into the lamp bulb
circuitry, we recommend that you
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
If you don’t have the necessary tools,
the correct bulbs and the expertise,
consult an authorized Kia dealer. In
many cases, it is difficult to replace
vehicle light bulbs because other
parts of the vehicle must be removed
before you can get to the bulb.This is
especially true if you have to remove
the headlamp assembly to get to the
bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlamp
assembly can result in damage to
the vehicle.
If non-genuine parts or substandard
bulbs are used, it may lead to blow-
ing a fuse or other wiring damages.
Do not install extra lamps or LEDs to
the vehicle. If additional lights are
installed, it may lead to lamp mal-
functions and flickering. Additionally,
the fuse box and other writing may
be damaged.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 72
773
Maintenance
Light bulb position (Front)
(1) Headlamp (Low) (Bulb type)
(2) Headlamp (High) (Bulb type)
(3) Front turn signal lamp (Bulb type)
(4) Position lamp (LED type)
(5) Side marker (LED type)
(6) Headlamp (Low/High) (LED type)
(7) Headlamp (Low Assist) (LED type)
(8) Front turn signal lamp (LED type)
(9) Position lamp / Day time running
lamp (LED type)
(10) Front fog lamp (Bulb type)
(11) Front fog lamp (LED type)
OUMA078217
OUMA078218
■ Head lamp – Type B
■ Head lamp – Type A
OUMA078219
OUMA078263
OUMA078264
■ Fog lamp - Type A
■ Fog lamp - Type B
■ Fog lamp - Type C
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:51 PM Page 73
Maintenance
747
Light bulb position (Rear)
(1) Stop and tail lamp (Bulb type)
(2) Tail lamp (Bulb type)
(3) Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type)
(4) Back Up lamp (Bulb type)
(5) Side marker (Bulb type)
(6) Tail lamp (LED type)
(7) Stop and tail lamp (LED type)
(8) Side marker (LED type)
(9) License plate lamp (Bulb type)
(10) High mounted stop lamp (LED
type)
OUMA078221
OUMA078222
■ Rear combination lamp - Type B
■ Rear combination lamp - Type A
OUMA078265
OUMA078225
■ High mounted stop lamp
■ License plate lamp
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:52 PM Page 74
775
Maintenance
Light bulb position (Side)
(1) Side repeater lamp (LED type)
Headlamp (Low beam) bulb
replacement
(Headlamp Type A)
1. Open the hood.
2. Remove the headlamp bulb cover
by turning it counterclockwise.
3. Remove the bulb-socket from the
headlamp assembly by turning the
bulb-socket counterclockwise until
the tabs on the bulb-socket align
with the slots on the headlamp
assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket
by pulling it out.
5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the bulb-socket.
6. Install the bulb-socket in the head-
lamp assembly by aligning the
tabs on the bulb-socket with the
slots in the headlamp assembly.
Push the bulb-socket into the
headlamp assembly and turn the
bulb-socket clockwise.
7. Install the headlamp bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.
OUM078250L
OUMA078226
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:52 PM Page 75
Maintenance
767
Headlamp bulb
• Never touch the glass with bare
hands. Residual oil may cause the
bulb to overheat and burst when lit.
A bulb should be operated only
when installed in a headlight.
• If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediately
and carefully dispose of it.
• Wear eye protection when chang-
ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool
down before handling it.
Headlamp (High beam) bulb
replacement
(Headlamp Type A)
1. Open the hood.
2. Remove the headlamp bulb cover
by turning it counterclockwise.
3.Disconnect the headlamp bulb
socket-connector.
4. Remove the bulb-socket from the
headlamp assembly by turning the
bulb-socket counterclockwise until
the tabs on the bulb-socket align
with the slots on the headlamp
assembly.
WARNING - Halogen
bulbs
• Halogen bulbs contain pres-
surized gas that will produce
flying pieces of glass if broken.
• Always handle them carefully,
and avoid scratches and abra-
sions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid
contact with liquids.
OHD076046
OUMA078227
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:52 PM Page 76
777
Maintenance
5. Install a new bulb-socket assem-
bly in the headlamp assembly by
aligning the tabs on the bulb-sock-
et with the slots in the headlamp
assembly. Push the bulb-socket
into the headlamp assembly and
turn the bulb-socket clockwise.
6. Install the headlamp bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.
Headlamp bulb
• Never touch the glass with bare
hands. Residual oil may cause the
bulb to overheat and burst when lit.
A bulb should be operated only
when installed in a headlight.
• If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediately
and carefully dispose of it.
• Wear eye protection when chang-
ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool
down before handling it.
WARNING - Halogen
bulbs
• Halogen bulbs contain pres-
surized gas that will produce
flying pieces of glass if broken.
• Always handle them carefully,
and avoid scratches and abra-
sions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid
contact with liquids.
OQL075058
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:52 PM Page 77
Maintenance
787
Front turn signal lamp bulb
replacement
(Headlamp Type A)
1. Open the hood.
2. Remove the bulb-socket from the
headlamp assembly by turning the
bulb-socket counterclockwise until
the tabs on the bulb-socket align
with the slots on the headlamp
assembly.
3. Remove the bulb from the bulb-
socket by pressing it in and rotat-
ing it counterclockwise until the
tabs on the bulb align with the
slots in the bulb-socket. Pull the
bulb out of the bulb-socket.
4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the bulb-socket and rotating it
until it locks into place.
5. Install the socket in the headlamp
assembly by aligning the tabs on
the bulb-socket with the slots in
the assembly. Push the bulb-sock-
et into the headlamp assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
Position lamp (LED type)
replacement (Headlamp Type A)
If the position lamp (LED) (1) does
not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the position lamp (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
OUMA078228
OUM078229L
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:52 PM Page 78
779
Maintenance
Side marker (front) (LED type)
bulb replacement
If the side marker (LED) (1) does not
operate, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the side marker (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
Headlamp (LED type) replace-
ment (Headlamp Type B)
If the Low/High beam lamp(1,2),
Front turn signal lamp(3), Day time
running lamp/Position lamp(4) does
not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
OUMA078266
OUMA078267
■ Head lamp – Type B
■ Head lamp – Type A
OUM078230L
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:52 PM Page 79
Maintenance
807
A skilled technician should check or
repair the head lamp (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
Side repeater lamp (LED type)
bulb replacement
If the side repeater lamp (LED) (1),
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the side repeater lamp (LED),
for it may damage related parts of
the vehicle.
Front fog lamp bulb replace-
ment
OUM078231L
OUMA078268
OUMA078269
■ Fog lamp - Type A
■ Fog lamp - Type B
■ Fog lamp - Type C
OUM078250L
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:52 PM Page 80
781
Maintenance
If the front fog lamp (1) does not
operate, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Stop and tail lamp (Bulb type)
bulb replacement
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Open the service cover.
3. Remove the nuts from the vehicle.
4.Remove the rear combination
lamp assembly from the body of
the vehicle.
5. Disconnect the rear combination
lamp connector.
OUM074031
OUM074032
OUM078033L
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:52 PM Page 81
Maintenance
827
6.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
7. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
9. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
10. Install the rear combination lamp
assembly to the body of the vehi-
cle.
11. Install the service cover.
Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb
type) bulb replacement
OUMA078270
OUM074031
OUM074032
OUM078033L
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:52 PM Page 82
783
Maintenance
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Open the service cover.
3. Remove the nuts from the vehicle.
4.Remove the rear combination
lamp assembly from the body of
the vehicle.
5. Disconnect the rear combination
lamp connector.
6.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
7. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
9. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
10. Install the rear combination lamp
assembly to the body of the vehi-
cle.
11. Install the service cover.
OUMA078271
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:52 PM Page 83
Maintenance
847
Side marker (rear) (Bulb type)
bulb replacement
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Open the service cover.
3. Remove the nuts from the vehicle.
4.Remove the rear combination
lamp assembly from the body of
the vehicle.
5. Disconnect the rear combination
lamp connector.
6.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
7. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket
by pulling it out.
8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the bulb-socket.
9. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
OUM074031
OUM074032
OUM078033L
OUMA078272
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:52 PM Page 84
785
Maintenance
10. Install the rear combination lamp
assembly to the body of the vehi-
cle.
11. Install the service cover.
Side marker (rear) (LED type)
bulb replacement
If the side marker (LED) (1) does not
operate, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the side marker (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
Tail lamp (inside) (Bulb type)
bulb replacement
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Remove the service cover.
OUM074035
OUMA078273
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 85
Maintenance
867
3.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
6. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
7. Install the service cover.
Back up lamp (Bulb type) bulb
replacement
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Remove the service cover.
OUMA078274
OUM074035
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 86
787
Maintenance
3.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket
by pulling it out.
5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the bulb-socket.
6. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
7. Install the service cover.
Stop and tail lamp (LED type)
bulb replacement
If the stop and tail lamp (LED) (1,2),
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the stop and tail lamp (LED),
for it may damage related parts of
the vehicle.
High mounted stop lamp (LED
type) bulb replacement
If the high mounted stop lamp (LED)
(1) does not operate, have the vehi-
cle checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the high mounted stop lamp
(LED), for it may damage related
parts of the vehicle.
OUMA078275
OUM078237L
OUM078239L
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 87
Maintenance
887
License plate lamp bulb
replacement
1. Remove the lamp cover by using a
screwdriver.
2. Remove the bulb from bulb-socket
by pulling it out.
3. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the bulb-socket.
4. Install the lamp cover to the lamp
housing.
Map lamp (Bulb type) bulb
replacement
1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens cover from
lamp housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens cover tabs with the
lamp housing notches and snap
the lens into place.
OUMA078276
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or dam-
age the lens, lens tab, and plas-
tic housings.
OUM078039L
WARNING
Prior to working on the Interior
lamps, ensure that the “OFF”
button is depressed to avoid
burning your fingers or receiv-
ing an electric shock.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 88
789
Maintenance
OUM074040
WARNING
Prior to working on the Interior
lamps, ensure that the “OFF”
button is depressed to avoid
burning your fingers or receiv-
ing an electric shock.
Map lamp (LED type) bulb
replacement
If the map lamp (LED) (1), does not
operate, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the map lamp (LED), for it may
damage related parts of the vehicle.
Room lamp bulb replacement
1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens cover from
lamp housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens cover tabs with the
lamp housing notches and snap
the lens into place.
OUM078241L
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or dam-
age the lens, lens tab, and plas-
tic housings.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 89
Maintenance
907
Personal lamp (LED type) bulb
replacement
If the personal lamp (LED) (1), does
not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the personal lamp (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
Glove box lamp replacement
1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lamp assembly from
interior.
2. Remove the cover from the lamp
assembly.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
4. Install a new bulb in the socket.
5.Install the cover to the lamp
assembly.
6. Install the lamp assembly to interior.
OUM078242L
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or dam-
age the lens, lens tab, and plas-
tic housings.
OUM078243L
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 90
791
Maintenance
Luggage lamp (Bulb type) bulb
replacement
1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens cover from
lamp housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens cover tabs with the
lamp housing notches and snap
the lens into place.
Luggage lamp (LED type) bulb
replacement
If the luggage lamp (LED) (1) does
not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the luggage lamp (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
WARNING
Prior to working on the Interior
lamps, ensure that the “OFF”
button is depressed to avoid
burning your fingers or receiv-
ing an electric shock.
OUM078244L
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or dam-
age the lens, lens tab, and plas-
tic housings.
OUMA078277
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 91
Maintenance
927
Vanity mirror lamp (Bulb type)
bulb replacement
1.Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lamp assembly from
interior.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Install the lamp assembly to interior.
Vanity mirror lamp (LED type)
bulb replacement
If the vanity mirror lamp (LED) (1)
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the vanity mirror lamp (LED),
for it may damage related parts of
the vehicle.
OXM079041
WARNING
Prior to working on the Interior
lamps, ensure that the “OFF”
button is depressed to avoid
burning your fingers or receiv-
ing an electric shock.
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or dam-
age the lens, lens tab, and plas-
tic housings.
OUMA078278
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 92
793
Maintenance
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior care
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning
and caution statements that appear
on the label.
Finish maintenance
Washing
To help protect your vehicle’s finish
from rust and deterioration, wash it
thoroughly and frequently at least
once a month with lukewarm or cold
water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road
driving, you should wash it after each
off-road trip. Pay special attention to
the removal of any accumulation of
salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign mate-
rials. Make sure the drain holes in the
lower edges of the doors and rocker
panels are kept clear and clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar
deposits can damage your vehicle’s
finish if not removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain water
may not completely remove all these
deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on
painted surfaces, may be used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-
oughly with lukewarm or cold water.
Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if
they have been affected by water. If
braking performance is impaired, dry
the brakes by applying them lightly
while maintaining a slow forward
speed.
CAUTION - Headlight Lens
To prevent damage, do not
clean headlight lens with chem-
ical solvents or strong deter-
gents.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 93
Maintenance
947
High-pressure washing
• When using high-pressure wash-
ers, make sure to maintain suffi-
cient distance from the vehicle.
Insufficient clearance or excessive
pressure can lead to component
damage or water penetration.
• Do not spray the camera, sensors
or its surrounding area directly with
a high pressure washer. Shock
applied from high pressure water
may cause the device to not oper-
ate normally.
• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to
boots (rubber or plastic covers) or
connectors as they may be dam-
aged if they come into contact with
high pressure water.
Waxing
Wax the vehicle when water will no
longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle
before waxing. Use a good quality
liquid or paste wax, and follow the
manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all
metal trim to protect it and to main-
tain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materi-
als with a spot remover will usually
strip the wax from the finish. Be sure
to re-wax these areas even if the rest
of the vehicle does not yet need wax-
ing.
Do not apply wax on embossed
unpainted unit, as it may tarnish the
unit.
CAUTION - Wet engine
• Water washing in the engine
compartment including high
pressure water washing may
cause the failure of electrical
circuits located in the engine
compartment.
• Never allow water or other liq-
uids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic compo-
nents inside the vehicle as
this may damage them.
OUM078249L
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 94
795
Maintenance
Finish damage repair
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
rust and may develop into a major
repair expense.
If your vehicle is damaged and
requires any metal repair or replace-
ment, be sure the body shop applies
anti-corrosion materials to the parts
repaired or replaced.
Bright-metal maintenance
• To remove road tar and insects,
use a tar remover, not a scraper or
other sharp object.
• To protect the surfaces of bright-
metal parts from corrosion, apply a
coating of wax or chrome preser-
vative and rub to a high luster.
• During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts
with a heavier coating of wax or
preservative. If necessary, coat the
parts with non-corrosive petroleum
jelly or other protective compound.
Underbody maintenance
Road salt and other corrosive chem-
icals are used in cold weather states
to melt snow and prevent ice accu-
mulation. If these chemicals are not
regularly removed, they will corrode
the vehicle underbody and over time
damage fuel lines, the fuel tank
retention system, the vehicle sus-
pension, the exhaust system, and
even the body frame. The National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration
has warned all vehicle owners of all
brands of the need to take the follow-
ing steps:
• Wash the undercarriage of your
vehicle regularly during the winter
and whenever your vehicle has
been exposed to such salts or
chemicals.
• Do a thorough washing of the
undercarriage at the end of the
winter.
CAUTION - Drying vehicle
• Wiping dust or dirt off the
body with a dry cloth will
scratch the finish.
• Do not use steel wool, abra-
sive cleaners, acid detergents
or strong detergents contain-
ing high alkaline or caustic
agents on chrome-plated or
anodized aluminum parts.
This may result in damage to
the protective coating and
cause discoloration or paint
deterioration.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 95
Maintenance
967
• Use professional service techni-
cians or governmental inspection
stations to annually inspect for cor-
rosion.
• Immediately seek an inspection of
your vehicle if you become visually
aware of corrosion flaking or scal-
ing or if you become aware of a
change in vehicle performance,
such as soft or spongey brakes,
fluids leaking, impairment of direc-
tional control, suspension noises
or rattling metal straps.
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated
with a clear protective finish.
• Do not use any abrasive cleaner,
polishing compound, solvent, or
wire brushes on aluminum wheels.
They may scratch the finish.
• Clean the wheel when it has
cooled.
• Use only a mild soap or neutral
detergent, and rinse thoroughly
with water. Also, be sure to clean
the wheels after driving on salted
roads. This helps prevent corro-
sion.
• Avoid washing the wheels with
highspeed vehicle wash brushes.
• Do not use any alkaline or acid
detergents It may damage and cor-
rode the aluminum wheels coated
with a clear protective finish.
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corro-
sion
By using the most advanced design
and construction practices to combat
corrosion, we produce vehicles of
the highest quality. However, this is
only part of the job. To achieve the
long-term corrosion resistance your
vehicle can deliver, the owner's
cooperation and assistance is also
required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corro-
sion on your vehicle are:
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath
the vehicle.
• Removal of paint or protective
coatings by stones, gravel, abra-
sion or minor scrapes and dents
which leave unprotected metal
exposed to corrosion.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 96
797
Maintenance
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your vehi-
cle is regularly exposed to corrosive
materials, corrosion protection is
particularly important. Some of the
common causes of accelerated cor-
rosion are road salts, dust control
chemicals, ocean air and industrial
pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in
which corrosion is most likely to
occur. For example, corrosion is
accelerated by high humidity, partic-
ularly when temperatures are just
above freezing. In such conditions,
the corrosive material is kept in con-
tact with the vehicle’s surface by
moisture that evaporates slowly.
Mud is particularly corrosive
because it dries slowly and holds
moisture in contact with the vehicle.
Although the mud appears to be dry,
it can still retain the moisture and
promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also acceler-
ate corrosion of parts that are not
properly ventilated so the moisture
can be dispersed. For all these rea-
sons, it is particularly important to
keep your vehicle clean and free of
mud or accumulations of other mate-
rials.This applies not only to the vis-
ible surfaces but particularly to the
underside of the vehicle.
To help prevent corrosion
You can help prevent corrosion from
beginning by observing the following:
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is
to keep your vehicle clean and free
of corrosive materials. Attention to
the underside of the vehicle is partic-
ularly important.
• If you live in a high-corrosion area
— where road salts are used, near
the ocean, areas with industrial
pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you
should take extra care to prevent
corrosion. In winter, hose off the
underside of your vehicle at least
once a month and be sure to clean
the underside thoroughly when
winter is over.
• When cleaning underneath the
vehicle, give particular attention to
the components under the fenders
and other areas that are hidden
from view. Do a thorough job; just
dampening the accumulated mud
rather than washing it away will
accelerate corrosion rather than
prevent it. Water under high pres-
sure and steam are particularly
effective in removing accumulated
mud and corrosive materials.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 97
Maintenance
987
• When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members,
be sure that drain holes are kept
open so that moisture can escape
and not be trapped inside to accel-
erate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your vehicle in a damp,
poorly ventilated garage. This cre-
ates a favorable environment for cor-
rosion. This is particularly true if you
wash your vehicle in the garage or
drive it into the garage when it is still
wet or covered with snow, ice or
mud.Even a heated garage can con-
tribute to corrosion unless it is well
ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good condi-
tion
Scratches or chips in the finish
should be covered with "touch-up"
paint as soon as possible to reduce
the possibility of corrosion. If bare
metal is showing through, the atten-
tion of a qualified body and paint
shop is recommended.
Bird droppings : Bird droppings are
highly corrosive and may damage
painted surfaces in just a few hours.
Always remove bird droppings as
soon as possible.
Don't neglect the interior
Moisture can collect under the floor
mats and carpeting and cause corro-
sion. Check under the mats periodi-
cally to be sure the carpeting is dry.
Use particular care if you carry fertil-
izers, cleaning materials or chemi-
cals in the vehicle.
These should be carried only in prop-
er containers and any spills or leaks
should be cleaned up, flushed with
clean water and thoroughly dried.
Interior care
Interior general precautions
Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean-
er, and air freshener from contacting
the interior parts because they may
cause damage or discoloration. If
they do contact the interior parts,
wipe them off immediately. If neces-
sary, use a vinyl cleaner, see product
instructions for correct usage.
CAUTION - Electrical
components
Never allow water or other liq-
uids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic compo-
nents inside the vehicle as this
may damage them.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 98
799
Maintenance
Taking care of leather seats
• Vacuum the seat periodically to
remove dust and sand on the seat.
It will prevent abrasion or damage of
the leather and maintain its quality.
• Wipe the natural leather seat cover
often with dry or soft cloth.
• Sufficient use of a leather protec-
tive may prevent abrasion of the
cover and helps maintain the color.
Be sure to read the instructions
and consult a specialist when
using leather coating or protective
agents.
• Leather with bright colors(beige,
cream beige) is easily contaminat-
ed and clear in appearance. Clean
the seats frequently.
• Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may
cause the surface to crack.
Cleaning the leather seats
• Remove all contaminates instantly.
Refer to instructions below for
removal of each contaminant.
• Cosmetic products(sunscreen,
foundation, etc.)
- Apply cleansing cream on a cloth
and wipe the contaminated point.
Wipe off the cream with a wet
cloth and remove water with a dry
cloth.
• Beverages(coffee, soft drink, etc.)
- Apply a small amount of neutral
detergent and wipe until contami-
nations do not smear.
• Oil
- Remove oil instantly with
absorbable cloth and wipe with
stain remover for natural leather
only.
• Chewing gum
- Harden the gum with ice and
remove gradually.
CAUTION - Leather
When cleaning leather products
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use
neutral detergents or low alco-
hol content solutions. If you use
high alcohol content solutions
or acid/alkaline detergents, the
color of the leather may fade or
the surface may get stripped off.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 99
Maintenance
1007
Fabric seat cover using precau-
tions (If equipped)
Please clean the fabric seats regu-
larly with a vacuum cleaner in con-
sideration of fabric material charac-
teristics. If they are heavily soiled
with beverage stains, etc., use a suit-
able interior cleaner.To prevent dam-
age to seat covers, wipe off the seat
covers down to the seams with a
large wiping motion and moderate
pressure using a soft sponge or
microfiber cloth.
Velcro closures on clothing or sharp
objects may cause snagging or
scratches on the surface of the
seats. Make sure not to rub such
objects against the surface.
Cleaning the upholstery and inte-
rior trim
Vinyl
Remove dust and loose dirt from
vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a
vinyl cleaner.
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fab-
ric with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu-
tion recommended for upholstery or
carpets. Remove fresh spots imme-
diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If
fresh spots do not receive immediate
attention, the fabric can be stained
and its color can be affected.Also, its
fire-resistant properties can be
reduced if the material is not proper-
ly maintained.
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may affect
the fabric’s appearance and fire-
resistant properties.
Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt
webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any mild
soap solution recommended for
cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
the instructions provided with the
soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the
webbing because this may weaken it.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 100
7101
Maintenance
Cleaning the interior window
glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the
vehicle become fogged (that is, cov-
ered with an oily, greasy or waxy
film), they should be cleaned with a
glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the glass cleaner container.
CAUTION - Rear window
Do not scrape or scratch the
inside of the rear window. This
may result in damage of the rear
window defroster grid.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 101
Maintenance
1027
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. Please see the warranty
information contained in the
Warranty & Maintenance booklet in
your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emission control system to meet all
applicable emission regulations.
There are three emission control
systems, as follows.
(1) Crankcase emission control sys-
tem
(2) Evaporative emission control sys-
tem
(3) Exhaust emission control system
In order to assure the proper function
of the emission control systems, it is
recommended that you have your
vehicle inspected and maintained by
an authorized Kia dealer in accor-
dance with the maintenance sched-
ule in this manual.
Caution for the Inspection and
Maintenance Test (With Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system)
• To prevent the vehicle from mis-
firing during dynamometer test-
ing, turn the Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system off by
pressing the ESC switch.
• After dynamometer testing is
completed, turn the ESC system
back on by pressing the ESC
switch again.
1. Crankcase emission control
system
The positive crankcase ventilation
system is employed to prevent air
pollution caused by blow-by gases
being emitted from the crankcase.
This system supplies fresh filtered air
to the crankcase through the air
intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
the fresh air mixes with blow-by
gases, which then pass through the
PCV valve into the induction system.
2. Evaporative emission con-
trol (including ORVR:
Onboard Refueling Vapor
Recovery) system
The Evaporative Emission Control
System is designed to prevent fuel
vapors from escaping into the atmos-
phere.
(The ORVR system is designed to
allow the vapors from the fuel tank to
be loaded into a canister while refu-
eling at the gas station, preventing
the escape of fuel vapors into the
atmosphere.)
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 102
7103
Maintenance
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister.When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in
the canister are drawn into the surge
tank through the purge control sole-
noid valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
(PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve is
controlled by the Engine Control
Module (ECM); when the engine
coolant temperature is low during
idling, the PCSV closes so that evap-
orated fuel is not taken into the
engine. After the engine warms up
during ordinary driving, the PCSV
opens to introduce evaporated fuel to
the engine.
3. Exhaust emission control
system
The Exhaust Emission Control
System is a highly effective system
which controls exhaust emissions
while maintaining good vehicle per-
formance.
Vehicle modifications
This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification of your vehicle could
affect its performance, safety or
durability and may even violate gov-
ernmental safety and emissions reg-
ulations.
In addition, damage or performance
problems resulting from any modifi-
cation may not be covered under
warranty.
• If you use unauthorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle to
operate abnormally, wire damage,
battery discharge and fire.For your
safety, do not use unauthorized
electronic devices.
Engine exhaust gas precautions
(carbon monoxide)
• Carbon monoxide can be present
with other exhaust fumes.
Therefore, if you smell exhaust
fumes of any kind inside your vehi-
cle, have it inspected and repaired
immediately. If you ever suspect
exhaust fumes are coming into
your vehicle, drive it only with all
the windows fully open. Have your
vehicle checked and repaired
immediately.
WARNING - Exhaust
Engine exhaust gases contain
carbon monoxide (CO). Though
colorless and odorless, it is
dangerous and could be lethal if
inhaled. Follow the instructions
on this page to avoid CO poi-
soning.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 103
Maintenance
1047
• Do not operate the engine in con-
fined or closed areas (such as
garages) any more than what is
necessary to move the vehicle in or
out of the area.
• When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short
time with the engine running,
adjust the ventilation system (as
needed) to draw outside air into the
vehicle.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped
vehicle for any extended time with
the engine running.
• When the engine stalls or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to
the emission control system.
Operating precautions for catalyt-
ic converters (if equipped)
WARNING - Catalytic
converter
Keep away from the catalytic
converter and exhaust system
while the vehicle is running or
immediately thereafter. The
exhaust and catalytic systems
are very hot and may burn you.
WARNING - Fire
• Do not park, idle or drive the
vehicle over or near flamma-
ble objects, such as grass,
vegetation, paper, leaves, etc.
A hot exhaust system can
ignite flammable items under
your vehicle.
• Also, do not remove the heat
sink around the exhaust sys-
tem, do not seal the bottom of
the vehicle or do not coat the
vehicle for corrosion control.
It may present a fire risk under
certain conditions.
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 104
7105
Maintenance
Your vehicle is equipped with a cat-
alytic converter emission control
device.
Therefore, the following precautions
must be observed:
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for
gasoline engines.
• Do not operate the vehicle when
there are signs of engine malfunc-
tion, such as misfire or a noticeable
loss of performance.
• Do not misuse or abuse the
engine. Examples of misuse are
coasting with the ignition off and
descending steep grades in gear
with the ignition off.
• Do not operate the engine at high
idle speed for extended periods (5
minutes or more).
• Do not modify or tamper with any
part of the engine or emission con-
trol system. All inspections and
adjustments must be made by an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Avoid driving with an extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, dam-
aging the catalytic converter.
Failure to observe these precautions
could result in damage to the catalyt-
ic converter and to your vehicle.
Additionally, such actions could void
your warranties.
Perchlorate Material-special handling
may apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/haz-
ardouswaste/ perchlorate.
Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:
Perchlorate containing materials,
such as air bag inflators, seatbelt
pretensioners and keyless remote
entry batteries, must be disposed of
according to Title 22 California Code
of Regulations Chapter 67384.10
(a).
CALIFORNIA
PERCHLORATE NOTICE
UMA PE USA 7.qxp 12/22/2017 4:53 PM Page 105
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Bulb wattage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Gross vehicle weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Luggage volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Air conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Recommended lubricants and capacities. . . . . . . . 8-7
• Recommended sae viscosity number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Vehicle certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Engine number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Refrigerant label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Consumer assistance (U.S. Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
• Toll free consumer assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
• Emergency roadside assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
• Trip interruption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
• Registering your vehicle in a foreign country . . . . . 8-14
Electrical equipment (U.S. Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
• Installation of a mobile two-way radio system. . . . . 8-15
Reporting safety defects (U.S. Only) . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
Online factory authorized manuals
(U.S. Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
• Service manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
• Electrical troubleshooting manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
• Owner's manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
8
UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 1
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
28
DIMENSIONS
ENGINE
ITEM 5 Seats 7 Seats
Overall length [in. (mm)] 189.0 (4,800)
←
Overall width [in. (mm)] 74.4 (1,890)
←
Overall height
[in. (mm)]
Without Roof rack 66.3 (1,685)
←
With Roof rack 66.5 (1,690)
←
Tread
[in. (mm)]
Front
235/65 R17 64.3 (1,633)
←
235/60 R18 64.1 (1,628)
←
235/55 R19 64.1 (1,628)
←
Rear
235/65 R17 64.7 (1,644)
←
235/60 R18 64.5 (1,639)
←
235/55 R19 64.5 (1,639)
←
Wheelbase [in. (mm)] 109.4 (2,780)
←
ITEM
Gasoline
Theta II 2.4
Gasoline
Lambda II 3.3
Displacement
[cu. in (cc)]
143.95 (2,359) 203.94 (3,342)
Bore x Stroke
[in. (mm)]
3.46X3.81 (88x97) 3.62X3.29 (92x83.8)
Firing order 1-3-4-2 1-2-3-4-5-6
No. of cylinders 4. In-line V - type
UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 2
83
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
BULB WATTAGE
* If equipped
Light Bulb Wattage (W) Bulb type
Front
Headlamps (Low) 55 H7LL
Headlamps (High) 60 9005
Headlamps (Low/High ) LED LED
Front turn signal lamps
LED LED
28 2357NA
Front position lamps LED type LED LED
Daytime running light* LED LED
Front fog lamps
Type A 55 9006
Type B 55 9006
Type C LED LED
Side Repeater lamps LED type LED LED
Rear
Rear Stop/Tail lamps (outside)
Bulb type
21/5 P21/5
Rear tail lamps (Inside) 5 P21/5
Rear Stop/Tail lamps (outside)
LED type
LED LED
Rear tail lamps (Inside) LED LED
Rear turn signal lamps 27 PY27W
Back-up lamps 16 W16W
High mounted stop lamp LED LED
License plate lamps 10W C5W x 2
(Continued)
UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 3
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
48
Light Bulb Wattage (W) Bulb type
Interior
Map lamps 20 (LED*) FESTOON (LED*)
Room lamps 10 FESTOON
Rear Personal Lamps LED* LED*
Vanity mirror lamps
Bulb type 5 FESTOON
LED type LED FESTOON
Glove box lamp 5 FESTOON
Luggage room lamp
Bulb type 8 FESTOON
LED type LED FESTOON
* If equipped
(Continued)
UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 4
85
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
TIRES AND WHEELS
CAUTION
When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can
damage the related parts or make them work irregularly.
*
1
: Load Index
*
2
: Speed Symbol
*
3
: Normal load : Up to 3 persons
✽✽
NOTICE
• It is permissible to add 3psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon.
Tires typically loose 1psi for every 12°F temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected, re-
check your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.
• We recommend that when replacing tires, use the same originally supplied with the vehicles. If not, that affects
driving performance.
• When driving in high altitude grades, it is natural for the atmospheric pressure to decrease. Therefore, please
check the tire pressure and add more air when necessary.
Additionally required tire air pressure per km above sea level: 1.5psi/km
Item Tire size
Wheel
size
Supplier
Load
Capacity
Speed
capacity
Inflation pressure [bar(psi, kPa)]
Wheel lug
nut torque
[Kgf·m
(lbf·ft, N·m)]
Normal load *
3
Maximum load
LI *
1
Kg SS *
2
Km/h Front Rear Front Rear
Full size
tire
235/65 R17 7.0JX17
Kumho 104 900 H 210
2.35
(34, 235)
2.35
(34, 235)
2.35
(34, 235)
2.35
(34, 235)
11~13
(79 ~ 94,
107 ~ 127)
Hankook 104 900 H 210
235/60 R18 7.5JX18
Kumho 103 875 H 210
2.35
(34, 235)
2.35
(34, 235)
2.35
(34, 235)
2.35
(34, 235)
Nexen 103 875 H 210
235/55 R19 7.5JX19
Kumho 101 825 H 210
2.35
(34, 235)
2.35
(34, 235)
2.35
(34, 235)
2.35
(34, 235)
Michelin 101 825 H 210
Compact
spare tire
T165/90 R17 4.0TX17 Kumho 116 1250 M 130
4.2
(60, 420)
4.2
(60, 420)
4.2
(60, 420)
4.2
(60, 420)
UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 5
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
68
GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
LUGGAGE VOLUME
Item Weight of volume Classification
Refrigerant
FRONT A/CON 650 ± 25g
R-1234yf
FRONT + REAR A/CON 850 ± 25g
Compressor lubricant
FRONT A/CON 120 ± 10g
PAG(FD46XG)
FRONT + REAR A/CON 210 ± 10g
We recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer for more details.
ITEM
FOR USA
5 Seats 7 Seats
Theta II 2.4
[lbs. (kg)]
AT
2WD 5,026 (2,280) 5,335 (2,420)
4WD 5,159 (2,340) 5,490 (2,490)
Lambda II 3.3
[lbs. (kg)]
AT
2WD - 5,489 (2,490)
4WD - 5,622 (2,550)
ITEM 5 Seats 7 Seats
SAE
MIN. 38.8 cu ft (1,099L) 38.0 cu ft (1,077L)
MAX. 73.5 cu ft (2,082L) 72.9 cu ft (2,066L)
MIN : Behind rear seat (2nd row)
MAX : Behind front seat (1st row)
UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 6
87
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.
The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Lubricant Volume Classification
Engine oil *
1
*
2
(drain and refill)
Recommends (or equivalent)
Gasoline
Engine
Theta II 2.4 GDI
5.07 US qt. (4.8 l)
API SM or above*
3
, ILSAC GF-4 or above*
4
,
ACEA-A5 or above
Lambda II 3.3
GDI
6.87 US qt. (6.5 l)
API SM or above*
3
, ILSAC GF-4 or above*
4
,
ACEA-A5 or above
Automatic transmission fluid
Gasoline
Engine
Theta II 2.4 GDI
7.50 US qt. (7.1 l)
ATF SP-IV or equivalent
Lambda II 3.3
GDI
8.24 US qt. (7.8 l)
*
1
: Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.
*
2
: Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel econ-
omy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure
in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
*
3
: If the API SM engine oil is not available, you can use API SN or above.
*
4
: If the ILSAC GF-4 engine oil is not available, you can use ILSAC GF-5 or above.
UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 7
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
88
Lubricant Volume Classification
Coolant
Gasoline
Engine
Theta II 2.4 GDI
8.35 US qt. (7.9 l)
Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water
(Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum
radiator)
Lambda II 3.3
GDI
9.83 US qt. (9.3 l)
Brake fluid
0.445~0.485 US qt.
(0.41~0.45 l)
FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4
Rear differential oil (AWD)
0.56 ~ 0.67 US qt.
(0.53 ~ 0.63 l)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/90
(SHELL HD AXLE OIL 75W90 or equivalent)
Transfer case oil (AWD)
Gasoline
Engine
Theta II 2.4 GDI
0.36 ~ 0.38 US qt.
(0.34 ~ 0.36 l)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/90
(SHELL HD AXLE OIL 75W90 or equivalent)
Lambda II 3.3
GDI
0.66 ~ 0.72 US qt.
(0.62 ~ 0.68 l)
Fuel
75 US qt. (71 l)
Refer to Fuel requirements in section 1
UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 8
89
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
Recommended SAE viscosity
number
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has
an effect on fuel economy and cold
weather operating (engine start and
engine oil flowability). Lower viscosi-
ty engine oils can provide better fuel
economy and cold weather perform-
ance, however, higher viscosity
engine oils are required for satisfac-
tory lubrication in hot weather. Using
oils of any viscosity other than those
recommended could result in engine
damage.When choosing an oil, con-
sider the range of temperature your
vehicle will be operated in before the
next oil change. Proceed to select
the recommended oil viscosity from
the chart.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
Temperature
°C
(°F)
-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
An engine oil displaying this API Certification Mark conforms
to the international Lubricant Specification Advisory
Committee (ILSAC).It is recommended to only use engine oils
that uphold this API Certification Mark.
Gasoline Engine Oil
(
Theta II 2.4 GDI
)
10W-30
5W-20, 5W-30
Gasoline Engine Oil
(
Lambda II 3.3 GDI
)
10W-30
5W-30
UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 9
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
108
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)
The vehicle identification number
(VIN) is the number used in register-
ing your vehicle and in all legal mat-
ters pertaining to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the floor
under the front passenger seat.
The VIN is also on a plate attached
to the top of the dashboard. The
number on the plate can easily be
seen through the windshield from
outside.
The vehicle certification label
attached on the driver’s side center
pillar gives the vehicle identification
number (VIN).
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
LABEL
OUM084001
■ Frame number
OUM084005
■ VIN label
OUM084004
UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 10
811
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
The tires supplied on your new vehi-
cle are chosen to provide the best
performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's
side center pillar gives the tire pres-
sures recommended for your vehicle.
The engine number is stamped on the
engine block as shown in the drawing.
The refrigerant label is located on
the underside of the hood.
ENGINE NUMBERTIRE SPECIFICATION AND
PRESSURE LABEL
REFRIGERANT LABEL
OUM084002
OUMA088006
OUM084007
OUMA088007
■ Gasoline engine (THETA 2.4L GDI)
■ Gasoline engine (Lambda 3.3L GDI)
UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 11
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
128
Roadside Assistance is provided on all new current
model year Kia Vehicles from the date the vehicle is deliv-
ered to the first retail buyer or otherwise put into use (in-
service date), whichever is earlier, for a period of 60
months or 60,000 miles, whichever is earlier, subject to
the terms, conditions and exclusions set forth in the Kia
Warranty and Consumer Information Manual applicable
to your model year vehicle.
KMA reserves the right to limit or deny services or other
benefits to any owner or driver when, in KMA's judgment,
the claims and/or service requests are excessive in fre-
quency or type of occurrence.
Toll free consumer assistance
Kia's toll-free Consumer Assistance hot line is staffed
from 5:00 AM to 6:00 PM PST, Monday through Friday
and is accessible by dialing 1-800-333-4Kia (4542).
For more information regarding assistance available,
please refer to your Kia Warranty & Consumer
Information Manual.
Emergency roadside assistance
Kia's toll free Roadside Assistance hot line is staffed 24
hours a day, 365 days a year and is accessible by dialing
1-800-333-4Kia (4542).
Please note that you must provide your Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN) to verify coverage at the time
of your call. The VIN can be found on the dash of your
vehicle on the driver’s side, on the door jamb of the dri-
ver’s door, your vehicle’s registration or proof of insur-
ance card.
Kia utilizes a network of over 30,000 roadside assistance
providers.Should you accidentally run out of fuel, require
a battery jump, or need help changing a tire, a Kia
Roadside Assistance Representative will dispatch some-
one to deliver a small quantity of gas, change a flat tire
with your inflated spare, or arrange a battery jump to
allow you to proceed to your destination.We have access
to a network of over 10,000 locksmiths to help you should
you become locked out of your Kia.
In the event that mechanical difficulty renders your vehi-
cle undriveable due to a warranty-related concern, Kia’s
Roadside Assistance Representative will arrange to
transport your vehicle to the nearest Kia dealer or to an
authorized Kia alternative service location.
CONSUMER ASSISTANCE (U.S. ONLY)
UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 12
813
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
Your vehicle must be accessible to our dispatch transport
vehicle, as determined by our driver, to receive this serv-
ice.
✽✽
NOTICE
Roadside Assistance benefits are not available for any
Kia vehicle that has ever been or should be issued a “sal-
vage” title or similar “branded” title under any state’s
law or has been declared a “total loss” or equivalent by
a financial institution or insurance company.
Trip interruption
Trip interruption expense benefits are provided in the
event that a warranty-related disablement occurs more
than 150 miles from your home, and the repairs require
more than 24 hours to complete. Reasonable reimburse-
ment is included for meals, lodging, or rental vehicle
expenses. Trip interruption coverage is limited to $100
per day subject to a three day maximum limit per incident.
You must contact the Kia Roadside Assistance Center to
obtain pre-authorization of expenses. Once the Kia
Roadside Assistance Center gives authorization for trip
interruption benefits, they will assist you in making the
necessary arrangements. Insurance deductibles,
expenses, and claims paid by your insurance company or
other providers are not eligible for reimbursement.
Fleet vehicles are excluded from reimbursement under
Kia’s Trip Interruption Policy.
UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 13
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
148
Registering your vehicle in a foreign country
If you plan to register your vehicle in a foreign country,
you should confirm that it conforms to the regulations in
that country. Even if you successfully register the vehicle
in a foreign country, you may experience the following
problems and should therefore consider the possibility of
having to deal with them:
1.The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.
If other than the specified fuel is used, it could cause
damage to the engine, the fuel injection system, and
other fuel-related parts which may not be covered
under your New Vehicle Emissions Limited Warranty.
2.We must, therefore, clearly state that when you leave
the country in which you purchased your Kia new and
register it in another country, problems arising from the
use of fuel other than the specified fuel are not subject
to manufacturer’s warranty. Because vehicles like
yours may not be marketed in the new country of reg-
istration, parts, servicing techniques and tools neces-
sary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be
unavailable.
Even if vehicles like yours are sold there, mechanical
specifications required by the government may vary
enough from the country of purchase to cause addi-
tional problems.
3.There may not be an Authorized Kia Dealer in the area
in which you plan to register your vehicle. You may
additionally experience difficulty in obtaining services
in a foreign country for any number of reasons.
Further, we cannot assume any responsibility for prob-
lems that result from unsatisfactory service or lack of
service outside of the United States.
UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 14
815
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
The electrical system of your vehicle is designed to per-
form under all reasonably expected operating conditions.
However, before any additional electrical equipment is
installed in your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia
Dealer, in order to ensure that you do not void your war-
ranty.
Certain electrical equipment, or the way in which it is
installed, may adversely affect the operation of your vehi-
cle, including such systems as the engine control system,
the audio system and the electrical charging system and
thus potentially void all or part of your warranty.
We assume no responsibility for any expense you may
incur or for any malfunction of your vehicle or any of its
components or systems that may result from the installa-
tion of additional electrical equipment that is not supplied,
or recommended for installation by, Kia.
Installation of a mobile two-way radio system
If a mobile two-way radio system is installed improperly,
or if an excessively powerful type of system is used, other
electronic systems may be adversely affected. To avoid
damage to your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia Dealer
concerning the proper equipment and installation.
Kia motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to
meet or exceed all applicable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read
and follow all directions in this Owner's Manual, particu-
larly the information under the headings "NOTICE",
"CAUTION" and "WARNING".
If, after reading this manual, you have any questions
regarding the operation of your vehicle, safety issues and
defects please contact your Kia's toll-free Consumer
Assistance hot line as below:
National Consumer Affairs Manager
Kia Motors America, Inc.
P.O. Box 52410
Irvine, CA 92619-2410
1-800-333-4Kia (4542)
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (U.S. ONLY)
UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 15
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
168
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could
cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should
immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Kia
Motors America, Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a
group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy cam-
paign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in indi-
vidual problems between you, your dealer, or Kia Motors
America, Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety
Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-
9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; download the
SaferCar mobile application; or write to: Administrator,
NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC
20590. You can also obtain other information about
motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.
The following publications are available on
www.KiaTechinfo.com
Service manual:
This manual covers maintenance and recommended pro-
cedures for repair to engine and chassis components. It
is written for the Journeyman mechanic, but is simple
enough for most mechanically inclined owners to under-
stand.
Electrical troubleshooting manual:
This manual complements the Service Manual by provid-
ing indepth troubleshooting information for each electrical
circuit in your vehicle.
Owner's manual:
This manual describes the overall features and operating
procedures for the vehicle.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
(U.S. ONLY)
ONLINE FACTORY AUTHORIZED MANUALS
(U.S. ONLY)
UMA PE USA 8.qxp 12/22/2017 3:48 PM Page 16
Index
I
I
UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 1
Index
2
I
AC inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-178
Accumulated driving information mode . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84
Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag-equipped
vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
Air bag inflation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
Air bag non-inflation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
Air bag warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Air bags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
Occupant detection system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
Side air bag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
Air bag inflation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
Air bag non-inflation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
SRS Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
Adding equipment to or modifying your
air bag-equipped vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
Air bag warning label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Filter replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Air conditioning system lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
All Wheel Drive (AWD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
All Wheel Drive (AWD) transfer mode selection . . 5-22
For safe all wheel drive operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-188
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Appearance care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-93
Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-93
Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-98
Assist mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86
Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-188
Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-188
Steering wheel remote controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-189
AUX, USB port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-190
Auto defogging system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-170
Auto hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
Auto light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
Automatic car wash entry support guidelines . . . . . . 4-122
Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153
Automatic heating and air conditioning. . . . . . . . . 4-154
Manual heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155
To cancel or reset the automatic ventilation . . . . . 4-160
Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-163
Air conditioning refrigerant label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-165
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-164
Automatic heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154
A
UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 2
I
3
Index
Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Automatic transmission operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Good driving practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Automatic turn off function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136
AUX, USB port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-190
Back up lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 7-86
Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
For best battery service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Battery recharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
Recharging the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Reset items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Battery replacement (Folding key). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Battery replacement (Smart key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system . . . . . . 5-101
BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning) . . . . . . . . . . 5-102
RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning) . . 5-104
Driver's attention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108
Bonnet see the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
Bottle holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-175
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Checking the brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Electronic parking brake (EPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Auto hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
Anti-lock brake system (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
Vehicle stability management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Hill-start assist control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-71
Bulb replacement precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-71
Bulb wattage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Button start/stop, see engine start/stop button . . . . . . . 5-10
California perchlorate notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-105
Camera (Rear view) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120
Capacities (Lubricants) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Care
Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-93
Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-98
Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-171
Central door lock switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Chains - Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-124
Checking fluid levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
B
C
UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 3
Index
4
I
Checking tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Using a child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Placing a passenger seat belt into the auto lock
mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Securing a child restraint seat with tether
anchor system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Securing a child restraint seat with child seat lower
anchor system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Filter inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Closing the sunroof. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
Coat hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-184
Combined instrument, see instrument cluster . . . . . . . 4-74
Consumer assistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Cooling fluid, see engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Crankcase emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-102
Cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63
To set cruise control speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63
To increase cruise control set speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64
To decrease the cruising speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65
To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on5-65
To cancel cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65
To resume cruising speed at more than approximately
20mph (30 km/h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66
To turn cruise control off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66
Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-174
Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
Dashboard illumination, see instrument panel
illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75
Dashboard, see instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74
Day/Night rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
Daytime running light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
Defogging (Windshield) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-166
Defroster (Rear window) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140
Defrosting (Windshield) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-166
Digital speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Display illumination, see instrument panel
illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75
Displays, see instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74
Distance to empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88
Do not use methanol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Door lock button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
From outside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
From inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Door lock button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Central door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Drinks holders, see cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-174
D
UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 4
I
5
Index
Drive mode integrated control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-86
SMART mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-86
SPORT mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89
ECO mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system . . . . . . . . . 5-110
System setting and activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-110
Resetting the system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-112
System disabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-112
System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-113
Driver position memory system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Driver's and passenger's front air bag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
Driving at night. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-120
Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-121
Driving in the rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-120
Driving off-road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-121
Driving with a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-128
Dynamic Bending Light (DBL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130
ECO mode (Drive mode integrated control system) . . 5-89
Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-115
Electric chromatic mirror (ECM) with compass . . . . . 4-62
Electric power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56
Electrical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
Electrochromic mirror (ECM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
Electrochromic mirror with HomeLink system . . . . . . 4-65
Electronic parking brake (EPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
Emergency liftgate safety release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Emergency while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Emission control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-102
Crankcase emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-102
Evaporative emission control (including ORVR:
Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system . . . 7-102
Exhaust emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-103
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Checking the coolant level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Changing the coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77
Engine number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Checking the engine oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Changing the engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Engine overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Illuminated engine start/stop button. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Engine start/stop button position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Engine start/stop button illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Engine start/stop button position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
E
UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 5
Index
6
I
Engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Evaporative emission control (including ORVR:
Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system . . . . 7-102
Exhaust emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-103
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . . . . . 7-16
Engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Drive belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Fuel filter (for gasoline) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections. . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Air cleaner filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Spark plugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Valve clearance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Cooling system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Automatic transmission fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Brake hoses and lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Brake discs, pads, calipers and rotors . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Exhaust pipe and muffler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Suspension mounting bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm
ball joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Drive shafts and boots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Air conditioning refrigerant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-94
Exterior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-187
Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-187
Exterior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Removing and storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Floor mat anchor(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-184
Fluid
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Folding key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Folding the outside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72
Forward Collision-Avoidance assist (FCA) . . . . . . . . . 5-49
System setting and activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
FCA warning message and system control . . . . . . . 5-52
Brake operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53
FCA front radar/camera sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53
System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
F
UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 6
I
7
Index
Limitation of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
Recognizing pedestrians. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
Front fog lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81
Front fog light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
Front seat adjustment - power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Front seat adjustment-manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
Fuel additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
Opening the fuel filler lid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
Closing the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
Emergency fuel filler lid release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Fuel gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77
Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol . . . . . . . . 1-3
Other fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Gasoline containing MMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Do not use methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Fuel additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Operation in foreign countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53
Inner panel fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
Fuse switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56
Engine compartment fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . 7-57
Multi fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58
Main fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58
Fuse/relay panel description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60
Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Gasoline containing MMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76
Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-171
Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-138
Glove box lamp replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-90
Gross vehicle weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Hazard warning flasher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-117
Headlamp (High beam) bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76
Headlamp (LED type) replacement
(Headlamp Type B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79
Headlamp (Low beam) bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
Headlight (Headlamp) escort function . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139
Headlight leveling device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
Headlight position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
Headrest (Front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Headrest (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
G
H
UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 7
Index
8
I
Heated steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
High - beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125
High beam assist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb
replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-87
Highway driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-121
Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
Hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-128
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
Opening the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
Closing the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
Hood open warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Icy road warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80
If you do decide to pull a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-133
Immobilizer system (Folding key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Immobilizer system (Smart key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106
Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74
Instrument cluster control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75
LCD display control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75
Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76
Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106
Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Interior care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-98
Interior features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-174
Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-174
Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-175
Seat cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-176
Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-177
Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-177
Coat hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-184
Floor mat anchor(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-184
USB charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-180
Luggage net (Holder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-185
Side curtain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-185
Wireless smart phone charging system . . . . . . . . . 4-181
AC inverter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-178
Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136
Automatic turn off function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136
Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137
Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136
Luggage lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-138
Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-138
Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-138
Interior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
I
UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 8
I
9
Index
Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Key operations (Folding key). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Key positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Illuminated ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Ignition switch position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Label
Tire sidewall labeling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Vehicle certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Refrigerant label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-91
LKA system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93
Driver's attention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97
LKA system malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-98
LKA system function change. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-99
LCD display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
LCD modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
Trip information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
Trip modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
Fuel economy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
Accumulated driving information mode . . . . . . . . . 4-84
One time driving information mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84
Digital speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
Smart shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
Turn by turn mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
Assist mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86
Distance to empty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88
User settings mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88
LCD modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
License plate lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-88
Liftgate (for manual liftgate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Opening the liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Closing the liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Emergency liftgate safety release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Light bulb position (Front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73
Light bulb position (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74
Light bulb position (Side). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-71
Bulb replacement precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-71
Light bulb position (Front). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73
Light bulb position (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74
Light bulb position (Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
Headlamp (Low beam) bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
Headlamp (High beam) bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76
J
K
L
UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 9
Index
10
I
Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
Position lamp (LED type) replacement
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
Side marker (front) (LED type) bulb replacement . 7-79
Headlamp (LED type) replacement |
(Headlamp Type B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79
Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-80
Front fog lamp bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80
Stop and tail lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . 7-81
Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement. 7-82
Side marker (rear) (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . 7-84
Side marker (rear) (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-85
Tail lamp (inside) (Bulb type) bulb replacement. . . 7-85
Back up lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . . . . 7-86
Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-87
High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb
replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-87
License plate lamp bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . 7-88
Map lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . 7-88
Map lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . 7-89
Room lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-89
Personal lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. . . . . . 7-90
Glove box lamp replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-90
Luggage lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . . . 7-91
Luggage lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . . 7-91
Vanity mirror lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement. . 7-92
Vanity mirror lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. . 7-92
Lighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
Battery saver function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
Daytime running light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
Parking & Tail light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
Auto light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
Headlight position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
High - beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125
High beam assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
Turn signals and lane change signals. . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
Check headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
Headlight leveling device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
Dynamic Bending Light (DBL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130
Loss of the smart key (Smart key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Luggage box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-173
Luggage lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-138
Luggage lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement. . . . . . . . 7-92
Luggage lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. . . . . . . . 7-92
Luggage net (Holder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-185
Luggage volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Maintenance
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
M
UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 10
I
11
Index
Scheduled maintenance service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . . . 7-16
Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Maintenance schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Normal maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Maintenance under severe usage conditions . . . . . . 7-14
Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Maintenance when trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-132
Manual climate control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-141
Heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142
3rd row air conditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147
System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148
Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150
Air conditioning refrigerant label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151
Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137
Map lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 7-88
Map lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 7-89
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
Day/Night rearview mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
Electro Chromic Mirror (ECM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
Electric Chromatic Mirror (ECM) with compass . . 4-62
Electro chromic mirror with HomeLink system . . . 4-65
Outside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70
Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71
Reverse parking aid function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72
Folding the outside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72
Occupant detection system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78
Oil (Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
One time driving information mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84
Online factory authorized manuals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
Operation in foreign countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Operation (Air bags). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Other fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Outside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70
Outside temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79
Overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Owner maintenance schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
Sunroof open warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Sunshade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
Sliding the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
Tilting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
P
O
UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 11
Index
12
I
Closing the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
Parking & Tail light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
Parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
Type of warning indicator and sound. . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29,7-28
Checking the parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Personal lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 7-90
Placing a passenger seat beltinto the
auto lock mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Position lamp (LED type) replacement
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
Power brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Power liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Opening the liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Closing the liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
How to reset the power liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
Power liftgate opening height user setting. . . . . . . . 4-33
Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-177
Power window lock button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Pre-tensioner seat belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Rear parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111
Operation of the rear parking assist system . . . . . . 4-111
Non-operational conditions of rear parking assist
system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112
Rear parking assist system precautions . . . . . . . . . 4-113
Rear seat adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Headrest(rear). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . 7-82
Rear view camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120
Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . 4-134
Recommended lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Recommended SAE viscosity number. . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Record your key number (Folding key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Record your key number (Smart key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Reducing the risk of a rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-117
Refrigerant label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Remote control (Outside rear view mirror) . . . . . . . . . 4-71
Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
Reverse parking aid function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72
Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-119
Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-187
Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136
R
UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 12
I
13
Index
Room lamp bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-89
Rotation (Tire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Safety chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-128
Scheduled maintenance service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Normal maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Maintenance under severe usage conditions . . . . . . 7-14
Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Seat belt warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Seat belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Seat belt warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Pre-tensioner seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Seat cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-176
Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-175
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Front seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
2nd row seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
3rd row seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Securing a child restraint seat withchild seat lower
anchor system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
Securing a child restraint seatwith tether
anchor system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Side air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
Side curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-185
Side marker (front) (LED type) bulb replacement. . . . 7-79
Side marker (rear) (Bulb type) bulb replacement. . . . . 7-84
Side marker (rear) (LED type) bulb replacement. . . . . 7-85
Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . 7-80
Sliding the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
Smart cruise control with stop & go system . . . . . . . . 5-67
Smart cruise control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69
Speed setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69
Vehicle to vehicle distance setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74
To adjust the sensitivity of smart cruise
control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
To convert to cruise control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
Limitations of the system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80
Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Smart key function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Loss of the smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Smart key precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Smart key function (Smart key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Smart key precautions (Smart key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Smart liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
How to use the Smart Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
How to deactivate the Smart Liftgate function
using the smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
Detecting area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
S
UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 13
Index
14
I
Smart mode (Drive mode integrated control system) . . . 5-86
Smart shift. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-119
Snow tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123
Spare tire
Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Removing and storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-117
Hazardous driving conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-117
Reducing the risk of a rollover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-117
Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-119
Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-119
Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-120
Driving in the rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-120
Driving in flooded areas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-121
Driving off-road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-121
Highway driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-121
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76
Sport mode (Drive mode integrated control system) . . . 5-89
SRS Care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
Starting difficulties, see engine will not start. . . . . . . . . 6-4
Starting the engine - With a smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56
Electric power steering (EPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56
Tilt and telescopic steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
Steering wheel remote controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-189
Stop and tail lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement. . . . . 7-81
Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. . . . . 7-87
Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-171
Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-171
Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-171
Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-172
Luggage box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-173
Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-172
Sunroof open warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Sunshade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-177
Surround view monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121
Automatic car wash entry support guidelines . . . . 4-122
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76
Tail lamp (inside) (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . . . 7-85
Trailer brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-128
Theft alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Armed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Theft-alarm stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Disarmed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Tilt and telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
Tilting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
T
UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 14
I
15
Index
Tire chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-124
Tire pressure monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Check tire pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Low tire pressure telltale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Changing a tire with TPMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Tire replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Tires and wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39,8-5
Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures. . . . . . . 7-39
Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Checking tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
Tire replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
Wheel replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Tire sidewall labeling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Tire terminology and definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
All season tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
Summer tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
Snow tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
Radial-ply tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
Low aspect ratio tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-127
Hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-128
Safety chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-128
Trailer brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-128
Driving with a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-128
Maintenance when trailer towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-132
If you do decide to pull a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-133
Transmission - Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Transmission shift indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79
Transmitter precautions (Folding key) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Trip information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
Trip modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
Turn by turn mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
Turn signals and lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
USB charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-180
User settings mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88
Using a child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-138
Vanity mirror lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement . . . . 7-92
Vanity mirror lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . 7-92
V
U
UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 15
Index
16
I
Vehicle break-in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Vehicle certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders . . . . . . 1-6
Vehicle handling instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-135
Tire and loading information label. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-135
Certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-139
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Vehicle weight glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-141
Warning and indicator lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98
Warning lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98
Warning messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Checking the washer fluid level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Welcome system
Headlight (Headlamp) escort function. . . . . . . . . . 4-139
Welcome system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139
Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139
Pocket lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139
Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
Power window lock button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-166
Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-166
Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-167
Defogging logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-168
Windshield washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133
Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131
Winter driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123
Snow tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123
Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-124
Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
Blade inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
Blade replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33
Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131
Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131
Windshield washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133
Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . 4-134
Wireless smart phone charging system . . . . . . . . . . . 4-181
W
UMA PE USA Index.qxp 12/20/2017 11:52 AM Page 16
